LG Electronics Waffle Iron K3F FUEA User Manual

User’s Manual  
LG Programmable Logic Controller  
FieldBus  
Link  
Module  
MASTER-K  
K7F-FUEA  
K4F-FUEA  
K3F-FUEA  
LG  
Industrial Systems  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Contents  
Chapter 5 System configuration  
5.1  
5.2  
MASTER-K PLC network system ................................................................5-1  
Fnet network system ...................................................................................5-2  
5.2.1 Configuration of Fnet master system (electric network) ............................................... 5-2  
5.2.2 Configuration of Fnet master system (optical network) ................................................ 5-2  
5.2.3 Configuration of Fnet master system (network combined with electric/optical module) 5-3  
5.2.4 Configuration of Fnet slave system (electric network) .................................................. 5-4  
5.2.5 Configuration of Fnet slave system (optical network) ................................................... 5-5  
5.2.6 Configuration of Fnet slave system (electric/optical network) ...................................... 5-6  
5.2.7 Configuration of Fnet combined system (electric/optical network) ............................ 5-7  
Chapter 6 Communication program  
6.1  
6.2  
Programming method ..................................................................................6-1  
High speed link ...............................................................................................6-2  
6.2.1 Introduction ................................................................................................................... 6-2  
6.2.2 Procedure of high speed link parameter setting............................................................ 6-3  
6.2.3 High speed link parameter setting................................................................................. 6-4  
6.2.4 Operation procedure by ꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈ.......................................................................... 6-8  
6.2.5 Information of ꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉ ......................................................................................... 6-9  
6.2.6 Speed calculation of high speed link ........................................................................... 6-14  
6.2.7 Ex. 1 : ꢊꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉ among PLCs of Fnet ................................................................ 6-17  
6.2.8 Ex. 2 : ꢊꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉ of master + remote I/O stations in Fnet ................................... 6-20  
6.3  
Communication instructions ....................................................................6-25  
6.3.1 Introduction.................................................................................................................. 6-25  
6.3.2 Programming procedure.............................................................................................. 6-25  
6.3.3 Types of communication instructions ......................................................................... 6-25  
READ...........................................................................................................................6-26  
WRITE ......................................................................................................................... 6-27  
STATUS....................................................................................................................... 6-27  
RGET...........................................................................................................................6-28  
RPUT...........................................................................................................................6-29  
6.3.4 The input condition of communication instructions...................................................... 6-29  
6.3.5 Example of Read / Write instructions .......................................................................... 6-30  
6.4  
KGLWIN remote connection service ........................................................6-34  
6.4.1 Introduction ................................................................................................................. 6-34  
6.4.2 KGLWIN remote connection ....................................................................................... 6-35  
6.4.3 Remote module information ....................................................................................... 6-38  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Contents  
Chapter 7 Diagnosis function  
7.1  
Self diagnosis function of Fnet communication module .......................... 7-1  
7.1.1 Self diagnosis function during running ..........................................................................7-1  
7.1.2 Communication diagnosis by test mode .......................................................................7-1  
Chapter 8 Installation and testing operation  
8.1  
Installation and testing operation of Fnet communication module ......... 8-1  
8.1.1 Installation of Fnet master module ................................................................................8-1  
8.1.2 Installation of Fnet slave module ..................................................................................8-2  
8.1.3 Installation procedure of Fnet module ..........................................................................8-3  
8.1.4 Cautions on installation of Fnet module .......................................................................8-4  
8.1.5 Preparations during testing operation of Fnet module ..................................................8-6  
8.1.6 Testing operation procedure of Fnet module ................................................................8-7  
8.2  
Installation and testing operation of Fnet option unit .............................. 8-9  
8.2.1 Active coupler of Fnet....................................................................................................8-9  
8.2.2 E/O converter(Electric/optical signal converter) .........................................................8-10  
8.2.3 Repeater(Electric signal restructure) ..........................................................................8-11  
8.3  
Repair and check ...................................................................................... 8-16  
8.3.1 Daily check ..................................................................................................................8-16  
8.3.2 Regular check .............................................................................................................8-17  
Chapter 9 Troubleshooting  
9.1  
9.2  
Abnormal operations .................................................................................. 9-1  
Troubleshooting by each error code ......................................................... 9-3  
9.2.1 Error code E00-01 : Hardware error .............................................................................9-3  
Error code E00-03 : Hardware error of option module ..................................................9-3  
9.2.2 Error code E00-02 : Interface error ...............................................................................9-4  
9.2.3 Error code E00-04 : I/O initialization error of FSM(Fieldbus Slave Module) .................9-5  
9.2.4 Error code E01-01 : Communication failure in Fnet .....................................................9-6  
Error code E01-03 : Communication failure in FOU group ...........................................9-6  
9.2.5 Error code E02-01 : PLC interface error during operation ............................................9-7  
9.2.6 Error code E02-02 : Slave mounting and writing interface error during operation .......9-8  
9.2.7 Error code E03-01 : ꢊꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉ parameter error .....................................................9-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Contents  
9.2.8 Error code E03-02 : ꢊꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉ not run ................................................................ 9-10  
9.2.9 Error code E03-03 : RUN link contact of ꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉ not ON ................................. 9-11  
9.2.10 Error code E03-04 : Trouble contact of ꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉ ON ......................................... 9-12  
9.2.11 Error code E04-01 : Execution error of Fnet communication command .................... 9-13  
Error code E04-02 : Execution error of Mnet communication command .................... 9-13  
9.2.12 Error code E05-01 : Time out error in KGLWIN communication................................. 9-14  
9.2.13 Error code E05-02 : Internal error in the Fnet/Mnet KGLWIN communication ........... 9-15  
Appendix  
A1.  
LED specifications ...................................................................................... A-1  
LED specification of Fnet master module .....................................................................A-1  
LED specification of slave module ................................................................................A-4  
LED specification of stand-alone type remote module(G0L-SMQA/SMIA/SMHA) ......A-7  
LED specification of repeater module(G0L-FREA) ......................................................A-7  
LED specification of electric and optical signal switching module(G0L-FOEA) ...........A-7  
LED specification of active coupler module(Optical signal distributor) .........................A-7  
LED specifications of Mnet communication module .....................................................A-8  
Communication module setting in the Fnet/Mnet PC ............................. A-10  
A1.1  
A1.2  
A1.3  
A1.4  
A1.5  
A1.6  
A1.7  
A2.  
A3.  
STATUS code value and description for communication instructions.. A-11  
Errors received from communication module .............................................................A-11  
STATUS values indicated in CPU ..............................................................................A-12  
Outward dimension .................................................................................. A-13  
For mounting GM1/2/3 ................................................................................................A-13  
For mounting GM4 ......................................................................................................A-15  
For mounting on GM6 .................................................................................................A-16  
For mounting on PC(Computer) .................................................................................A-17  
Fnet option module .....................................................................................................A-18  
A3.1  
A3.2  
A4.  
A4.1  
A4.2  
A4.3  
A4.4  
A4.5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
1. Introduction  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ  
ꢈꢉꢄꢆꢊꢋꢌꢍꢄꢎꢊꢉ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢃꢆꢇ ꢃꢄꢈꢉꢊꢋꢉꢌꢄꢍꢆꢃꢎꢇꢂꢏꢆꢃꢄꢐꢑꢇꢄꢒꢁꢆꢄꢆꢊꢒꢂꢇꢆꢄꢊꢆꢒꢓꢑꢇꢔꢄꢑꢐꢄꢈꢕꢖꢀꢗꢘꢙꢚꢄꢛꢜꢝꢄꢃ ꢃꢒꢆ!ꢄꢒꢆꢎꢁꢊꢂꢎꢉꢌꢌ ꢄꢉꢊꢍꢄꢂꢊꢄꢍꢆꢒꢉꢂꢌ"ꢄ#ꢆꢒꢓꢑꢇꢔ  
ꢑꢐꢄꢈꢕꢖꢀꢗꢘꢙꢚꢄꢛꢜꢝꢄꢃ ꢃꢒꢆ!ꢄꢂꢃꢄꢈꢕꢖꢀꢗꢘꢙꢚꢄ$ꢊꢆꢒꢄꢉꢊꢍꢄꢒꢁꢆꢄꢎꢁꢉꢇꢉꢎꢒꢆꢇꢂꢃꢒꢂꢎꢃꢄꢉꢇꢆꢄꢉꢃꢄꢐꢑꢌꢌꢑꢓꢃꢄ%  
MASTER-K Fnet  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢂꢃꢄꢃꢂꢒꢋꢉꢒꢆꢍꢄꢉꢒꢄꢌꢑꢓꢆꢇꢄꢌꢆ&ꢆꢌꢄꢑꢐꢄꢝ'ꢈꢄꢊꢆꢒꢓꢑꢇꢔꢄꢃꢒꢇꢋꢎꢒꢋꢇꢆ(ꢄꢉꢊꢍꢄꢉꢊꢄꢑ)ꢆꢊꢄꢊꢆꢒꢓꢑꢇꢔꢄꢃ ꢃꢒꢆ!ꢄꢏꢉꢃꢆꢍꢄꢑꢊꢄ'ꢗꢝ*'ꢖꢕꢄ$ꢂꢆꢌꢍꢏꢋꢃꢄꢑꢐ  
ꢓꢁꢂꢎꢁꢄꢃꢒꢉꢊꢍꢉꢇꢍꢂ+ꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢄꢂꢃꢄꢂꢊꢄ)ꢇꢑꢎꢆꢆꢍꢂꢊ,"ꢄꢈꢉꢂꢊꢄꢎꢁꢉꢇꢉꢎꢒꢆꢇꢂꢃꢒꢂꢎꢃꢄꢑꢐꢄꢒꢁꢂꢃꢄꢊꢆꢒꢓꢑꢇꢔꢄꢉꢇꢆꢄꢇꢆꢍꢋꢎꢒꢂꢑꢊꢄꢑꢐꢄꢒꢁꢆꢄ)ꢇꢂꢎꢆꢄꢐꢑꢇꢄꢂꢊꢃꢒꢉꢌꢌꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊ  
ꢉꢊꢍꢄ!ꢉꢂꢊꢒꢆꢊꢉꢊꢎꢆ(ꢄ&ꢉꢇꢂꢆꢒ ꢄꢑꢐꢄꢃ ꢃꢒꢆ!ꢄꢎꢑꢊꢐꢂ,ꢋꢇꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊ(ꢄꢆꢉꢃꢆꢄꢑꢐꢄ!ꢉꢂꢊꢒꢆꢊꢉꢊꢎꢆꢄꢉꢊꢍꢄꢇꢆ)ꢉꢂꢇ(ꢄꢉꢊꢍꢄꢆꢉꢃꢆꢄꢑꢐꢄꢃ ꢃꢒꢆ!ꢄ!ꢑꢍꢂꢐꢂꢎꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊ"  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄ ꢊꢆꢒꢓꢑꢇꢔꢄ ꢃꢋ))ꢑꢇꢒꢃꢄ ꢆꢌꢆꢎꢒꢇꢂꢎꢄ ꢊꢆꢒꢓꢑꢇꢔ-ꢒꢓꢂꢃꢒꢆꢍꢄ )ꢉꢂꢇꢄ ꢎꢉꢏꢌꢆ.ꢄ ꢓꢁꢂꢎꢁꢄ ꢂꢃꢄ ꢎꢁꢆꢉ)ꢄ ꢉꢊꢍꢄ ꢆꢉꢃ ꢄ ꢒꢑꢄ ꢂꢊꢃꢒꢉꢌꢌꢄ ꢉꢊꢍꢄ ꢑ)ꢒꢂꢎꢉꢌ  
ꢊꢆꢒꢓꢑꢇꢔ-ꢑ)ꢒꢂꢎꢉꢌꢄꢎꢉꢏꢌꢆ.ꢄꢓꢁꢂꢎꢁꢄꢁꢉꢃꢄ,ꢇꢆꢉꢒꢄ)ꢆꢇꢐꢑꢇ!ꢉꢊꢎꢆꢄꢉꢒꢄꢒꢁꢆꢄ)ꢌꢉꢎꢆꢄꢒꢁꢉꢒꢄꢆꢌꢆꢎꢒꢇꢂꢎꢄꢆꢊ&ꢂꢇꢑꢊ!ꢆꢊꢒꢄꢂꢃꢄ&ꢆꢇ ꢄ)ꢑꢑꢇ(ꢄꢐꢑꢇꢄ&ꢉꢇꢂꢆꢒ ꢄꢑꢐ  
ꢃ ꢃꢒꢆ!ꢄꢎꢑꢊꢐꢂ,ꢋꢇꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊ"ꢄꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢉꢌꢃꢑꢄ)ꢇꢑ&ꢂꢍꢆꢃꢄꢒꢁꢆꢄꢑ)ꢒꢂꢑꢊꢄ!ꢑꢍꢋꢌꢆꢄꢒꢁꢉꢒꢄꢂꢃꢄꢎꢑ!)ꢑꢃꢆꢍꢄꢑꢐꢄꢇꢆ)ꢆꢉꢒꢆꢇ(ꢄꢑ)ꢒꢂꢎꢉꢌ*ꢆꢌꢆꢎꢒꢇꢂꢎꢄꢎꢑꢊ&ꢆꢇꢒꢆꢇ(  
ꢉꢊꢍꢄꢉꢎꢒꢂ&ꢆꢄꢎꢑꢋ)ꢌꢆꢇ(ꢄꢂꢊꢄꢑꢇꢍꢆꢇꢄꢒꢑꢄꢎꢑ!ꢏꢂꢊꢆꢄꢃꢋꢂꢒꢉꢏꢌ ꢄꢒꢁꢆꢃꢆꢄꢒꢓꢑꢄꢊꢆꢒꢓꢑꢇꢔꢃꢄꢉꢎꢎꢑꢇꢍꢂꢊ,ꢄꢒꢑꢄꢒꢁꢆꢄꢋꢃꢆ"  
Remark  
1. MASTER-K Fnet is abbreviated as Fnet for simplicity of description.  
2. Program in this User’s Manual has been prepared on the basis of KGLWIN V1.3.  
1-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
1. Introduction  
ꢈꢑꢍꢋꢌꢆꢃꢄꢎꢑꢊꢐꢂ,ꢋꢇꢂꢊ,ꢄꢈꢕꢖꢀꢗꢘꢙꢚꢄ$ꢊꢆꢒꢄꢉꢇꢆꢄꢎꢌꢉꢃꢃꢂꢐꢂꢆꢍꢄꢉꢃꢄꢀꢉꢏꢌꢆꢄ/"/ꢄꢉꢎꢎꢑꢇꢍꢂꢊ,ꢄꢒꢑꢄꢒꢁꢆꢄꢎꢉꢏꢌꢆꢄꢋꢃꢆꢍ"ꢄꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄ!ꢉ ꢄꢏꢆꢄꢇꢆꢐꢆꢇꢇꢆꢍ  
ꢒꢑꢄꢓꢁꢆꢊꢄꢋꢃꢆꢇꢄꢎꢑꢊꢐꢂ,ꢋꢇꢆꢃꢄꢊꢆꢒꢓꢑꢇꢔ"  
Table 1.1 Type of MASTER-K PLC communication module  
Type of  
connection cable  
Name of  
communication module  
Network  
Module  
Mounting base  
G0L-FUEA  
K7F-FUEA  
Computer  
K1000S  
K300S  
K200S  
K1000S  
K1000S  
K300S  
Single  
Twisted pair  
(electric)  
Master module  
(FMM)  
Interface  
K4F-FUEA  
K3F-FUEA  
K7F-FUOA  
K7F-RBEA  
K4F-RBEA  
G0L-SMQA  
G0L-SMIA  
G0L-SMHA  
K7F-RBOA  
G0L-FREA  
Optical  
Twisted pair  
(electric)  
Slave module  
(FSM)  
Remote I/O  
Repeater  
Single  
MASTER-K  
Fnet  
Optical  
Single  
K1000S  
Single  
Twisted pair  
Optical/electr  
ic converter  
Optical/Twisted pair  
G0L-FOEA  
Single  
G0L-FACA  
G0L-FAPA  
G0L-FABA  
G0C-T  
Option module  
Active  
coupler  
Optical  
Cable  
Single  
Twisted pair cable  
Optical fiber cable  
Cable  
G0C-F  
1-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2. Terms and Concepts of communication  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢏ ꢐꢅꢆꢑꢒꢇꢂꢉꢋꢇꢍꢊꢉꢍꢅꢃꢄꢒꢇꢊꢓꢇꢍꢊꢑꢑꢌꢉꢎꢍꢂꢄꢎꢊꢉ  
2.1 Description of terms  
Master module(Fnet Master Module ; FMM)  
$ꢊꢆꢒꢄꢎꢑ!!ꢋꢊꢂꢎꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢄ!ꢑꢍꢋꢌꢆꢄ!ꢑꢋꢊꢒꢆꢍꢄꢉꢒꢄ'*0ꢄ)ꢑꢃꢂꢒꢂꢑꢊꢄꢑꢐꢄ!ꢉꢂꢊꢄꢏꢉꢃꢆ"  
Slave module(Fnet Slave Module; FSM)  
$ꢊꢆꢒꢄꢎꢑ!!ꢋꢊꢂꢎꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢄ!ꢑꢍꢋꢌꢆꢄꢉꢊꢍꢄꢃꢒꢉꢊꢍꢙꢉꢌꢑꢊꢆꢄ!ꢑꢍꢋꢌꢆꢄ!ꢑꢋꢊꢒꢆꢍꢄꢉꢒꢄꢝꢛꢅꢄ)ꢑꢃꢂꢒꢂꢑꢊꢄꢑꢐꢄ!ꢉꢂꢊꢄꢏꢉꢃꢆ"  
Option module(Fnet Option Module)  
$ꢊꢆꢒꢄ ꢎꢑ!!ꢋꢊꢂꢎꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢄ !ꢑꢍꢋꢌꢆꢄ ꢋꢃꢆꢍꢄ ꢐꢑꢇꢄ ꢃꢂ,ꢊꢉꢌꢄ ꢎꢑꢊ&ꢆꢇꢃꢂꢑꢊ(ꢄ ꢆ1ꢒꢆꢊꢃꢂꢑꢊꢄ ꢑꢐꢄ ꢎꢑ!!ꢋꢊꢂꢎꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢄ ꢍꢂꢃꢒꢉꢊꢎꢆ(ꢄ ꢉꢊꢍ  
ꢇꢆ,ꢆꢊꢆꢇꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢄꢉꢊꢍꢄꢉ!)ꢌꢂꢐꢂꢎꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢄꢑꢐꢄꢃꢂ,ꢊꢉꢌ"  
Local station  
ꢀꢁꢆꢄꢃꢒꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢄꢒꢁꢉꢒꢄ2ꢈ3'#ꢄꢂꢃꢄꢍꢂꢇꢆꢎꢒꢌ ꢄꢎꢑꢊꢊꢆꢎꢒꢆꢍꢄꢂꢊꢄꢑꢇꢍꢆꢇꢄꢒꢑꢄꢍꢑꢓꢊꢌꢑꢉꢍ(ꢄ!ꢑꢊꢂꢒꢑꢇ(ꢄꢉꢊꢍꢄꢍꢆꢏꢋ,ꢄ)ꢇꢑ,ꢇꢉ!ꢃꢄꢂꢊꢄꢒꢁꢆ  
ꢃꢉ!ꢆꢄꢊꢆꢒꢓꢑꢇꢔꢄꢂꢊꢎꢌꢋꢍꢂꢊ,ꢄꢝꢛꢅ"  
Remote station  
ꢀꢁꢆꢄꢑ))ꢑꢃꢂꢒꢆꢄꢎꢑꢊꢎꢆ)ꢒꢄꢒꢑꢄꢌꢑꢎꢉꢌꢄꢃꢒꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊ(ꢄꢒꢁꢆꢄꢑꢒꢁꢆꢇꢄꢃꢒꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢄꢒꢑꢄꢎꢑ!!ꢋꢊꢂꢎꢉꢒꢆꢄꢓꢂꢒꢁꢄꢌꢑꢎꢉꢌꢄꢃꢒꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊ  
Remote I/O station  
'ꢊ)ꢋꢒ*ꢑꢋꢒ)ꢋꢒꢄꢉꢇꢆꢉꢄꢒꢁꢉꢒꢄꢒꢁꢆꢄꢇꢆ!ꢑꢒꢆꢄꢎꢑ!!ꢋꢊꢂꢎꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢄ!ꢑꢍꢋꢌꢆꢄꢑꢐꢄꢛꢜꢝꢄꢃ ꢃꢒꢆ!ꢄꢂꢊꢃꢒꢆꢉꢍꢄꢑꢐꢄꢝꢛꢅꢄꢑꢐꢄꢛꢜꢝꢄꢇꢆꢐꢇꢆꢃꢁꢆꢃ  
'*0ꢄ!ꢑꢍꢋꢌꢆꢄ!ꢑꢋꢊꢒꢆꢍꢄꢑꢊꢄꢇꢆ!ꢑꢒꢆꢄꢃꢒꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢄꢏ ꢄꢇꢆꢎꢆꢂ&ꢂꢊ,ꢄ'*0ꢄꢍꢉꢒꢉꢄꢐꢇꢑ!ꢄ!ꢉꢃꢒꢆꢇꢄꢃꢒꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊ"  
Fnet  
$ꢂꢆꢌꢍꢏꢋꢃꢄꢂꢃꢄꢒꢁꢆꢄꢌꢑꢓꢆꢃꢒꢄꢊꢆꢒꢓꢑꢇꢔꢄꢎꢑꢊꢊꢆꢎꢒꢂꢊ,ꢄꢎꢑꢊꢒꢇꢑꢌꢄꢍꢆ&ꢂꢎꢆꢄꢉꢊꢍꢄꢂꢊꢃꢒꢇꢋ!ꢆꢊꢒꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢄꢍꢆ&ꢂꢎꢆ(ꢄꢉꢊꢍꢄꢒꢁꢆꢄꢃ)ꢆꢎꢂꢐꢂꢎꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊ  
ꢉꢍꢑ)ꢒꢃꢄꢒꢁꢇꢆꢆꢄꢌꢉ ꢆꢇꢃꢄꢐꢇꢑ!ꢄꢃꢆ&ꢆꢊꢄꢌꢉ ꢆꢇꢃꢄꢑꢐꢄ0ꢖ'"ꢄꢀꢁꢇꢆꢆꢄꢌꢉ ꢆꢇꢃꢄꢎꢑꢊꢃꢂꢃꢒꢄꢑꢐꢄꢒꢁꢆꢄ)ꢁ ꢃꢂꢎꢉꢌꢄꢌꢉ ꢆꢇꢄꢓꢁꢂꢎꢁꢄꢎꢑꢊꢃꢂꢃꢒꢃꢄꢑꢐ  
45-/ꢈꢏ)ꢃ(ꢄꢆꢌꢆꢎꢒꢇꢂꢎ.(ꢄ4/-6/"56ꢚꢏ)ꢃ(ꢄꢆꢌꢆꢎꢒꢇꢂꢎ.(ꢄꢑ)ꢒꢂꢎꢉꢌ(ꢄꢉꢊꢍꢄꢓꢂꢇꢆꢌꢆꢃꢃ(ꢄꢆꢒꢎ"(ꢄꢒꢁꢆꢄꢍꢉꢒꢉꢄꢌꢂꢊꢔꢄꢌꢉ ꢆꢇꢄꢓꢁꢂꢎꢁꢄꢉꢍꢑ)ꢒꢃ  
ꢃꢎꢁꢆꢍꢋꢌꢆꢍꢄꢉꢊꢍꢄꢎꢂꢇꢎꢋꢌꢉꢒꢆꢍꢄꢒꢑꢔꢆꢊꢄꢏꢋꢃ(ꢄꢒꢁꢆꢄꢉ))ꢌꢂꢎꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢄꢌꢉ ꢆꢇꢄꢓꢁꢂꢎꢁꢄ)ꢌꢉ ꢃꢄꢉꢄꢇꢑꢌꢆꢄꢑꢐꢄꢉ))ꢌꢂꢎꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊ(ꢄꢉꢊꢍꢄꢉꢍꢍꢂꢒꢂꢑꢊꢉꢌ  
ꢋꢃꢆꢇꢄꢌꢉ ꢆꢇ"  
2-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2. Terms and Concepts of communication  
Token  
ꢀꢁꢆꢄꢇꢂ,ꢁꢒꢄꢒꢑꢄꢒꢇꢉꢊꢃ!ꢂꢒꢄꢍꢉꢒꢉꢄꢑꢐꢄꢃꢆꢌꢐꢄꢃꢒꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢄꢒꢁꢇꢑꢋ,ꢁꢄꢎꢑꢊꢒꢇꢑꢌꢌꢂꢊ,ꢄꢒꢁꢆꢄꢇꢂ,ꢁꢒꢄꢑꢐꢄꢉꢎꢎꢆꢃꢃꢂꢊ,ꢄꢒꢑꢄ)ꢁ ꢃꢂꢎꢉꢌꢄ!ꢆꢍꢂꢋ!"  
SAP(Service Access Point)  
ꢀꢁꢆꢄ ꢐꢉꢎꢒꢑꢇꢄ ꢒꢑꢄ ꢍꢆꢒꢆꢇ!ꢂꢊꢆꢄ ꢒꢁꢆꢄ ꢎꢁꢉꢇꢉꢎꢒꢆꢇꢂꢃꢒꢂꢎꢄ ꢑꢐꢄ ꢃꢆꢇ&ꢂꢎꢆꢄ ꢋꢃꢆꢍꢄ ꢂꢊꢄ ꢎꢑ!!ꢋꢊꢂꢎꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊ(ꢄ ꢉꢊꢍꢄ ꢒꢑꢄ ꢎꢑꢊꢊꢆꢎꢒꢄ ꢋ))ꢆꢇ  
ꢉ))ꢌꢂꢎꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢄꢌꢉ ꢆꢇꢄꢓꢂꢒꢁꢄꢍꢉꢒꢉꢄꢌꢂꢊꢔꢄꢌꢉ ꢆꢇꢄꢉꢎꢎꢑꢇꢍꢂꢊ,ꢄꢒꢑꢄꢒꢁꢆꢂꢇꢄꢎꢁꢉꢇꢉꢎꢒꢆꢇꢂꢃꢒꢂꢎꢃ"ꢄꢜꢖꢕꢛꢄꢂꢃꢄꢍꢂ&ꢂꢍꢆꢍꢄꢂꢊꢒꢑꢄꢖꢖꢕꢛ(ꢄꢓꢁꢂꢎꢁ  
ꢂꢃꢄꢖꢕꢛ7ꢃꢄꢑꢓꢊꢄꢃꢒꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢄꢉꢊꢍꢄ8ꢖꢕꢛ(ꢄꢓꢁꢂꢎꢁꢄꢂꢃꢄꢖꢕꢛꢄꢑꢐꢄꢑꢒꢁꢆꢇꢄꢃꢒꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊ"ꢄ-ꢜꢖꢕꢛꢄ9ꢄꢖꢖꢕꢛꢄ:ꢄ8ꢖꢕꢛ(ꢄꢋꢃꢆꢍꢄꢐꢑꢇꢄꢈꢊꢆꢒ  
ꢑꢊꢌ .  
Fnet station number  
ꢀꢁꢆꢄꢃꢒꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢄꢊꢋ!ꢏꢆꢇꢄꢑꢐꢄꢎꢑ!!ꢋꢊꢂꢎꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢄ!ꢑꢍꢋꢌꢆ-ꢚ;$ꢙ$ꢅꢗꢕ("""ꢄꢆꢒꢎ".ꢄꢉꢍꢑ)ꢒꢂꢊ,ꢄ$ꢊꢆꢒꢄꢃ)ꢆꢎꢂꢐꢂꢎꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊ"ꢄꢀꢁꢆꢄꢃꢒꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊ  
ꢊꢋ!ꢏꢆꢇꢃꢆꢍꢄ ꢂꢊꢄ $ꢊꢆꢒꢄ ꢂꢃꢄ ꢃꢆꢒꢄ ꢏ ꢄ ꢒꢁꢆꢄ ꢃꢓꢂꢒꢎꢁꢄ ꢉꢒꢒꢉꢎꢁꢆꢍꢊꢄ ꢒꢁꢆꢄ ꢐꢇꢑꢊꢒꢄ ꢑꢐꢑ!!ꢋꢊꢂꢎꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢄ !ꢑꢍꢋꢌꢆ(ꢄ ꢉꢊꢍꢄ ꢋꢃꢆꢍꢄ ꢉꢃ  
ꢃꢒꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢄꢊꢋ!ꢏꢆꢇꢄꢑꢐꢄꢉꢌꢌꢄꢃꢆꢇ&ꢂꢎꢆꢃꢄꢂꢊꢎꢌꢋꢍꢂꢊ,ꢄꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉꢄꢃꢆꢇ&ꢂꢎꢆꢄꢍꢂꢐꢐꢆꢇꢆꢊꢒꢌ ꢄꢐꢇꢑ!ꢄꢒꢁꢆꢄꢃꢒꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢄꢊꢋ!ꢏꢆꢇꢄꢋꢃꢆꢍꢄꢐꢑꢇ  
ꢈꢊꢆꢒ"  
Active coupler  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢂꢃꢄꢉꢄ!ꢑꢍꢋꢌꢆꢄꢎꢑꢊꢊꢆꢎꢒꢂꢊ,ꢄꢑ)ꢒꢂꢎꢉꢌꢄ!ꢑꢍꢋꢌꢆꢄꢆꢉꢎꢁꢄꢑꢒꢁꢆꢇꢄꢓꢁꢆꢊꢄꢑ)ꢒꢂꢎꢉꢌꢄꢊꢆꢒꢓꢑꢇꢔꢄꢂꢃꢄꢎꢑꢊꢐꢂ,ꢋꢇꢆꢍ(ꢄꢉꢊꢍꢄꢒꢁꢆꢄꢑ)ꢒꢂꢎꢉꢌ  
ꢍꢂꢃꢒꢇꢂꢏꢋꢒꢑꢇ(ꢄ ꢓꢁꢂꢎꢁꢄ ꢁꢉꢃꢄ ꢐꢋꢊꢎꢒꢂꢑꢊꢄ ꢑꢐꢄ ꢇꢆ,ꢆꢊꢆꢇꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢄ ꢉꢊꢍꢄ ꢉ!)ꢌꢂꢐꢂꢎꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢄ ꢑꢐꢄ ꢑ)ꢒꢂꢎꢉꢌꢄ ꢎꢑ!!ꢋꢊꢂꢎꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢄ ꢃꢂ,ꢊꢉꢌ  
ꢉꢍꢍꢂꢒꢂꢑꢊꢉꢌꢌ "  
Repeater  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢃꢆꢍ1ꢒꢆꢊꢍꢁꢆꢂꢃꢒꢉꢊꢎꢆꢉꢏꢌꢆꢑꢇꢌꢆꢎꢒꢇꢂꢎꢑ!!ꢋꢊꢂꢎꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢆꢒꢓꢑꢇꢔ(1ꢒꢆꢊꢍꢃꢁꢆꢂꢃꢒꢉꢊꢎꢆ  
ꢎꢑ!!ꢋꢊꢂꢎꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢄꢓꢂꢒꢁꢄꢇꢆ,ꢆꢊꢆꢇꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢄꢉꢊꢍꢄꢉ!)ꢌꢂꢐꢂꢎꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢄꢑꢐꢄꢆꢌꢆꢎꢒꢇꢂꢎꢄꢎꢑ!!ꢋꢊꢂꢎꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢄꢃꢂ,ꢊꢉꢌ"  
E.O.C(Electric/Optical Converter)  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄ !ꢑꢍꢋꢌꢆꢄ ꢎꢑꢊ&ꢆꢇꢒꢃꢄ ꢑ)ꢒꢂꢎꢉꢌꢄ ꢎꢑ!!ꢋꢊꢂꢎꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢄ ꢃꢂ,ꢊꢉꢌꢄ ꢒꢑꢄ ꢆꢌꢆꢎꢒꢇꢂꢎꢄ ꢎꢑ!!ꢋꢊꢂꢎꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢄ ꢃꢂ,ꢊꢉꢌ(ꢄ ꢑꢇꢄ ꢆꢌꢆꢎꢒꢇꢂꢎ  
ꢎꢑ!!ꢋꢊꢂꢎꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢂ,ꢊꢉꢌ)ꢒꢂꢎꢉꢌꢑ!!ꢋꢊꢂꢎꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢂ,ꢊꢉꢌ(ꢊꢍꢉꢃꢍꢍꢂꢒꢂꢑꢊꢉꢌꢋꢊꢎꢒꢂꢑꢊꢃꢆ,ꢆꢊꢆꢇꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢊꢍ  
ꢉ!)ꢌꢂꢐꢂꢎꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢄꢑꢐꢄꢃꢂ,ꢊꢉꢌ"  
2-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2. Terms and Concepts of communication  
Manchester Biphase-L  
8ꢉꢒꢉꢄ !ꢑꢍꢋꢌꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢄ !ꢆꢒꢁꢑꢍꢄ ꢋꢃꢆꢍꢄ ꢂꢊꢄ $ꢊꢆꢒ"ꢄ 8ꢉꢒꢉꢄ ꢂꢃꢄ ꢆꢊꢎꢑꢍꢆꢍꢄ ꢉꢊꢍꢄ ꢒꢇꢉꢊꢃ!ꢂꢒꢒꢆꢍꢄ ꢏ ꢄ ꢋꢃꢂꢊ,ꢄ ꢈꢉꢊꢎꢁꢆꢃꢒꢆꢇꢙꢌꢄ ꢎꢑꢍꢆ(  
ꢘꢆꢎꢆꢂ&ꢆꢍꢄꢍꢉꢒꢉꢄꢆꢊꢎꢑꢍꢆꢍꢄꢏ ꢄꢈꢉꢊꢎꢁꢆꢃꢒꢆꢇꢄꢓꢂꢌꢌꢄꢏꢆꢄꢍꢆꢎꢑꢍꢆꢍꢄꢉꢊꢍꢄꢎꢑꢊ&ꢆꢇꢒꢆꢍ"  
CRC(Cyclic Redundancy Check)  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢁꢆꢊꢆꢇꢇꢑꢇꢆꢒꢆꢎꢒꢂꢑꢊ!ꢆꢒꢁꢑꢍꢃ(ꢁꢂꢎꢁꢇꢇꢑꢇꢆꢒꢆꢎꢒꢂꢑꢊ!ꢆꢒꢁꢑꢍꢃꢆꢍ!ꢑꢃꢒꢇꢆ<ꢋꢆꢊꢒꢌ ꢑꢇ  
ꢃ ꢊꢎꢁꢇꢑꢊꢂ+ꢂꢊ,ꢄꢒꢇꢉꢊꢃ!ꢂꢃꢃꢂꢑꢊ(ꢄꢉꢊꢍꢄꢉꢌꢃꢑꢄꢎꢉꢌꢌꢆꢍꢄꢉꢃꢄꢎ ꢎꢌꢂꢎꢄꢎꢑꢍꢆꢄ!ꢆꢒꢁꢑꢍ"  
Terminal resistance  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄ ꢂꢃꢄ ꢋꢃꢆꢍꢄ ꢒꢑꢄ ꢉꢍ=ꢋꢃꢒꢄ !ꢋꢒꢋꢉꢌꢄ ꢂ!)ꢆꢍꢉꢊꢎꢆꢄ ꢑꢐꢄ ꢒꢇꢉꢊꢃ!ꢂꢒꢒꢂꢊ,ꢄ )ꢉꢇꢒꢄ ꢉꢊꢍꢄ ꢇꢆꢎꢆꢂ&ꢂꢊ,ꢄ )ꢉꢇꢒꢄ ꢑꢊꢄ )ꢁ ꢃꢂꢎꢉꢌꢄ ꢌꢉ ꢆꢇ(ꢄ ꢉꢊꢍ  
ꢒꢆꢇ!ꢂꢊꢉꢌꢄꢇꢆꢃꢂꢃꢒꢉꢊꢎꢆꢄꢑꢐꢄ$ꢊꢆꢒꢄꢂꢃꢄ//>(ꢄ/*53ꢄꢉꢊꢍꢄꢒꢆꢇ!ꢂꢊꢉꢌꢄꢇꢆꢃꢂꢃꢒꢉꢊꢎꢆꢄꢑꢐꢄꢈꢊꢆꢒꢄꢂꢃꢄ;?(ꢄ/*@3"  
High speed link  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢂꢃꢄꢋꢃꢆꢍꢄꢉ!ꢑꢊ,ꢄꢈꢕꢖꢀꢗꢘꢙꢚꢄꢛꢜꢝꢄꢎꢑ!!ꢋꢊꢂꢎꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢄ!ꢑꢍꢋꢌꢆꢃꢄꢑꢊꢌ (ꢄꢉꢊꢍꢄꢋꢃꢆꢍꢄꢒꢑꢄꢒꢇꢉꢊꢃ!ꢂꢒꢄꢉꢊꢍꢄꢇꢆꢎꢆꢂ&ꢆꢄꢍꢉꢒꢉ  
ꢉꢒꢄꢁꢂ,ꢁꢄꢃ)ꢆꢆꢍ(ꢄꢉꢊꢍꢄꢆ1ꢆꢎꢋꢒꢆꢃꢄꢎꢑ!!ꢋꢊꢂꢎꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢄꢏ ꢄꢃꢆꢒꢒꢂꢊ,ꢄꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉꢄ)ꢉꢇꢉ!ꢆꢒꢆꢇꢄꢑꢐꢄ2ꢈ3'#"  
KGLWIN(Programming and debugging tool)  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢃꢑꢐꢒꢓꢉꢇꢆꢄꢆꢊꢉꢏꢌꢆꢃꢄꢋꢃꢆꢇꢄꢒꢑꢄ)ꢇꢑ,ꢇꢉ!ꢄꢂꢊꢄꢑꢇꢍꢆꢇꢄꢒꢑꢄꢐꢂꢒꢄꢒꢑꢄꢒꢁꢆꢄꢃ ꢃꢒꢆ!(ꢄꢉꢊꢍꢄꢒꢑꢄꢍꢑꢓꢊꢌꢑꢉꢍ(ꢄꢇꢋꢊ(ꢄꢃꢒꢑ)(ꢄꢉꢊꢍꢄꢍꢆꢏꢋ,ꢄꢂꢊ  
ꢈꢕꢖꢀꢗꢘꢙꢚꢄꢛꢜꢝꢄꢝꢛꢅꢄ!ꢑꢍꢋꢌꢆ"  
FAM(FA Manager)  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢑꢐꢒꢓꢉꢇꢆ)ꢉꢎꢔꢉ,ꢆꢂꢒꢋꢉꢒꢆꢍ))ꢆꢇꢆ&ꢆꢌꢉꢎꢒꢑꢇ ꢋꢒꢑ!ꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊ(ꢊꢍꢊꢉꢏꢌꢆꢃꢃꢆꢇꢑꢊꢊꢆꢎꢒꢂꢒꢁ  
ꢊꢆꢒꢓꢑꢇꢔꢃꢄ ꢑꢐꢄ ꢃꢆ&ꢆꢇꢉꢌꢄ ꢒ )ꢆꢃ(ꢄ ꢉꢊꢍꢄ ꢆꢊꢉꢏꢌꢆꢃꢄ ꢋꢃꢆꢇꢄ ꢒꢑꢄ ꢆ1ꢆꢎꢋꢒꢆꢄ ꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃ ꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉ(ꢄ ꢇꢆꢉꢍꢂꢊ,*ꢓꢇꢂꢒꢂꢊ,ꢄ &ꢉꢇꢂꢉꢏꢌꢆ(ꢄ ꢉꢊꢍ  
ꢍꢑꢓꢊꢌꢑꢉꢍ*ꢋ)ꢌꢑꢉꢍꢄ)ꢇꢑ,ꢇꢉ!ꢄꢏ ꢄ!ꢑꢋꢊꢒꢂꢊ,ꢄ$ꢊꢆꢒꢄ!ꢑꢍꢋꢌꢆꢄꢑꢐꢄꢎꢑ!)ꢋꢒꢆꢇ"  
Segment  
ꢜꢑꢎꢉꢌꢄ ꢊꢆꢒꢓꢑꢇꢔꢄ ꢓꢁꢂꢎꢁꢄ ꢎꢑꢊꢊꢆꢎꢒꢃꢄ ꢉꢌꢌꢄ ꢃꢒꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢃꢄ ꢏ ꢄ ꢋꢃꢂꢊ,ꢄ ꢒꢁꢆꢄ ꢃꢉ!ꢆꢄ ꢒꢑꢔꢆꢊ(ꢄ ꢓꢂꢒꢁꢑꢋꢒꢄ ꢋꢃꢂꢊ,ꢄ ꢉꢊ ꢄ ꢎꢑꢊꢊꢆꢎꢒꢂꢊ,  
ꢍꢆ&ꢂꢎꢆ-2ꢉꢒꢆꢓꢉ (ꢄꢗ0ꢝ(ꢄꢘꢆ)ꢆꢉꢒꢆꢇ."  
Network  
ꢗꢊꢒꢂꢇꢆꢄꢎꢑ!!ꢋꢊꢂꢎꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢄꢃ ꢃꢒꢆ!(ꢄꢎꢑꢊꢐꢂ,ꢋꢇꢆꢍꢄꢏ ꢄꢑꢊꢆꢄꢃꢆ,!ꢆꢊꢒꢄꢑꢇꢄ!ꢑꢇꢆ(ꢄꢒꢁꢉꢒꢄꢋꢃꢆꢃꢄꢒꢁꢆꢄꢃꢉ!ꢆꢄꢒꢑꢔꢆꢊ"  
2-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2. Terms and Concepts of communication  
2.2 Concept of Fnet communication  
ꢀꢁꢆꢄ!ꢆꢒꢁꢑꢍꢄꢑꢐꢄ$ꢊꢆꢒꢄꢎꢑ!!ꢋꢊꢂꢎꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢄꢂꢃꢄꢒꢑꢔꢆꢊꢄꢍꢂꢃꢒꢇꢂꢏꢋꢒꢂꢑꢊꢄ!ꢆꢒꢁꢑꢍꢄꢏ ꢄꢜꢕꢖ-ꢜꢂꢊꢔꢄꢕꢎꢒꢂ&ꢆꢄꢖꢎꢁꢆꢍꢋꢌꢆꢇ."ꢄ0ꢊꢆꢄꢑꢐ  
$ꢈꢈꢄꢎꢑ!!ꢋꢊꢂꢎꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢄ!ꢑꢍꢋꢌꢆꢃꢄꢎꢉꢊꢄꢏꢆꢄꢜꢕꢖ(ꢄꢏꢋꢒꢄ$ꢖꢈꢄꢎꢑ!!ꢋꢊꢂꢎꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢄ!ꢑꢍꢋꢌꢆꢃꢄꢎꢉꢊꢊꢑꢒꢄꢏꢆꢄꢜꢕꢖ"  
2.2.1 How to generate and move LAS  
ꢕ!ꢑꢊ,ꢄꢎꢑ!!ꢋꢊꢂꢎꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢄ!ꢑꢍꢋꢌꢆꢃ(ꢄꢜꢕꢖꢄꢎꢉꢊꢄꢏꢆꢄ,ꢆꢊꢆꢇꢉꢒꢆꢍꢄꢋꢊꢍꢆꢇꢄꢒꢁꢆꢄꢐꢑꢌꢌꢑꢓꢂꢊ,ꢄꢎꢑꢊꢍꢂꢒꢂꢑꢊꢃꢄ%  
/. ꢕ!ꢑꢊ,ꢄꢒꢁꢆꢄꢃꢒꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢃꢄꢎꢑꢊꢊꢆꢎꢒꢆꢍꢄꢒꢑꢄꢊꢆꢒꢓꢑꢇꢔ(ꢄ$ꢈꢈꢄꢎꢑ!!ꢋꢊꢂꢎꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢄ!ꢑꢍꢋꢌꢆꢄꢒꢁꢉꢒꢄꢒꢁꢆꢄ)ꢑꢓꢆꢇꢄꢂꢃꢄꢒꢋꢇꢊꢆꢍꢄꢑꢊ  
ꢐꢂꢇꢃꢒꢄꢑꢏꢒꢉꢂꢊꢃꢄꢜꢕꢖ"  
5. 3ꢁꢆꢊꢄ ꢒꢁꢆꢄ )ꢑꢓꢆꢇꢄ ꢏꢆꢎꢑ!ꢆꢄ ꢑꢊꢄ ꢉꢒꢄ ꢒꢁꢆꢄ ꢃꢉ!ꢆꢄ ꢒꢂ!ꢆꢄ ꢉ!ꢑꢊ,ꢄ ꢒꢁꢆꢄ ꢃꢒꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢃꢄ ꢎꢑꢊꢊꢆꢎꢒꢆꢍꢄ ꢒꢑꢄ ꢊꢆꢒꢓꢑꢇꢔ(ꢄ ꢒꢁꢆ  
ꢎꢑ!!ꢋꢊꢂꢎꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢄ!ꢑꢍꢋꢌꢆꢄꢓꢂꢒꢁꢄꢒꢁꢆꢄꢌꢑꢓꢆꢃꢒꢄꢃꢒꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢄꢊꢋ!ꢏꢆꢇꢄꢑꢏꢒꢉꢂꢊꢃꢄꢜꢕꢖ"  
6. 'ꢐꢄꢒꢁꢆꢄ)ꢇꢆꢃꢆꢊꢒꢄꢜꢕꢖꢄꢃꢒꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢄꢏꢆꢎꢑ!ꢆꢃꢄꢍꢑꢓꢊꢄꢍꢋꢇꢂꢊ,ꢄꢊꢑꢇ!ꢉꢌꢄꢎꢑ!!ꢋꢊꢂꢎꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊ(ꢄꢒꢁꢆꢄꢎꢑ!!ꢋꢊꢂꢎꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢄ!ꢑꢍꢋꢌꢆ  
ꢑꢐꢄꢒꢁꢆꢄꢌꢑꢓꢆꢃꢒꢄꢃꢒꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢄꢊꢋ!ꢏꢆꢇꢄꢉ!ꢑꢊ,ꢄꢒꢁꢆꢄꢇꢆꢃꢒꢄꢑꢐꢄ$ꢈꢈꢄꢃꢒꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊ(ꢄꢑꢏꢒꢉꢂꢊꢃꢄꢜꢕꢖ"  
@. 0ꢊꢌ ꢄꢑꢊꢆꢄꢜꢕꢖꢄꢆ1ꢂꢃꢒꢃꢄꢒꢁꢇꢑꢋ,ꢁꢄꢒꢁꢆꢄꢆꢊꢒꢂꢇꢆꢄꢊꢆꢒꢓꢑꢇꢔ"  
2.2.2 How to assign token(Suppose that the Station FMM_01 is LAS)  
FMM_01(LAS)  
FMM_02  
FMM_03  
FMM_04  
FMM_05  
Data transmission  
of self station  
Use within 8ms  
Token  
transmission of  
station FSM_03  
Data transmission of  
self station  
Use within 8ms  
Token transmission of  
FMM_01 (LAS station  
also transmits its own  
FMM 01)  
Return of  
token  
Circulated  
Token  
Data  
Token  
transmission  
of LAS’s own  
station  
Passing  
transmission of  
station FSM_04  
Data transmission of  
self station  
Use within 8ms  
Return of token  
Use within  
8ms  
Return of  
token  
A Token return in each  
station is performed to  
present LAS station.  
Data transmission of  
self station  
Use within 8ms  
2-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3. General specifications  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢔ ꢕꢅꢉꢅꢆꢂꢖꢇꢒꢃꢅꢍꢎꢓꢎꢍꢂꢄꢎꢊꢉꢒ  
3.1  
General specifications of communication module(Fnet)  
2ꢆꢊꢆꢇꢉꢌꢄꢃ)ꢆꢎꢂꢐꢂꢎꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢃꢄꢑꢐꢄꢈꢕꢖꢀꢗꢘꢙꢚꢄꢃꢆꢇꢂꢆꢃꢄꢉꢇꢆꢄꢉꢃꢄꢐꢑꢌꢌꢑꢓꢃꢄ%  
ꢀꢉꢏꢌꢆꢄ6"/ꢄ2ꢆꢊꢆꢇꢉꢌꢄꢃ)ꢆꢎꢂꢐꢂꢎꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊ  
No.  
Item  
Spec.  
Related spec.  
1
Operating temp.  
0
+55  
ꢀꢁ  
2
3
4
Storage temp.  
Operating moist.  
Storage moist.  
-25+70ꢀ  
5~95% RH, non-condensing  
5~95% RH, non-condensing  
For discontinuous vibration  
Frequency  
10f57Hz  
57f150Hz  
Acceleration  
-
Amplitude  
0.075mm  
-
Number  
9.8 ꢂꢃꢄꢅ  
5
6
Vibration  
ICE 1131-2  
For continuous vibration  
Each 10 times in  
X,Y,Z directions  
Frequency  
Acceleration  
-
Amplitude  
0.035mm  
-
10f57Hz  
57f150Hz  
4.9 ꢂꢆꢇ ꢄꢅ  
Max. impact acceleration:147 (15G)  
Authorized time : 11ms  
Impact  
IEC 1131-2  
Pulse wave : Sign half-wave pulse(each 3 times in X,Y,Z  
directions)  
Test spec. reference  
within LG Industrial  
Systems  
Square wave  
1,500V  
Impulse noise  
IEC 1131-2,  
IEC 801-2  
Static electric  
Voltage : 4kV(Contact discharging)  
discharging  
Radiation  
electric field  
noise  
IEC 1131-2,  
IEC 801-3  
27500 MHz, 10V/m  
7
Noise  
Digital input/output  
(less than  
24V)Analog  
input/output  
communication  
interface  
Digital  
input/  
output  
(24V or  
more)  
Power  
Segment  
Fast  
transient/burst  
noise  
IEC 1131-2,  
IEC 801-4  
module  
Voltage  
Ambient conditions No corrosive gas and dust  
2kV  
1kV  
0.25 kV  
8
9
Height  
Up to 2,000m  
2 or less  
10  
11  
Pollution level  
Cooling type  
Natural air cooling  
Remark  
1. IEC(International Electro-technical Commission) : International non-governmental association, which  
establishes international standards in the field of electric and electronics.  
2. Pollution level : This is an indication showing pollution of surrounding environment, which determines  
insulation performance of device, and generally the pollution level 2 means the conditions in which only  
non-conductive pollution occurs.  
But, temporary conduction may occur according to condensing.  
3-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3. General specifications  
3.2 Structure and configuration  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢍꢆꢃꢎꢇꢂꢏꢆꢃꢄꢒꢁꢆꢄꢃꢒꢇꢋꢎꢒꢋꢇꢆꢄꢉꢊꢍꢄꢎꢑꢊꢐꢂ,ꢋꢇꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢄꢐꢑꢇꢄꢇꢆ)ꢇꢆꢃꢆꢊꢒꢉꢒꢂ&ꢆꢄꢒ )ꢆꢄꢑꢐꢄ$ꢊꢆꢒꢄꢉꢊꢍꢄꢈꢊꢆꢒꢄ!ꢑꢍꢋꢌꢆ"  
3.2.1 Fnet master module structure : K7F-FUEA, K7F-FUOA, K4F-FUEA, K3F-FUEA  
1) K7F-FUEA, K7F-FUOA, K4F-FUEA  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢃꢆꢇ  ꢉꢀꢊ  
Type name indicating section  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢂꢄꢅꢆ  
Indicates type name of communication module  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢃꢄꢅ  
ꢆꢇ ꢈꢂ  
ꢆꢉꢊꢀꢉ  
ꢋꢄꢁꢃꢆ  
LED indicating section  
RUN  
LAS  
Indicates the status of CPU module and interface  
Indicates that communication module is performing LAS function.  
TOKEN Indicates whether communication module has a token or not.  
Tx/Rx  
Indicates whether communication module is transmitting/ receiving  
or not.  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁ  
FAULT Flickers when the error that normal operation is not possible  
occurred in communication module  
ꢌꢇꢍꢈ  
Station number setting switch  
Sets station number in the range of 0~63 station(Use decimal).  
Mode setting switch  
Sets operation mode of communication module  
ꢎꢇꢂꢐ  
Communication connector  
Connector for electric cable connection to connect communication module.  
ꢎꢇꢂꢏ  
Remark  
1. In the figure shown above, connector of K7F-FUOA is made of optical connector.  
2. For mode setting switch, see 3.2.6 Fnet mode setting.  
   
3-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3. General specifications  
2) K3F-FUEA  
LED indicating section  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢃꢄꢅ  
ꢆꢇ ꢈꢂ  
ꢆꢉꢊꢀꢉ  
RUN  
LAS  
Indicates the status of CPU module and interface  
Indicates that communication module is performing LAS function.  
ꢋꢄꢁꢃꢆ  
TOKEN Indicates whether communication module has a token or not.  
ꢀꢇꢂꢃꢂꢄꢅꢆ  
Tx/Rx  
Indicates whether communication module is transmitting/ receiving  
or not.  
FAULT Flickers when the error that normal operation is not possible  
occurred in communication module  
ꢌꢇꢍꢈ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢃꢇ  
ꢁꢈꢇꢉꢈ  
ꢊꢁꢈꢇꢉꢈꢊ  
Type name indicating section  
Indicates type name of communication module  
ꢎꢇꢂꢐ  
Mode setting switch  
Sets operation mode of communication module  
Communication connector  
ꢎꢇꢂꢏ  
Connector for electric cable connection to connect communication module.  
Remark  
1. The station number setting switch is placed in the case.  
3-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3. General specifications  
3.2.2 Fnet slave module structure : K7F-RBEA, K7F-RBOA, K4F-RBEA  
ꢋꢌꢃ  ꢍꢄꢎꢏꢃꢐꢑꢍꢏꢒꢀꢁꢂꢃꢆꢇ ꢈꢓꢔꢀꢊꢌ  
Type name indicating section  
K7F-RBEA  
Indicates type name of communication module  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢃꢄꢅꢆꢂ  
ꢃꢇ ꢀꢇ  
LED indicating section  
RUN  
Indicates the status of communication module  
ꢈꢉꢁꢊꢃ  
ꢋꢌꢋꢍꢈꢉꢁꢊꢃ  
TOKEN Indicates whether communication module has a token  
or not.  
Tx/Rx  
Indicates whether communication module is  
transmitting/receiving or not.  
ꢅꢆꢇ  
ꢅꢆ  
FAULT  
Flickers when the communication error occurred.  
SYS  
FAULT  
Flickers when serious error of system itself or I/O module  
error occurred  
Station number setting switch  
ꢑꢄꢒꢆ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢃꢇ  
ꢁꢈꢇꢉꢈ  
ꢊꢁꢈꢇꢉꢈꢊ  
Sets station number in the range of 0~63 station(Set in decimal).  
Mode setting switch  
Sets operation mode of communication module  
Communication connector (RS-232C)  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢂꢄ  
Cable connector of KGLWIN connection.  
ꢎꢄꢂꢐ  
ꢎꢄꢂꢏ  
Communication connector  
Connector for electric cable connection to connect communication  
module.  
Remark  
In the figure shown above, connector of K7F-RBOA is made of optical connector, and there is no RS-232C port  
in K4F-RBEA.  
3-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3. General specifications  
ꢕꢌꢃ  ꢖꢗꢘꢙꢃꢐꢑꢍꢏꢒꢀꢁꢂꢃꢆꢇ ꢈꢓꢔꢀꢊꢌ  
Station number setting switch  
8ꢍꢎ  
8ꢍ  
Sets master station number of remote  
communication module(Set in the range of  
0~63 station using decimal).  
Output of emergency data  
Specifies output data type when  
communication failure by cable cut off.  
(See 3.2.6 Fnet mode setting)  
3-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                                                                                                                                                                          
                                                                                                                                                                            
                                                                                                                                                                          
                                                                                                                                                                            
                                                                                                                                                                          
                                                                                                                                                                            
3. General specifications  
3.2.3 Fnet Computer interface module structure : G0L-FUEA  
ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢃ  
B/  
B/>  
ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢁ  
+opqꢕꢕꢉrrpstt  
ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢁ  
LED indicating section  
No.1 POWER Indicates whether power is being supplied to  
Port  
Address  
selection  
communication module  
selection  
3E0
3C0  
No.2  
RUN  
Indicates the status of CPU module and interface  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
FC00  
No.3 LAS Indicates that communication module is performing  
F800  
LAS function.  
3A0  
F400  
No.4  
TOKEN Indicates whether communication module has token  
380  
F000  
or not.  
360  
EC00  
No.5  
Tx/Rx  
Indicates whether communication module is  
transmitting/receiving or not.  
340  
E800  
Flickers when the error that normal operation is not  
possible occurred in communication module  
320  
E400  
No.6  
FAULT  
300  
E000  
2E0  
DC00  
Station number setting switch  
2C0  
D800  
D400  
Sets station number in the range of 0~63 station(Set in decimal).  
2A0  
D000  
280  
Mode setting switch  
260  
CC00  
C800  
Sets operation mode of communication module  
240  
C400  
220  
200  
C000  
Reset switch  
A switch to initialize communication module  
Communication connector  
Connector for electric cable connection to connect communication  
module.  
Remark  
1. For mode setting switch, see 3.2.6 Fnet mode setting.  
2. Port is set to No.5(340) and address is set to No.9(D800) by factory default.  
3. This should be set in order not to be duplicated with other device area of computer previously used, and  
add DEVICE=C:\WINDOWS\EMM386.EXE NOEMS X=D800-D8FF(if address has been set to  
No.9(D800)) in CONFIG.SYS to use set area for not continuous or extended area of computer but this  
module.  
3-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3. General specifications  
3.2.4 Fnet LED signal name and indication content  
Device  
type  
LED  
Name  
Meaning of LED indication  
LED On  
Normal  
LED Off  
RUN  
Indicates the status of CPU module and interface  
Abnormal  
Indicates that communication module is performing LAS  
function.  
K7F-FUEA  
K7F-FUOA  
K4F-FUEA  
K3F-FUEA  
GOL-FUEA  
LAS  
In proceeding  
Does not  
have  
TOKEN Indicates whether communication module has token or not.  
Has  
Indicates whether communication module is transmitting/  
receiving or not.  
Flicker during  
communication  
Tx/Rx  
FAULT Indicates the status of communication module.  
Abnormal  
Normal  
RUN  
Indicates the status of communication module.  
Normal  
Abnormal  
Does not  
have  
TOKEN Indicates whether communication module has token or not.  
Has  
K7F-RBEA  
K7F-RBOA  
K4F-RBEA  
Indicates whether communication module is transmitting/  
receiving or not.  
Flicker during  
communication  
Tx/Rx  
FAULT Indicates whether communication error exists or not.  
Abnormal  
Normal  
SYS  
FAULT or not.  
Indicates whether system error or I/O module error occurred  
Abnormal  
Normal  
PWR  
TRX  
ERR  
Indicates power status.  
Power On  
Power Off  
G0L-SMQA  
G0L-SMIA  
G0L-SMHA  
Flicker during  
communication  
Abnormal Normal  
Indicates Tx/Rx or not of communication module.  
Indicates communication error or not.  
* For details on LED, see Appendix A1, LED indication.  
3.2.5 Fnet station number setting  
 ꢋꢌ ꢚꢄꢛꢑꢜꢃꢝꢏꢑꢏꢗꢄꢎꢃꢎ !"ꢙꢍꢃꢝꢙꢏꢏꢗꢎ#  
Applied  
Device type  
Detailed drawing of  
station number switch  
Description  
K7F-FUEA  
K7F-FUOA  
K7F-RBEA  
K7F-RBOA  
K4F-FUEA  
K4F-RBEA  
K3F-FUEA  
G0L-FUEA  
G0L-SMQA  
G0L-SMIA  
G0L-SMHA  
(1) Station number can be set from 0 to 63(Decimal).  
(2) Station number setting  
(Factory default is 0)  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
Switch  
X 10  
Setting  
Sets ten’s figure of station number  
Sets one’s figure of station number  
X 1  
(3) GM6 : The station setting switch is placed in the case.  
ꢀꢁ  
3-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3. General specifications  
 ꢕꢌ $ꢑꢝꢏꢙꢍꢃꢝꢏꢑꢏꢗꢄꢎꢃꢎ !"ꢙꢍꢃꢝꢙꢏꢏꢗꢎ#  
ꢖꢆꢒꢃꢄꢃꢒꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢄꢊꢋ!ꢏꢆꢇꢄꢑꢐꢄ$ꢊꢆꢒꢄ!ꢉꢃꢒꢆꢇꢄ!ꢑꢍꢋꢌꢆ(ꢄꢓꢁꢂꢎꢁꢄꢎꢉꢊꢄꢒꢇꢉꢊꢃ!ꢂꢒꢄꢉꢊꢍꢄꢇꢆꢎꢆꢂ&ꢆꢄꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉꢄꢍꢉꢒꢉꢄꢂꢊꢄ$ꢊꢆꢒꢄꢃꢌꢉ&ꢆ  
!ꢑꢍꢋꢌꢆ-ꢖꢒꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢄꢊꢋ!ꢏꢆꢇꢄꢃꢓꢂꢒꢎꢁꢄꢂꢃꢄꢌꢑꢎꢉꢒꢆꢍꢄꢂꢊꢃꢂꢍꢆꢄꢑꢐꢄꢎꢉꢃꢆ."  
Applied  
Device type  
Detailed drawing of  
station number switch  
Description  
(1) Station number can be set from 0 to 63(Decimal).  
(2) Station number setting  
(Factory default is 0)  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
K7F-RBEA  
K7F-RBOA  
K4F-RBEA  
G0L-SMQA  
G0L-SMIA  
G0L-SMHA  
Switch  
X 10  
Setting  
Sets ten’s figure of station number  
Sets one’s figure of station number  
X 1  
ꢀꢁ  
3.2.6 Fnet mode setting  
ꢋꢌ %ꢙꢝꢏꢃ!ꢄꢘꢙ  
Applied  
Device type  
Detailed drawing  
of mode switch  
Description  
K7F-FUEA  
K7F-FUOA  
K7F-RBEA  
K7F-RBOA  
G0L-FUEA  
(1) Mode can be set from 0 to 2.  
(GM6 : 0 ~ 3)  
ꢃꢄꢅꢆ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢃꢇ  
ꢁꢈꢇꢉꢈꢄ  
ꢊꢁꢈꢇꢉꢈꢄꢊ  
(2) Mode setting  
(Factory default is 0)  
Mode  
Function  
0
1
Performs normal operation  
Sets the unit as data transmitting station in  
communication test  
ꢃꢄꢅꢆ  
K4F-FUEA  
K4F-RBEA  
2
Sets the unit as data transmitting station in  
communication test  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢋꢅꢆꢃꢇ  
ꢁꢈꢇꢉꢈ  
ꢊꢁꢈꢇꢉꢈꢊ  
* For details, see chapter 7, Diagnosis function.  
3-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3. General specifications  
 ꢕꢌ ꢀ!ꢙꢍ#ꢙꢎꢛ&ꢃꢘꢑꢏꢑꢃꢄ ꢏꢐ ꢏꢃꢝꢙꢏꢏꢗꢎ#  
'ꢊꢄ$ꢊꢆꢒꢌꢉ&ꢆ!ꢑꢍꢋꢌꢆ(ꢁꢆꢊꢄꢒꢁꢆꢄꢎꢑ!!ꢋꢊꢂꢎꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢄꢓꢂꢒꢁꢄꢇꢆ!ꢑꢒꢆꢄꢃꢒꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢄꢂꢃꢄꢎꢋꢒꢄꢑꢐꢐꢄꢏ ꢄꢇꢆ!ꢑꢒꢆꢄꢃꢒꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢄꢆꢇꢇꢑꢇꢄꢑꢇꢄꢌꢂꢊꢆ  
ꢆꢇꢇꢑꢇꢄꢍꢋꢇꢂꢊ,ꢄꢎꢑ!!ꢋꢊꢂꢎꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊ(ꢄꢃꢆꢒꢒꢂꢊ,ꢄꢑꢐꢄꢒꢁꢆꢃꢆꢄꢃꢓꢂꢒꢎꢁꢆꢃꢄꢃ)ꢆꢎꢂꢐꢂꢆꢃꢄꢉꢊꢄꢑ)ꢆꢇꢉꢒꢂꢑꢊꢄꢏꢆꢒꢓꢆꢆꢊꢄꢌꢉꢒꢎꢁꢂꢊ,ꢄ'*0ꢄꢍꢉꢒꢉꢄꢂꢊꢄꢃꢌꢉ&ꢆ  
!ꢑꢍꢋꢌꢆꢄꢉꢊꢍꢄꢑꢋꢒ)ꢋꢒꢒꢂꢊ,ꢄꢑ)ꢒꢂꢑꢊꢉꢌꢄꢋꢃꢆꢇꢙꢍꢆꢐꢂꢊꢆꢍꢄꢍꢉꢒꢉ"  
Applied  
Device type  
Detailed drawing  
of mode switch  
Description  
Mode  
Function  
ꢄꢅ  
ꢃꢄ  
K7F-RBEA  
K7F-RBOA  
Latches the last data during communication error.  
ꢃꢄ  
Outputs user-defined data during communication  
error (Default is data reset).  
ꢀꢁ
Mode  
Function  
K4F-RBEA  
G0L-SMQA  
G0L-SMIA  
G0L-SMHA  
ꢃꢄ  
ꢄꢅ  
Latches the last data during communication error.  
Outputs user-defined data during communication  
error (Default is data reset).  
ꢃꢄ  
Remark  
1. All of the switches are set to off by factory default.  
2. User can input user-defined data for communication error in KGLWIN.  
(Refer to 6.6.7, Setting emergency output data of remote module.)  
3-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
4. Transmission specifications  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢗꢇ ꢇ ꢐꢆꢂꢉꢒꢑꢎꢒꢒꢎꢊꢉꢇꢒꢃꢅꢍꢎꢓꢎꢍꢂꢄꢎꢊꢉꢒ  
4.1 Transmission specifications of Fnet  
4.1.1 Transmission specifications of Fnet master module  
ꢛꢇꢑꢍꢋꢎꢒꢄꢑꢐꢄ$ꢊꢆꢒꢄ!ꢉꢃꢒꢆꢇꢄ!ꢑꢍꢋꢌꢆꢄ%ꢄꢚ;$ꢙ$ꢅꢗꢕ(ꢄꢚ;$ꢙ$ꢅ0ꢕ(ꢄꢚ@$ꢙ$ꢅꢗꢕ(ꢄꢚ6$ꢙ$ꢅꢗꢕ(ꢄ2>ꢜꢙ$ꢅꢗꢕ  
Table 4.1.1 Transmission specifications of Fnet master module  
Item  
Specification  
1Mbps  
Transmission speed  
common in Fnet module  
Manchester Biphase-L  
Encoding type  
Transmission distance  
Max. 750m  
(per segment)  
Transmission distance  
(during using repeater)  
Transmission line  
Electric  
Optical  
Max. 750m × (6 repeater + 1) = 5.25 km  
Twisted pair shielded cable  
Max. 3km  
Transmission distance  
(per segment)  
Transmission distance  
(during using EOC)  
Transmission line  
Max. 3km × (6 EOC +1) = 21km  
Optical cable  
Master + slave = 64 station  
(At least one master should be connected)  
256 byte  
Max. number of station connection  
Max. size of protocol  
Access type of  
Circulated token passing  
communication right  
Connection oriented service  
Connectionless service  
CRC 16 = X15 + X14 + X13 + ... + X2 + X + 1  
Communication type  
Frame error check  
4-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
4. Transmission specifications  
4.1.2 Transmission specifications of Fnet slave module  
ꢛꢇꢑꢍꢋꢎꢒꢄꢑꢐꢄ$ꢊꢆꢒꢄꢃꢌꢉ&ꢆꢄ!ꢑꢍꢋꢌꢆꢄ%ꢄꢆꢇ ꢈꢓꢔꢀꢊ'ꢃꢆꢇ ꢈꢓꢔ(ꢊ'ꢃꢆ) ꢈꢓꢔꢀꢊ'ꢃ*+ꢚꢈꢖ$,ꢊ'ꢃ*+ꢚꢈꢖ$-ꢊ'ꢃ*+ꢚꢈ  
ꢖ$.ꢊ  
Table 4.1.2 Transmission specifications of Fnet slave module  
Item  
Specification  
1Mbps  
Transmission speed  
Encoding type  
Manchester Biphase-L  
Transmission distance  
Max. 750m  
(per segment)  
Transmission distance  
(during using repeater)  
Transmission line  
Electric  
Optical  
Max. 750m × (6 repeater + 1) = 5.25km  
Twisted pair shielded cable  
Transmission distance  
(during segment)  
Max. 3km × (6 EOC +1) = 21km  
Transmission line  
Optical cable  
Link master class + Remote slave class = 64  
256 byte  
Max. number of stations connected  
Max. size of protocol  
Access type of  
Circulated token passing  
communication right  
Connection oriented service  
Connectionless service  
Communication type  
4.1.3 Transmission specifications of Fnet option module  
ꢛꢇꢑꢍꢋꢎꢒꢄꢑꢐꢄ$ꢊꢆꢒꢄꢑ)ꢒꢂꢑꢊꢄ!ꢑꢍꢋꢌꢆꢄ%ꢄ*+ꢚꢈ ꢓꢀꢊ'ꢃ*+ꢚꢈ (ꢀꢊ'ꢃ*+ꢚꢈ ꢊ/ꢊ  
ꢋꢌ ꢓꢙꢐꢙꢑꢏꢙꢍꢃꢒ*+ꢚꢈ ꢓꢀꢊꢌ  
Table 4.1.3(A) Transmission specifications of repeater  
Item  
Specification  
1Mbps  
Communication speed  
Encoding type  
Manchester Biphase-L  
Twisted pair shielded cable  
750m  
Transmission line(Cable)  
Max. extension distance per module  
Max. number of repeater between  
stations  
6 units  
Max. distance between stations  
Frame error check  
5.25km(when 6 repeater is installed)  
CRC 16 = X15 + X14 + X13 + ... + X2 + X + 1  
4-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
4. Transmission specifications  
ꢕꢌ ꢀꢜꢙꢛꢏꢍꢗꢛ0(ꢐꢏꢗꢛꢑꢜꢃꢛꢄꢎ1ꢙꢍꢏꢙꢍꢃꢒ*+ꢚꢈ (ꢀꢊꢌ  
Table 4.1.3(B) Transmission specifications of electric/optical converter  
Item  
Specification  
1Mbps  
Communication speed  
Encoding type  
Manchester Biphase-L  
Transmission line(Cable)  
Max. transmission distance  
Function of signal regeneration  
Frame error check  
Optical cable, twist pair cable  
3km(Optical)/750m(electric)  
Regenerating, Reshaping function  
CRC 16 = X15 + X14 + X13 + ... + X2 + X + 1  
2ꢌ ꢊꢛꢏꢗ1ꢙꢃꢛꢄ ꢐꢜꢙꢍꢃꢒ3ꢍꢄꢘ ꢛꢏꢃ4ꢃ*+ꢚꢈ ꢊ/ꢊꢌ  
Table 4.1.3(C) Transmission specification of active coupler  
Item  
Specification  
1Mbps  
Communication speed  
Encoding type  
Manchester Biphase-L  
Optical cable  
Transmission line(Cable)  
Max. transmission distance  
Function of signal regeneration  
Frame error check  
3km  
Regenerating, Reshaping function  
CRC 16 = X15 + X14 + X13 + ... + X2 + X + 1  
4-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
4. Transmission specifications  
4.3 Cable specifications  
4.3.1 Twisted pair cable for Fnet  
ꢀ )ꢆꢄꢊꢉ!ꢆꢄꢑꢐꢄ)ꢇꢑꢍꢋꢎꢒꢄ% 2>ꢝꢙꢀꢌꢌꢌ -ꢌꢌꢌ ꢂꢃꢄꢌꢆꢊ,ꢒꢁꢄꢑꢐꢄꢎꢉꢏꢌꢆ(ꢄꢋꢊꢂꢒꢄ%ꢄ!.  
ꢗ1".ꢄꢀꢓꢂꢃꢒꢆꢍꢄ)ꢉꢂꢇꢄꢎꢉꢏꢌꢆꢄ/>!ꢄ%ꢄ2>ꢝꢙꢀ>/>  
Table 4.3.1 Specifications of twisted pair cable for Fnet  
Cable contents  
Product name  
Type name  
Size  
Low Capacitance LAN Interface Cable  
LIREV-AMESB  
2 × 1.0mm (GS 92-3032, 18 AWG)  
LG CABLE CO.,LTD  
Maker  
Electric characteristics  
Item  
Unit  
/km  
Characteristic  
21.8 or less  
Test Condition  
Normal Temp.  
In air  
Conductor resistance  
Withstanding voltage(DC)  
Insulation resistance  
Static electricity capacity  
Characteristic impedance  
V/min  
Withstands at 500V for 1 minute  
1,000 or more  
Normal Temp.  
1 kHz  
MEGA -km  
pF/m  
45 or less  
10 MHz  
120 ± 12  
Characteristics in appearance  
Number of core  
CORE  
AWG  
NO./mm  
mm  
2
18  
Specification  
Conductor  
Configuration  
1/1.0  
1.0  
0.9  
2.8  
Outer diameter  
Thickness  
Insulator  
mm  
Outer diameter  
mm  
"
Structural drawing  
Conductor  
Insulator  
AL/Mylar Tape  
Ground line  
Braided  
material  
Sheath material  
4-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
4. Transmission specifications  
4.3.2 Optical cable for Fnet  
   
ꢀ )ꢆꢄꢊꢉ!ꢆꢄ% 2>ꢝꢙ$ꢌꢌꢌ -ꢌꢌꢌ ꢂꢃꢄꢌꢆꢊ,ꢒꢁꢄꢑꢐꢄꢎꢉꢏꢌꢆ(ꢄꢋꢊꢂꢒꢄ%ꢄ!.  
ꢗ1".ꢄ0)ꢒꢂꢎꢉꢌꢄꢎꢉꢏꢌꢆꢄ/>!ꢄ%ꢄ2>ꢝꢙ$>/>  
Table 4.3.2 Specifications of optical cable  
Cable contents  
Y22ꢄꢄꢄꢄ : For indoor (for Bi-directional communication)  
D22ꢄꢄꢄꢄ : For outdoor (for Bi-directional communication)  
ST - Type  
Type name  
Connector type  
Maker  
Hewlett Packard(H.P)  
For indoor(standard)  
For outdoor(standard)  
Segment  
Y22ꢄꢄꢄꢄ  
D22ꢄꢄꢄꢄ  
Outer diameter (mm)  
4.8  
7.5  
4.8  
21  
2.9 × 5.8  
5.0  
Loaded (cm)  
Min. Radius  
of curvature  
Unloaded (cm)  
3.0  
Weight(Kg/m)  
16  
Contents  
Core  
Characteristic  
Unit  
µm  
62.5  
125  
5
Cladding  
µm  
dB/km  
dB/km  
Max. attenuation  
Standard attenuation  
4.5  
                        
ꢌꢌ ꢌꢌ  
                        CDꢄ%ꢄꢖꢒꢉꢂꢊꢌꢆꢃꢃ  
Connector type  
Connector type  
          >Dꢄ%ꢄꢝꢆꢇꢉ!ꢂꢎꢄ               
Ex.) If the cable type is Y226969, connector type is ST and the  
shape is stainless at both of the connectors.  
"
Outside drawing of optical cable  
For indoor(Y22ꢌꢌꢌꢌ)  
For outdoor(D22ꢌꢌꢌꢌ)  
4-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. Communication Function  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ ꢇ ꢇ ꢀꢈꢉꢉꢊꢋꢌꢍꢂꢄꢌꢈꢋꢇꢎꢊꢋꢍꢄꢌꢈꢋ  
6.1 Programming method  
In Fnet communication module, programming methods are divided into three :  
High speed link  
High speed link is used when other station’s data or information is exchanged in each given  
time and cyclically. Self or other station’s data being in changing can be effectively used for  
operating system through cyclically referring, and the communication can be performed only  
through setting parameters.  
For how to set, specify other station area and self area to be sent/received in parameter of  
KGLWIN, specify data size, speed, and station number, and then perform communication.  
For data size, 1(16 points)~12,800 words for Mnet, and 1~3,840 words for Fnet can be  
communicated, and for communication cycle, 20ms~10sec. can be set according to  
communicating contents. Because simple parameter setting enables communication with  
other station, it is easy to use, and internal data processing is also high speed, thus many data  
can be cyclically processed at a time.  
Programming  
High speed link is a cyclic communication, but the communication through function block is a  
service that communicates when special event occurs to perform communication with other  
station. It can be used when other station has error, which is sent to another station, or special  
contact is entered to communicate. For how to prepare programming, using function block  
according to data type previously created in KGLWIN program mode, specify the enable  
conditions, the module position in which communication module is mounted, station number,  
data area of self station, and other station area, and then prepare it.  
Simultaneous use of high speed link and programming  
For some data, high speed link and program can be simultaneously used for program when  
the appropriate contents is sent if Tx/Rx of data are cyclically performed, and special event  
occurs.  
Table 6.1 Difference between high speed link operation and operation through function block  
Contents  
High speed link  
1 word(16 points)  
Function block  
Available according to data type  
Ex.) Bit, Byte, Word…  
Basic unit of Tx/Rx  
data  
Used whenever function block enable condit-  
ion is started up.  
Communication cycle 20ms~10sec.  
Used by setting station number of the  
front of communication module in  
parameter  
Fnet uses the station number of the front of  
communication module, and Mnet uses MAC  
address.  
Specifying station  
number  
Parameter setting!downloading to  
PLC!high speed link allowed!RUN  
How to operate  
Compiling!downloading to PLC!RUN  
Used if high speed link is allowed even in  
state that CPU module is RUN, STOP,  
and PAUSE.  
Control through CPU  
operation mode key  
Performs operation according to operation  
mode of CPU module.  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. Communication Function  
6.2 High speed link  
6.2.1 Introduction  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢇ ꢄꢈꢁꢉꢊꢄꢁꢅꢄꢋꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢅꢇꢑꢒꢁꢌꢇꢄꢓꢃꢁꢌꢃꢄꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢐꢅꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢔꢕꢄꢅꢇꢐꢐꢁꢉꢂꢄꢈꢁꢉꢊꢄꢆꢋꢑꢋꢎꢇꢐꢇꢑꢖꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢋꢄꢃꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢇ  
ꢋꢐꢋꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢐꢐꢁꢉꢂꢇꢑꢒꢁꢌꢇꢃꢋꢐꢋꢉꢗꢌꢃꢋꢉꢂꢇꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢘꢐꢇꢑꢇꢐꢐꢁꢉꢂꢁꢙꢇꢗꢛꢜꢗꢝꢚꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢅꢅꢁꢍꢉ ꢇꢌꢇꢁꢒꢇ ꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢖ  
ꢆꢇꢑꢁꢍ  ꢍꢘꢄ ꢚꢗꢛꢜꢗꢖꢄ ꢋꢑꢇꢋꢄ ꢍꢘꢄ ꢚꢗꢛꢜꢗꢖꢄ ꢋꢉ  ꢋꢑꢇꢋꢄ ꢍꢘꢄ ꢅꢐꢍꢑꢋꢂꢇꢄ ꢓꢁꢐꢃꢄ ꢆꢋꢑꢋꢎꢇꢐꢇꢑꢄ ꢏꢅꢁꢉꢂꢄ !"#$%&ꢄ ꢍꢑꢄ !#'()*+,-ꢄ ꢚꢃꢇ  
ꢘꢏꢉꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢁꢅꢄꢋꢅꢄꢘꢍꢈꢈꢍꢓꢅꢄ.  
Function of high speed link block setting :  
)  %ꢘꢄꢐꢃꢇꢑꢇꢄꢋꢑꢇꢄꢎꢋꢉꢕꢄꢚꢗꢛꢜꢗꢄꢋꢑꢇꢋꢅꢖꢄꢎꢋꢗ-ꢄ/0ꢄꢔꢈꢍꢌꢊꢅꢄꢍꢘꢄꢇꢋꢌꢃꢄ12ꢄꢍꢘꢄꢚꢗꢛꢜꢗꢄꢌꢋꢉꢄꢔꢇꢄꢅꢇꢐ-  
2  34,ꢚ5ꢜ(!(6ꢉꢇꢐꢄꢌꢋꢉꢄꢔꢇꢄꢅꢇꢐꢄꢏꢆꢄꢐꢍꢄ/+ꢄꢓꢍꢑ ꢄꢆꢇꢑꢄꢔꢈꢍꢌꢊ-  
1  3ꢋꢗ-ꢄꢈꢁꢉꢊꢄꢆꢍꢁꢉꢐꢄꢌꢋꢉꢄꢔꢇꢄꢏꢅꢇ ꢄꢏꢆꢄꢐꢍꢄ170+ꢄꢓꢍꢑ ꢄꢁꢉꢄ34,ꢚ5ꢜ(!ꢄ6ꢉꢇꢐꢄꢎꢍ ꢏꢈꢇ-  
Function of Tx/Rx period setting :  
8ꢅꢇꢑꢋꢉꢇꢐꢃꢇꢇꢑꢁꢍ ꢍꢘꢄꢚꢗꢛꢜꢗꢄꢋꢌꢌꢍꢑ ꢁꢉꢂꢄꢐꢍꢄꢇꢋꢌꢃꢄꢔꢈꢍꢌꢊꢖꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢆꢇꢑꢁꢍ ꢄꢍꢘꢄꢚꢗꢛꢜꢗꢄꢌꢋꢉꢄꢔꢇꢄꢅꢇꢐꢄꢘꢑꢍꢎꢄ2+ꢎꢅꢄꢐꢍ  
)+ꢅꢇꢌꢄꢋꢌꢌꢍꢑ ꢁꢉꢂꢄꢐꢍꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢋꢑꢇꢋꢄꢐꢃꢋꢐꢄ9ꢏꢁꢌꢊꢄꢚꢗꢛꢜꢗꢄꢁꢅꢄꢅꢆꢇꢌꢁꢋꢈꢈꢕꢄꢉꢇꢇ  ꢄꢍꢑꢄꢉꢍꢐꢖꢄꢅꢍꢄꢇꢉꢐꢁꢑꢇꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢇꢘꢘꢁꢌꢁꢇꢉꢌꢕ  
ꢌꢋꢉꢄꢔꢇꢄꢁꢎꢆꢑꢍꢒꢇ -  
Function of Tx/Rx area setting :  
ꢚꢗꢛꢜꢗꢄꢋꢑꢇꢋꢄꢌꢋꢉꢄꢔꢇꢄꢅꢇꢐꢄꢋꢌꢌꢍꢑ ꢁꢉꢂꢄꢐꢍꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢔꢈꢍꢌꢊ-  
Function of high speed link information :  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢇ ꢄꢈꢁꢉꢊꢄꢁꢉꢘꢍꢑꢎꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢁꢅꢄꢆꢑꢍꢒꢁ  ꢄꢁꢉꢄꢅꢆꢇꢌꢁꢋꢈꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢑꢇꢂꢁꢅꢐꢇꢑꢝ' ꢖꢄꢅꢍꢄꢑꢇꢈꢁꢋꢔꢈꢇꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢅꢕꢅꢐꢇꢎꢄꢌꢋꢉ  
ꢔꢇꢄꢌꢍꢎꢆꢍꢅꢇ ꢄꢇꢋꢅꢁꢈꢕ-  
ꢚꢋꢔꢈꢇꢄ/-2-)ꢄꢅꢃꢍꢓꢅꢄꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉꢄꢆꢍꢁꢉꢐ-ꢄ,ꢐꢋꢉ ꢋꢑ ꢄꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢄꢍꢘꢄꢆꢍꢁꢉꢐꢄꢘꢍꢑꢄꢈꢁꢉꢊꢄꢁꢅꢄ)ꢄꢓꢍꢑ -  
Table 6.2.1 Max. communication point according to device type  
Max. number of  
points for  
communication  
Max. number  
of points for  
transmission  
Max.  
Max. number  
Item  
K7F-  
number of of points per  
blocks  
Remarks  
block  
FUEA/FUOA  
K3L-  
RBEA/RBOA  
Identical  
value for  
electric and  
optical  
Fnet  
communicat  
-ion module  
3840 words  
1920 words  
64 blocks  
60 words  
K4F-FUEA  
K4L-RBEA  
K3F-FUEA  
G0L-FUEA  
ꢀꢁꢃ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. Communication Function  
6.2.2 Setting sequence of high speed link  
Project  
Select standard screen of project in KGL-WIN screen  
Select standard screen of  
project  
High speed link parameter  
High speed link 1 ~ 4  
Select ꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉ (4 ꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉ can be set in K1000S,  
2 in K300S, and 1 in K200S)  
High speed link setting(link setting)  
Input network type, slot number that communication module  
is mounted, and self station number with decimal  
Link-enable  
Self station number(0~63)  
Slot number(0~7)  
Unit type  
In case of local connection, select self-station number for  
transmission and select other station number for receive  
MASTER-K Fnet  
In case of remote connection, select other station number  
regardless of Tx/Rx.  
High speed link setting  
(registration list)  
Station number(0~63)  
Block number(0~63)  
Unit type  
Each of Tx/Rx can select 32 block number, contents of Tx/Rx  
data can be distinct and selected by mutual block number in  
local connection.  
Local Out  
Local In  
Remote Out  
Transmission range/ Receive  
range  
Remote In  
Only one of Tx/Rx should be selected in case of local  
connection, and all of Tx/Rx can be selected in remote  
connection.  
Size(1~60 word)  
Tx/Rx period(200ms~10sec)  
Online(After local connection)  
Download  
Select program or program and parameter, and download to  
CPU.  
Parameter  
Parameter and program  
Other station should be set ~(These setting is  
unnecessary if other station is remote station).  
Mode switch  
Switch operation mode to RUN  
mode  
Program using emergency flag, etc. should be prepared for  
communication cut-off, error occurrence of other station, and  
instant power failure of remote module.  
ꢀꢁꢄ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. Communication Function  
6.1.3 Parameter setting of high speed link  
,ꢇꢈꢇꢌꢐꢁꢉꢂꢁꢉꢊꢋꢑꢋꢎꢇꢐꢇꢑꢑꢍ:ꢇꢌꢐꢌꢑꢇꢇꢉ!"#ꢋꢉꢇꢐꢄ ꢀꢁꢂꢀꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉꢋꢑꢋꢎꢇꢐꢇꢑ-,ꢇꢐꢐꢁꢉꢂꢇ9ꢏꢇꢉꢌꢇ  
ꢘꢏꢉꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢅꢄꢋꢌꢌꢍꢑ ꢁꢉꢂꢄꢐꢍꢄꢇꢋꢌꢃꢄꢁꢐꢇꢎꢄꢋꢑꢇꢄꢋꢅꢄꢘꢍꢈꢈꢍꢓꢅ.  
ꢝ)  ;ꢑꢇꢆꢋꢑꢁꢉꢂꢄꢆꢑꢍ:ꢇꢌꢐꢄꢍꢘꢄ!"#  
6ꢁꢂ-ꢄ/-)-)ꢄꢁꢅꢄꢅꢐꢋꢉ ꢋꢑ ꢄꢅꢌꢑꢇꢇꢉꢄꢍꢘꢄꢆꢑꢍ:ꢇꢌꢐꢖꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢁꢘꢄꢏꢅꢇꢑꢄꢍꢆꢇꢉꢅꢄꢋꢄꢆꢑꢍ:ꢇꢌꢐꢖꢄꢁꢐꢄꢁꢅꢄ ꢁꢅꢆꢈꢋꢕꢇ ꢄꢋꢐꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢈꢍꢓꢇꢑꢄꢋꢑꢇꢋꢄꢍꢘꢄꢅꢌꢑꢇꢇꢉ-  
Fig. 6.1.1 Standard screen of KGL project(for K200S)  
ꢝ2  ,ꢐꢋꢉ ꢋꢑ ꢄꢅꢇꢐꢐꢁꢉꢂꢄꢍꢘꢄꢈꢁꢉꢊꢄꢆꢋꢑꢋꢎꢇꢐꢇꢑ  
%ꢘꢄꢏꢅꢇꢑꢄꢅꢇꢈꢇꢌꢐꢅꢄ#ꢁꢉꢊꢄ;ꢋꢑꢋꢎꢇꢐꢇꢑꢄꢍꢑꢄꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄ,ꢆꢇꢇ ꢄ#ꢁꢉꢊ)ꢄꢁꢉꢄꢅꢐꢋꢉ ꢋꢑ ꢄꢅꢌꢑꢇꢇꢉꢄꢍꢘꢄ!"#ꢄꢆꢑꢍ:ꢇꢌꢐꢄꢋꢅꢄ6ꢁꢂ-ꢄ/-)-)ꢖꢄꢅꢐꢋꢉ ꢋꢑ  
ꢅꢌꢑꢇꢇꢉꢄꢍꢘꢄ#ꢁꢉꢊꢄ;ꢋꢑꢋꢎꢇꢐꢇꢑꢄꢋꢅꢄ6ꢁꢂ-ꢄ/-)-2ꢄꢁꢅꢄ ꢁꢅꢆꢈꢋꢕꢇ -  
Fig. 6.1.2 Standard screen of link parameter  
ꢀꢁꢅ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. Communication Function  
High speed link1 :  
ꢚꢃꢁꢅꢃꢍꢓꢅꢕꢆꢇꢅꢀꢁꢂꢀꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉ ꢁꢘꢕꢖ ꢋꢗ-0ꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ ꢏꢈꢇꢅꢋꢉꢍꢏꢉꢐꢇ   
34,ꢚ5ꢜ(!)++,ꢄ<;8ꢖꢄꢎꢋꢗ-ꢄ2ꢄꢌꢋꢉꢄꢔꢇꢄꢎꢍꢏꢉꢐꢇ ꢄꢁꢉꢄ34,ꢚ5ꢜ(!1++,ꢖꢄꢋꢉ ꢄ)ꢄꢌꢋꢉꢄꢔꢇꢄꢎꢍꢏꢉꢐꢇ ꢄꢁꢉꢄ34,ꢚ5ꢜ(  
!2++,-ꢄꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢇ ꢄꢈꢁꢉꢊꢄꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢄꢃꢋꢅꢄꢉꢍꢐꢃꢁꢉꢂꢄꢐꢍꢄ ꢍꢄꢓꢁꢐꢃꢄꢅꢈꢍꢐꢄꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢄꢎꢍꢏꢉꢐꢇ ꢖꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢍꢉꢈꢕꢄꢍꢉꢇꢄꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉ  
ꢆꢋꢑꢋꢎꢇꢐꢇꢑꢄ ꢅꢇꢐꢐꢁꢉꢂꢄ ꢁꢅꢄ ꢆꢍꢅꢅꢁꢔꢈꢇꢄ ꢘꢍꢑꢄ ꢍꢉꢇꢄ ꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢎꢍ ꢏꢈꢇ-ꢄ ꢚꢋꢔꢈꢇꢄ /-)-2ꢄ ꢅꢃꢍꢓꢅꢄ ꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢇꢒꢁꢌꢇ  
ꢐꢕꢆꢇꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢎꢋꢗ-ꢄꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢄꢍꢘꢄꢎꢍꢏꢉꢐꢁꢉꢂꢄ ꢇꢒꢁꢌꢇꢄꢋꢌꢌꢍꢑ ꢁꢉꢂꢄꢐꢍꢄ34,ꢚ5ꢜ(!ꢄ<;8ꢄꢐꢕꢆꢇ-  
Table 6.1.2 Mounting of communication module according to CPU type  
Max. number of  
mounting devices  
Item  
Communication module  
K7F-FUEA, K7F-FUOA  
K4F-FUEA  
Remarks  
MASTER-  
K1000S  
Each of communication  
module can be combined.  
4
MASTER-  
K300S  
2
2
MASTER-  
K200S  
K3F-FUEA  
Link Enable :  
,ꢇꢐꢅꢄꢈꢁꢉꢊꢄꢆꢇꢑꢎꢁꢅꢅꢁꢍꢉꢄꢍꢘꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢎꢍ ꢏꢈꢇꢖꢄꢁꢐꢄꢓꢁꢈꢈꢄꢔꢇꢄꢇꢉꢋꢔꢈꢇ ꢄꢁꢘꢄꢁꢐꢇꢎꢄꢍꢘꢄ5ꢉꢋꢔꢈꢇꢄ=ꢄ>ꢄꢁꢅꢄꢅꢇꢈꢇꢌꢐꢇ ꢄꢓꢁꢐꢃꢄ=?>-  
Self Station Number :  
,ꢇꢈꢘꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢄꢌꢋꢉꢄꢔꢇꢄꢅꢇꢐꢄꢘꢑꢍꢎꢄ+ꢄꢐꢍꢄ/1ꢄꢔꢕꢄꢏꢅꢁꢉꢂꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢅꢓꢁꢐꢌꢃꢄꢘꢍꢑꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢄꢅꢇꢐꢐꢁꢉꢂꢄꢈꢍꢌꢋꢐꢇ ꢄꢋꢐꢄꢘꢑꢍꢉꢐ  
ꢆꢋꢑꢐꢘꢄ ꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢎꢍ ꢏꢈꢇꢖ  ꢅꢇꢈꢘꢄ ꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢃꢍꢏꢈ  ꢉꢍꢐꢄ ꢔꢇꢄ ꢏꢆꢈꢁꢌꢋꢐꢇ ꢇꢌꢋꢏꢅꢇꢄ ꢁꢐꢄ ꢁꢅꢄ ꢆꢇꢌꢏꢈꢁꢋꢑ  
ꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢄꢓꢃꢁꢌꢃꢄ ꢁꢅꢐꢁꢉꢂꢏꢁꢅꢃꢇꢅꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢎꢍ ꢏꢈꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢅꢋꢎꢇꢄꢉꢇꢐꢓꢍꢑꢊ-  
ꢀꢁSlot No :  
,ꢈꢍꢐꢄꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢄꢐꢃꢋꢐꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢎꢍ ꢏꢈꢇꢄꢁꢅꢄꢎꢍꢏꢉꢐꢇ -ꢄ4ꢄꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢄꢌꢋꢉꢄꢔꢇꢄꢅꢇꢈꢇꢌꢐꢇ ꢄꢓꢁꢐꢃꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢑꢋꢉꢂꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄ+ꢄꢐꢍꢄ@-  
No(Registration number) :  
ꢜꢇꢂꢁꢅꢐꢑꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢃꢇꢅꢇꢑꢁꢋꢈꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢃꢁꢌꢃꢃꢍꢓꢅꢇ9ꢏꢇꢉꢌꢇꢇꢂꢁꢅꢐꢑꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢘꢄꢇꢋꢌꢃꢄꢆꢋꢑꢋꢎꢇꢐꢇꢑꢖ   
ꢌꢋꢉꢇꢐꢋꢗ-/0ꢁꢐꢃꢃꢇꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢑꢍꢎ+/1ꢖ ꢋꢅꢍꢐꢃꢁꢉꢂꢍꢄ ꢁꢐꢃꢃꢇꢇ9ꢏꢇꢉꢌꢇ  
ꢚꢗꢛꢜꢗ-  
ꢝ1 ꢄ 'ꢇꢐꢋꢁꢈꢇ ꢄꢅꢇꢐꢐꢁꢉꢂꢅꢄꢍꢘꢄꢈꢁꢉꢊꢄꢆꢋꢑꢋꢎꢇꢐꢇꢑꢅ  
%ꢘꢄꢏꢅꢇꢑꢄꢅꢇꢈꢇꢌꢐꢅꢄ&ꢍ-)ꢄꢍꢘꢄꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉꢄꢑꢇꢂꢁꢅꢐꢑꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢄꢋꢅꢄ6ꢁꢂ-ꢄ/-)-2ꢖꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢌꢈꢁꢌꢊꢅꢄꢁꢉꢄ3ꢍ ꢁꢘꢕꢄꢔꢏꢐꢐꢍꢉꢄꢍꢑꢄꢆꢑꢇꢅꢅꢇꢅ  
5ꢉꢐꢇꢑꢄꢊꢇꢕꢖꢄ#ꢁꢉꢊꢄ;ꢋꢑꢋꢎꢇꢐꢇꢑꢄ3ꢍ ꢁꢘꢕꢄꢍꢑꢄ%ꢉꢅꢇꢑꢐꢄꢅꢌꢑꢇꢇꢉꢄꢁꢅꢄ ꢁꢅꢆꢈꢋꢕꢇ ꢄꢋꢅꢄ6ꢁꢂ-ꢄ/-)-1-  
Fig. 6.1.3 Screen of Link Parameter Modify or Insert (for register No.1 of ꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉ 1)  
ꢀꢁꢆ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. Communication Function  
ꢀꢁStation No :  
%ꢘꢅꢇꢑꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢐꢅꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢇꢐꢐꢁꢉꢂꢐꢇꢎꢖꢇꢈꢘꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢃꢍꢏꢈ ꢇꢐꢖ ꢅꢇꢑꢇꢌꢇꢁꢒꢇꢅꢃꢇꢎꢖꢐꢃꢇꢑ  
ꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢄꢅꢃꢍꢏꢈ ꢄꢔꢇꢄꢅꢇꢐ-ꢄ%ꢘꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢐꢕꢆꢇꢄꢁꢅꢄꢅꢈꢋꢒꢇꢖꢄꢅꢈꢋꢒꢇꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢄꢅꢃꢍꢏꢈ ꢄꢔꢇꢄꢅꢇꢐꢄꢘꢍꢑꢄꢋꢈꢈꢄꢍꢘꢄꢚꢗꢛꢜꢗ-  
,ꢇꢐꢐꢁꢉꢂꢄꢎꢇꢐꢃꢍ ꢄꢍꢘꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢄꢁꢅꢄꢋꢅꢄꢚꢋꢔꢈꢇꢄ/-)-1-  
Table 6.1.3 Setting method of station number  
Unit Type  
Station No  
Self station number  
Station Range  
Local Out  
Local In  
Other(Local) station number  
0 ~ 63  
Remote Out  
Remote In  
Other(Remote) station number  
Block No :  
ꢚꢃꢁꢅꢇꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢐ ꢇꢌꢇꢁꢒꢇꢋꢉꢕꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢇꢒꢇꢑꢋꢈꢑꢇꢋꢑꢍꢎꢉꢇꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢖ  ꢁꢅꢐꢁꢉꢂꢏꢁꢅꢃꢇꢅꢄ ꢋꢐꢋ  
ꢎꢋꢉꢕꢄ ꢔꢈꢍꢌꢊꢄ ꢇꢋꢌꢃꢄ ꢍꢐꢃꢇꢑ-ꢄ ,ꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢄ ꢋꢉ  ꢔꢈꢍꢌꢊꢄ ꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢄ ꢌꢍꢉꢘꢁꢂꢏꢑꢇ  ꢘꢑꢍꢎꢄ ꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢅꢅꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢁꢅ  
ꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢐꢐꢇ ꢄꢓꢁꢐꢃꢄꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢅꢅꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢋꢐꢋ-ꢄAꢈꢍꢌꢊꢄꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢄꢅꢃꢍꢏꢈ ꢄꢔꢇꢄꢅꢇꢐꢄꢘꢍꢑꢄꢋꢈꢈꢄꢍꢘꢄꢚꢗꢛꢜꢗꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ-  
Aꢇꢌꢋꢏꢅꢇꢄꢅꢐꢍꢑꢁꢉꢂꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢁꢉꢄꢜꢇꢌꢇꢁꢒꢇꢄ4ꢑꢇꢋꢄꢌꢋꢉꢄꢔꢇꢄꢎꢋ ꢇꢄꢁꢘꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢔꢈꢍꢌꢊꢄ&ꢍ-ꢄꢁꢅꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢅꢋꢎꢇꢄꢓꢁꢐꢃꢄꢍꢐꢃꢇꢑꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ&ꢍ-ꢄꢍꢘ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ,ꢆꢇꢇ ꢁꢉꢊꢇꢌꢇꢁꢒꢁꢉꢂꢆꢋꢑꢋꢎꢇꢐꢇꢑ-ꢄꢚꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢅꢅꢁꢍꢉꢈꢍꢌꢊꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢋꢉꢔꢇꢄꢅꢇꢐꢄꢏꢆꢄꢐꢍꢄ12ꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢑꢇꢌꢇꢁꢒꢇꢄꢔꢈꢍꢌꢊ  
ꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢄꢋꢈꢅꢍꢄꢌꢋꢉꢄꢔꢇꢄꢅꢇꢐꢄꢏꢆꢄꢐꢍꢄ12ꢄꢘꢍꢑꢄꢍꢉꢇꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢖꢄꢅꢍꢄꢎꢋꢗ-ꢄꢍꢘꢄꢇꢋꢌꢃꢄꢚꢗꢛꢜꢗꢄꢔꢈꢍꢌꢊꢄꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢄꢁꢅꢄꢈꢁꢎꢁꢐꢇ ꢄꢐꢍꢄ12-ꢄ%ꢉ  
ꢐꢃꢁꢅꢄꢐꢁꢎꢇꢖꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢅꢋꢎꢇꢄꢔꢈꢍꢌꢊꢄ&ꢍ-ꢄꢅꢇꢐꢐꢁꢉꢂꢄꢓꢁꢐꢃꢄꢅꢋꢎꢇꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ&ꢍ-ꢄꢁꢅꢄꢁꢎꢆꢍꢅꢅꢁꢔꢈꢇ-  
ꢀꢁUnit Type :  
ꢚꢕꢆꢇꢅꢄꢍꢘꢄꢍꢐꢃꢇꢑꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢍꢑꢄꢅꢇꢈꢘꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢌꢋꢉꢄꢔꢇꢄ ꢇꢐꢇꢑꢎꢁꢉꢇ -ꢄ%ꢘꢄꢍꢐꢃꢇꢑꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢁꢅꢄꢅꢈꢋꢒꢇꢖꢄBꢜꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄCꢏꢐDꢄꢋꢉ ꢄBꢜꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇ  
%ꢉDꢄꢌꢋꢉꢄꢔꢇꢄꢅꢇꢐ-ꢄ,ꢇꢐꢐꢁꢉꢂꢄꢍꢘꢄBꢜꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄCꢏꢐDꢄꢋꢉ ꢄBꢜꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄ%ꢉDꢄꢁꢅꢄꢁꢎꢆꢍꢅꢅꢁꢔꢈꢇꢄꢁꢉꢄ3ꢉꢇꢐꢄꢅꢕꢅꢐꢇꢎ-  
#ꢍꢌꢋꢈꢄCꢏꢐ .ꢄ$ꢃꢇꢉꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢍꢘꢄꢅꢇꢈꢘꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢁꢅꢄꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢐꢐꢇ ꢄꢐꢍꢄꢍꢐꢃꢇꢑꢝꢈꢍꢌꢋꢈ ꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ-  
#ꢍꢌꢋꢈꢄ%ꢉ  
.ꢄ$ꢃꢇꢉꢄꢅꢇꢈꢘꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢑꢇꢌꢇꢁꢒꢇꢅꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢍꢘꢄꢍꢐꢃꢇꢑꢝꢈꢍꢌꢋꢈ ꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ-  
ꢜꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄCꢏꢐ .ꢄ$ꢃꢇꢉꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢍꢘꢄꢅꢇꢈꢘꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢁꢅꢄꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢐꢐꢇ ꢄꢐꢍꢄꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄꢅꢈꢋꢒꢇꢄꢎꢍ ꢏꢈꢇ-  
ꢜꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄ%ꢉ .ꢄ$ꢃꢇꢉꢄꢅꢇꢈꢘꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢑꢇꢌꢇꢁꢒꢇꢅꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢍꢘꢄꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄꢅꢈꢋꢒꢇꢄꢎꢍ ꢏꢈꢇ-  
ꢀꢁTx/Rx Device Name :  
ꢚꢗꢛꢜꢗꢄ'ꢇꢒꢁꢌꢇꢄ&ꢋꢎꢇꢄꢎꢇꢋꢉꢅꢄꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢅꢅꢁꢍꢉꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢑꢇꢌꢇꢁꢒꢇꢄꢋꢑꢇꢋꢖꢄꢅꢇꢇꢄꢚꢋꢔꢈꢇꢄ/-2-0ꢄꢘꢍꢑꢄꢅꢇꢐꢐꢁꢉꢂ-  
Table 6.1.4 Setting area according to station type  
Unit Type  
Mode  
Tx  
Available setting area  
Remarks  
Transmission area of self station  
All area of P,M,L,K,F,D,T,C  
Local Out  
Rx  
Tx  
Rx  
Tx  
Rx  
Tx  
Rx  
Setting is unnecessary  
Setting is unnecessary  
Receive area of self station  
Local In  
Area of P,M,L,K,D,T,C  
All area of P,M,L,K,F,D,T,C  
P area  
Transmission area of self station  
Receive area of remote station  
Transmission area of remote station  
Receive area of self station  
Remote Out  
Remote In  
P area  
Area of P,M,L,K,D,T,C  
ꢀꢁꢀ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. Communication Function  
ꢀꢁNo :  
ꢚꢃꢁꢅꢄꢎꢇꢋꢉꢅꢄꢅꢁꢙꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄꢚꢗꢛꢜꢗꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢝꢏꢉꢁꢐꢄꢁꢅꢄ)ꢄꢓꢍꢑ ꢝ)/ꢄꢆꢍꢁꢉꢐꢅ  ꢖꢄꢎꢍ ꢏꢈꢇꢄꢐꢕꢆꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄ6ꢉꢇꢐꢄꢅꢕꢅꢐꢇꢎꢄꢌꢋꢉꢄꢔꢇꢄꢅꢇꢐꢄꢏꢆꢄꢐꢍꢄ/+  
ꢓꢍꢑ ꢄꢋꢉ ꢄ3ꢉꢇꢐꢄꢅꢕꢅꢐꢇꢎꢄꢌꢋꢉꢄꢔꢇꢄꢅꢇꢐꢄꢏꢆꢄꢐꢍꢄ2++ꢄꢓꢍꢑ -ꢄ%ꢘꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢅꢁꢙꢇꢄꢌꢍꢉꢘꢁꢂꢏꢑꢇ ꢄꢁꢉꢄꢑꢇꢌꢇꢁꢒꢇꢄꢎꢍ ꢇꢄꢁꢅꢄꢅꢎꢋꢈꢈꢇꢑꢄꢐꢃꢋꢉ  
ꢑꢇꢌꢇꢁꢒꢇ  ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢅꢁꢙꢇꢖꢄꢍꢉꢈꢕꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢅꢁꢙꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢌꢍꢉꢘꢁꢂꢏꢑꢇ ꢄꢁꢉꢄꢑꢇꢌꢇꢁꢒꢇꢄꢎꢍ ꢇꢄꢓꢁꢈꢈꢄꢔꢇꢄꢅꢐꢍꢑꢇ ꢄꢁꢉꢄꢅꢐꢍꢑꢋꢂꢇꢄꢋꢑꢇꢋꢖꢄꢅꢍꢄꢑꢇꢌꢇꢁꢒꢇ  
ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢌꢋꢉꢄꢔꢇꢄꢅꢇꢈꢇꢌꢐꢇ ꢄꢋꢌꢌꢍꢑ ꢁꢉꢂꢄꢐꢍꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢅꢁꢙꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢐꢐꢇ  ꢋꢐꢋ-  
Tx/Rx Period :  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄ ꢅꢆꢇꢇ  ꢈꢁꢉꢊꢄ ꢇꢗꢇꢌꢏꢐꢇꢅꢄ ꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢅꢅꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢋꢉ  ꢑꢇꢌꢇꢁꢒꢇꢄ ꢋꢐꢄ ꢐꢃꢋꢐꢄ ꢐꢁꢎꢇꢄ ꢓꢃꢇꢉꢄ ;#<ꢄ ꢆꢑꢍꢂꢑꢋꢎꢄ ꢁꢅꢄ ꢘꢁꢉꢁꢅꢃꢇ  ꢔꢕꢄ ꢐꢃꢇ  
ꢆꢋꢑꢋꢎꢇꢐꢇꢑꢄ ꢓꢃꢁꢌꢃꢄ ꢏꢅꢇꢑꢄ ꢆꢑꢇꢒꢁꢍꢏꢅꢈꢕꢄ ꢌꢍꢉꢘꢁꢂꢏꢑꢇ -ꢄ %ꢘꢄ ꢅꢌꢋꢉꢄ ꢐꢁꢎꢇꢄ ꢍꢘꢄ ;#<ꢄ ꢆꢑꢍꢂꢑꢋꢎꢄ ꢁꢅꢄ ꢅꢃꢍꢑꢐꢝꢓꢁꢐꢃꢁꢉꢄ ꢅꢇꢒꢇꢑꢋꢈꢄ ꢎꢅ ꢖ  
ꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢎꢍ ꢏꢈꢇꢄ ꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢐꢅꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄ ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢑ ꢁꢉꢂꢄ ꢐꢍꢄ ꢆꢑꢍꢂꢑꢋꢎꢄ ꢅꢌꢋꢉꢖꢄ ꢋꢉ  ꢐꢃꢇꢄ ꢁꢉꢌꢑꢇꢋꢅꢇꢄ ꢍꢘꢄ ꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ  
9ꢏꢋꢉꢐꢁꢐꢕꢄ ꢓꢁꢐꢃꢄ ꢐꢃꢁꢅꢄ ꢌꢋꢏꢅꢇꢅꢄ ꢑꢇ ꢏꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢍꢘꢄ ꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢇꢘꢘꢁꢌꢁꢇꢉꢌꢕ-ꢄ ꢚꢍꢄ ꢆꢑꢇꢒꢇꢉꢐꢄ ꢐꢃꢁꢅꢖꢄ ꢏꢅꢇꢑꢄ ꢌꢋꢉꢄ ꢅꢇꢐ  
ꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢆꢇꢑꢁꢍ ꢄꢘꢑꢍꢎꢄ2+ꢎꢅꢄꢐꢍꢄ)+ꢅꢇꢌ-ꢄꢚꢗꢛꢜꢗꢄꢆꢇꢑꢁꢍ ꢄꢎꢇꢋꢉꢅꢄꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢅꢅꢁꢍꢉꢄꢆꢇꢑꢁꢍ ꢄꢁꢘꢄꢅꢇꢈꢇꢌꢐꢇ ꢄꢔꢈꢍꢌꢊꢄꢁꢅꢄꢅꢇꢐ  
ꢐꢍꢄ ꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢅꢅꢁꢍꢉꢖꢄ ꢋꢉ  ꢐꢃꢁꢅꢄ ꢎꢇꢋꢉꢅꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄ ꢑꢇꢌꢇꢁꢒꢇꢄ ꢌꢃꢇꢌꢊꢁꢉꢂꢄ ꢆꢇꢑꢁꢍ  ꢍꢘꢄ ꢅꢇꢈꢇꢌꢐꢇ  ꢔꢈꢍꢌꢊꢄ ꢁꢘꢄ ꢁꢐꢄ ꢁꢅꢄ ꢅꢇꢐꢄ ꢐꢍꢄ ꢑꢇꢌꢇꢁꢒꢇ-  
ꢚꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢅꢅꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢆꢇꢑꢁꢍ  ꢇꢐꢇꢑꢎꢁꢉꢇꢅꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄ ꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢅꢅꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢆꢇꢑꢁꢍ -ꢄ 6ꢍꢑꢄ ꢇꢗꢋꢎꢆꢈꢇꢖꢄ ꢁꢘꢄ ꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢅꢅꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄ ꢁꢅꢄ ꢅꢇꢐꢄ ꢐꢍ  
2++ꢎꢅꢝꢅꢐꢋꢉ ꢋꢑ ꢋꢈꢏꢇ ꢖꢁꢈꢈꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢐꢐꢇ ꢒꢇꢑꢕ2++ꢎꢅ-%ꢌꢋꢉꢁꢎꢇ;#<ꢑꢍꢂꢑꢋꢎꢍꢉꢂꢇꢑꢃꢋꢉ  
ꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢅꢅꢁꢍꢉꢄꢆꢇꢑꢁꢍ ꢄꢆꢑꢇꢒꢁꢍꢏꢅꢈꢕꢄꢅꢇꢐꢖꢄꢁꢐꢄꢓꢁꢈꢈꢄꢔꢇꢄꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢐꢐꢇ ꢄꢓꢃꢇꢉꢄꢆꢑꢍꢂꢑꢋꢎꢄꢅꢌꢋꢉꢄꢁꢅꢄꢘꢁꢉꢁꢅꢃꢇ ꢖꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢅꢅꢁꢍꢉ  
ꢆꢇꢑꢁꢍ ꢄꢓꢁꢈꢈꢄꢔꢇꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢅꢋꢎꢇꢄꢋꢅꢄꢅꢌꢋꢉꢄꢐꢁꢎꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄ;#<ꢄꢆꢑꢍꢂꢑꢋꢎ-  
ꢀꢁꢇ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. Communication Function  
6ꢁꢂ-ꢄ/-)-0ꢄꢅꢃꢍꢓꢅꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢑꢇꢈꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢔꢇꢐꢓꢇꢇꢉꢄꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢅꢅꢁꢍꢉꢄꢆꢇꢑꢁꢍ ꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢅꢌꢋꢉꢄꢐꢁꢎꢇ-  
SCAN TIME (x)  
Transmission  
delay (z)  
Transmission period set (y)  
Transmission start  
ꢚꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢅꢅꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢇꢈꢋꢕꢄꢐꢁꢎꢇꢄ.ꢄꢝꢙꢄEꢄꢗꢄ(ꢄꢕ ꢄꢎꢅ  
ꢝꢋ  'ꢇꢈꢋꢕꢄꢐꢁꢎꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢅꢅꢁꢍꢉꢄꢁꢘꢄꢅꢌꢋꢉꢄꢍꢘꢄ;#<ꢄꢆꢑꢍꢂꢑꢋꢎꢄꢁꢅꢄꢈꢍꢉꢂꢇꢑꢄꢐꢃꢋꢉꢄꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢅꢅꢁꢍꢉꢄꢆꢇꢑꢁꢍ  
Transmission period set (y)  
SCAN TIME (x)  
Transmission start  
ꢚꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢅꢅꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢇꢈꢋꢕꢄꢐꢁꢎꢇꢄ.ꢄꢝꢙꢄEꢄ+ ꢄꢎꢅ  
ꢝꢔ  'ꢇꢈꢋꢕꢄꢐꢁꢎꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢅꢅꢁꢍꢉꢄꢁꢘꢄꢅꢌꢋꢉꢄꢍꢘꢄ;#<ꢄꢆꢑꢍꢂꢑꢋꢎꢄꢁꢅꢄꢅꢃꢍꢑꢐꢇꢑꢄꢐꢃꢋꢉꢄꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢅꢅꢁꢍꢉꢄꢆꢇꢑꢁꢍ  
Fig 6.1.4 Scan of PLC program and transmission period  
%ꢉꢄꢌꢋꢅꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢑꢇꢌꢇꢆꢐꢁꢍꢉꢖꢄꢁꢐꢄꢅꢃꢍꢏꢈ ꢄꢔꢇꢄꢌꢃꢇꢌꢊꢇ ꢄꢓꢃꢇꢐꢃꢇꢑꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢍꢘꢄꢅꢇꢈꢇꢌꢐꢇ ꢄꢔꢈꢍꢌꢊꢄꢁꢅꢄꢑꢇꢌꢇꢁꢒꢇ ꢄꢇꢗꢋꢌꢐꢈꢕꢄꢋꢌꢌꢍꢑ ꢁꢉꢂꢄꢐꢍ  
ꢅꢇꢐꢐꢁꢉꢂꢄꢐꢁꢎꢇꢖꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢜ8&F#%&!ꢄꢋꢉ ꢄ#%&!FꢚꢜC8A#5ꢄꢌꢍꢉꢐꢋꢌꢐꢄꢌꢋꢉꢄꢔꢇꢄꢎꢋ ꢇꢄꢔꢕꢄꢅꢇꢐꢐꢁꢉꢂꢄꢅꢇꢈꢇꢌꢐꢇ ꢄꢚꢜ?F3C'5ꢄꢘꢈꢋꢂ  
ꢐꢍꢄBCꢉDꢄꢓꢃꢇꢉꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢁꢅꢄꢑꢇꢌꢇꢁꢒꢇ ꢖꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢅꢇꢐꢐꢁꢉꢂꢄꢁꢐꢄꢐꢍꢄBCꢘꢘDꢄꢓꢃꢇꢉꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢁꢅꢄꢉꢍꢐꢄꢑꢇꢌꢇꢁꢒꢇ -ꢄ$ꢃꢇꢉꢄꢏꢅꢇꢑꢄꢅꢇꢐꢅꢄꢑꢇꢌꢇꢁꢒꢇ  
ꢆꢇꢑꢁꢍ ꢏꢅꢇꢑꢄꢎꢏꢅꢐꢄꢅꢇꢐꢄꢔꢁꢂꢂꢇꢑꢄꢒꢋꢈꢏꢇꢄꢐꢃꢋꢉꢄꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢅꢅꢁꢍꢉꢄꢆꢇꢑꢁꢍ ꢄꢍꢘꢄꢍꢐꢃꢇꢑꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢐꢍꢄꢌꢃꢇꢌꢊꢄꢓꢃꢇꢐꢃꢇꢑꢄꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢅꢅꢁꢍꢉꢄꢁꢅ  
ꢉꢍꢑꢎꢋꢈ-  
6.1.4 Operation of high speed link  
%ꢘꢄꢏꢅꢇꢑꢄꢇꢗꢇꢌꢏꢐꢇꢅꢄꢆꢋꢑꢋꢎꢇꢐꢇꢑꢄ ꢍꢓꢉꢈꢍꢋ ꢖꢄꢋꢘꢐꢇꢑꢄꢅꢇꢐꢐꢁꢉꢂꢄꢃꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢇ ꢄꢈꢁꢉꢊꢄꢆꢋꢑꢋꢎꢇꢐꢇꢑꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢌꢃꢍꢍꢅꢁꢉꢂꢄC!ꢖꢄꢅꢇꢑꢒꢁꢌꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄꢃꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢅꢆꢇꢇ ꢄꢈꢁꢉꢊꢄꢁꢅꢄꢅꢐꢋꢑꢐꢇ -ꢄ4ꢐꢄꢐꢃꢁꢅꢄꢐꢁꢎꢇꢖꢄꢅꢇꢈꢇꢌꢐꢇ ꢄꢈꢁꢉꢊꢄꢘꢍꢑꢄꢅꢐꢋꢉ ꢋꢑ ꢄꢅꢌꢑꢇꢇꢉꢄꢍꢘꢄꢈꢁꢉꢊꢄꢆꢋꢑꢋꢎꢇꢐꢇꢑꢄꢋꢅꢄꢅꢃꢍꢓꢉꢄ6ꢁꢂ-ꢄ/-)-2ꢄꢅꢃꢍꢏꢈ  
ꢔꢇꢇꢐG5ꢉꢋꢔꢈꢇG-6ꢁꢂ-/-)-*ꢌꢑꢇꢇꢉꢋꢑꢋꢎꢇꢐꢇꢑꢄ ꢍꢓꢉꢈꢍꢋ  ꢅꢇꢑꢇꢈꢇꢌꢐꢅCꢉ(ꢈꢁꢉꢇꢇꢉꢏ ꢇꢈꢇꢌꢐꢅ  
'ꢍꢓꢉꢈꢍꢋ ꢄꢋꢅꢄꢅꢃꢍꢓꢉꢄꢁꢉꢄ6ꢁꢂ-ꢄ/-)-2ꢖꢄ6ꢁꢂ-ꢄ/-)-*ꢄꢁꢅꢄ ꢁꢅꢆꢈꢋꢕꢇ -  
ꢀꢁ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. Communication Function  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢀꢅꢄꢆꢄꢇꢀ  ꢈꢉꢊꢊꢋꢀꢌꢍꢀꢎꢏꢉꢏꢐꢊꢑꢊꢉꢀꢒꢌꢓꢋꢔꢌꢏꢒ  
#ꢁꢊꢇꢄꢆꢑꢍꢂꢑꢋꢎꢖꢄ'ꢍꢓꢉꢈꢍꢋ ꢄꢍꢘꢄꢃꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢇ ꢄꢆꢋꢑꢋꢎꢇꢐꢇꢑꢄꢁꢅꢄꢆꢍꢅꢅꢁꢔꢈꢇꢄꢍꢉꢈꢕꢄꢁꢘꢄ;#<ꢄꢁꢅꢄ,ꢚC;ꢄꢎꢍ ꢇ-ꢄ%ꢘꢄꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉꢄꢁꢅ  
ꢅꢇꢐꢄꢐꢍꢄꢇꢉꢋꢔꢈꢇꢖꢄꢁꢐꢄꢇꢗꢇꢌꢏꢐꢇꢅꢄꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉꢄꢑꢇꢂꢋꢑ ꢈꢇꢅꢅꢄꢍꢘꢄ;#<ꢄꢍꢆꢇꢑꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢎꢍ ꢇ-ꢄAꢋꢐꢐꢇꢑꢕꢄꢁꢅꢄꢔꢋꢌꢊꢇ ꢄꢏꢆꢄꢁꢉꢄ;#<ꢄ<;8ꢖ  
ꢋꢉ ꢄꢆꢋꢑꢋꢎꢇꢐꢇꢑꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢁꢉꢘꢍꢑꢎꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢍꢘꢄꢈꢁꢉꢊ(ꢇꢉꢋꢔꢈꢇꢄꢁꢅꢄꢆꢑꢇꢅꢇꢑꢒꢇ ꢄꢇꢒꢇꢉꢄꢁꢘꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢆꢍꢓꢇꢑꢄꢁꢅꢄꢌꢏꢐꢄꢍꢘꢘ-  
Cꢆꢇꢑꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢑꢇꢈꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢅꢃꢁꢆꢄꢔꢇꢐꢓꢇꢇꢉꢄ;#<ꢄꢎꢍ ꢇꢄꢋꢉ ꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉꢄꢁꢅꢄꢇꢗꢆꢈꢋꢁꢉꢇ ꢄꢁꢉꢄꢚꢋꢔꢈꢇꢄ/-)-*-  
Table 6.1.5 Relation between PLC mode and ꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉ  
Mode  
Parameter download  
Operation of high speed link  
Remarks  
RUN  
X
O
If ꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃ ꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉ is allow-  
ed, ꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃ ꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉ will be  
operated regard less of  
PLC mode.  
STOP  
PAUSE  
DEBUG  
O
X
X
O
O
O
6.1.5 Information of high speed link  
ꢝ)  6ꢏꢉꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢍꢘꢄꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉꢄꢁꢉꢘꢍꢑꢎꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢆꢇꢇ ꢁꢉꢊꢗꢌꢃꢋꢉꢂꢇꢅꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢎꢍꢉꢂꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢓꢍꢍꢑꢇ-ꢍꢉꢘꢁꢑꢎꢃꢇꢇꢈꢁꢋꢔꢁꢈꢁꢐꢕ  
ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢑꢇꢋ ꢄꢘꢑꢍꢎꢄꢍꢐꢃꢇꢑꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢖꢄꢁꢐꢄꢆꢑꢍꢒꢁ ꢇꢅꢄꢏꢅꢇꢑꢄꢓꢁꢐꢃꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢁꢉꢘꢍꢑꢎꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢖꢄꢓꢃꢁꢌꢃꢄꢌꢋꢉꢄꢌꢃꢇꢌꢊꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉ  
ꢅꢇꢑꢒꢁꢌꢇ-ꢄ &ꢋꢎꢇꢈꢕꢖꢄ ꢐꢃꢇꢑꢇꢄ ꢋꢑꢇꢄ ꢇꢉꢐꢁꢑꢇꢄ ꢁꢉꢘꢍꢑꢎꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢍꢘꢄ ꢜ8&F#%&!ꢄ ꢋꢉ  #%&!FꢚꢜC8A#5ꢖꢄ ꢋꢉ  ꢁꢉ ꢁꢒꢁ ꢏꢋꢈ  
ꢁꢉꢘꢍꢑꢎꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢍꢘꢄꢀ,F,ꢚ4ꢚ5ꢖꢄꢚꢜ?F3C'5ꢖꢄ'5H%<5F3C'5ꢖꢄꢋꢉ ꢄ'5HF5ꢜꢜCꢜꢖꢄꢓꢃꢁꢌꢃꢄꢅꢃꢍꢓꢅꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ  
ꢅꢐꢋꢐꢇꢄ ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢑ ꢁꢉꢂꢄ ꢐꢍꢄ /0ꢄ ꢑꢇꢂꢁꢅꢐꢇꢑꢇ  ꢁꢐꢇꢎꢄ ꢍꢘꢄ ꢁꢉꢄ ꢆꢋꢑꢋꢎꢇꢐꢇꢑ-ꢄ 8ꢅꢇꢑꢄ ꢌꢋꢉꢄ ꢏꢅꢇꢄ ꢇꢒꢁꢌꢇꢝꢅꢇꢇꢄ ꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢘꢈꢋꢂꢄ ꢈꢁꢅꢐꢄ ꢍꢘ  
ꢋꢆꢆꢇꢉ ꢁꢗ ꢄꢌꢍꢑꢑꢇꢅꢆꢍꢉ ꢁꢉꢂꢄꢐꢍꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢊꢇꢕꢄꢓꢍꢑ ꢄꢏꢅꢇ ꢄꢁꢉꢄꢆꢑꢇꢆꢋꢑꢁꢉꢂꢄꢆꢑꢍꢂꢑꢋꢎꢖꢄꢎꢍꢉꢁꢐꢍꢑꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉꢄꢏꢅꢁꢉꢂ  
ꢁꢉꢘꢍꢑꢎꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢍꢉꢁꢐꢍꢑꢏꢉꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢀꢁꢂꢀꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉ-%ꢉꢐꢇꢑꢈꢍꢌꢊꢄ ꢍꢆꢇꢑꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢁꢐꢃꢋꢉꢕ;#<ꢅꢁꢉꢂꢀꢁꢂꢀꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉ  
ꢅꢃꢍꢏꢈ  ꢔꢇꢄ ꢆꢇꢑꢘꢍꢑꢎꢇ ꢖꢄ ꢋꢘꢐꢇꢑꢄ ꢌꢍꢉꢘꢁꢑꢎꢁꢉꢂꢄ ꢑꢇꢈꢁꢋꢔꢁꢈꢁꢐꢕꢄ ꢍꢘꢄ ꢚꢗꢛꢜꢗꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄ ꢏꢅꢁꢉꢂꢄ ꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃ ꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉ ꢔꢕꢄ ꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃ ꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉ  
ꢁꢉꢘꢍꢑꢎꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢈꢁꢊꢇꢄꢜꢏꢉ(#ꢁꢉꢊꢖꢄ#ꢁꢉꢊ(ꢚꢑꢍꢏꢔꢈꢇ-  
6ꢏꢉꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢅꢄꢋꢉ  ꢇꢘꢁꢉꢁꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢍꢘꢄꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉꢄꢁꢉꢘꢍꢑꢎꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢋꢑꢇꢄꢋꢅꢄꢚꢋꢔꢈꢇꢄ/-)-/-  
ꢀꢁꢈ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. Communication Function  
Table 6.1.6 High speed link information  
Operation  
mode  
(DEV_MODE)  
High speed  
link status  
(HS_STATE)  
LINK-  
Tx/Rx status  
Error  
(DEV_ERROR)  
Segment  
Type of  
RUN_LINK  
TROUBLE (TRX_MODE)  
Entire  
Entire  
Individual  
Individual  
Individual  
Individual  
information  
information information information  
information  
information  
information  
KEYWORD  
_HSꢂ  
RLINK  
_HSꢂ  
LTRBL  
_HSTRX[n]  
_HSMOD[n] _HSERR[n]  
(n=0..63) (n=0..63)  
_HSꢂ  
STATE[n]  
(n=0..63)  
(
=number of  
(n=0..63)  
parameter, 1~4)  
Monitor  
Available  
Use of program  
ꢝꢋ  ꢜ8&F#%&!ꢝFꢀ,ꢜ#%&!  
ꢚꢃꢁꢅꢄꢁꢅꢄꢇꢉꢐꢁꢑꢇꢄꢁꢉꢘꢍꢑꢎꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢁꢉ ꢁꢌꢋꢐꢇꢅꢄꢓꢃꢇꢐꢃꢇꢑꢄꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉꢄꢁꢅꢄꢎꢋ ꢇꢄꢏꢅꢁꢉꢂꢄꢆꢋꢑꢋꢎꢇꢐꢇꢑꢄꢌꢍꢉꢘꢁꢂꢏꢑꢇ ꢄꢔꢕꢄꢏꢅꢇꢑ-  
ꢚꢃꢁꢅꢄꢆꢋꢑꢋꢎꢇꢐꢇꢑꢄꢌꢋꢉꢄꢔꢇꢄꢅꢇꢐꢄꢐꢍꢄBCꢉDꢖꢄꢁꢘꢄꢈꢁꢉꢊ(ꢇꢉꢋꢔꢈꢇꢄꢁꢅꢄBCꢉDꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢑꢇꢂꢁꢅꢐꢇꢑꢇ ꢄꢈꢁꢅꢐꢄꢅꢇꢐꢐꢁꢉꢂꢄꢍꢘꢄꢆꢋꢑꢋꢎꢇꢐꢇꢑꢄꢁꢅꢄꢅꢇꢐꢄꢐꢍ  
ꢉꢍꢑꢎꢋꢈꢄ ꢋꢉ  ꢋꢈꢈꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄ ꢓꢃꢁꢌꢃꢄ ꢋꢑꢇꢄ ꢋꢆꢆꢑꢍꢆꢑꢁꢋꢐꢇꢄ ꢐꢍꢄ ꢑꢇꢂꢁꢅꢐꢇꢑꢇ  ꢈꢁꢅꢐꢄ ꢅꢇꢐꢐꢁꢉꢂꢄ ꢍꢘꢄ ꢆꢋꢑꢋꢎꢇꢐꢇꢑꢄ ꢋꢑꢇꢄ ꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢐꢐꢇ  ꢋꢉ  
ꢑꢇꢌꢇꢁꢒꢇ ꢄꢋꢌꢌꢍꢑ ꢁꢉꢂꢄꢐꢍꢄꢚꢗꢛꢜꢗꢄꢆꢇꢑꢁꢍ ꢄꢅꢇꢐꢐꢁꢉꢂꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄꢋꢈꢈꢄꢍꢐꢃꢇꢑꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉDꢅꢄꢆꢋꢑꢋꢎꢇꢐꢇꢑꢄꢅꢇꢐꢐꢁꢉꢂꢄꢁꢅꢄꢜ8&  
ꢋꢉ ꢃꢇꢑꢇꢑꢑꢍꢑꢁꢎꢏꢈꢐꢋꢉꢇꢍꢏꢅꢈꢕ-ꢃꢁꢅꢉꢐꢁꢑꢇꢉꢘꢍꢑꢎꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢍꢉꢐꢋꢌꢐꢖ ꢃꢁꢅꢇꢐBCꢉDꢉꢌꢇꢖ  
ꢎꢋꢁꢉꢐꢋꢁꢉꢅꢄBCꢉDꢄꢏꢉꢐꢁꢈꢄꢈꢁꢉꢊ(ꢇꢉꢋꢔꢈꢇꢄꢁꢅꢄꢅꢇꢐꢄꢐꢍꢄBCꢘꢘD-  
station 1  
station 2  
station 3  
station 4  
station 5  
(a) Configuration of ꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉ system  
Station 1  
Station 2  
Station 3  
Transmission : 2 word  
Receive : 2 word  
(Station No. 1)  
Station 4  
Station 5  
Transmission : 2 word Transmission : 2 word  
Receive : 2 word  
(Station No. 2)  
Receive : 2 word  
(Station No. 2)  
Receive : 2 word  
(Station No. 1)  
Receive : 2 word  
(Station No. 4)  
Transmission :  
2 word  
Transmission :  
2 word  
Receive : 2 word  
(Station No. 5)  
(b) Example of ꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉ parameter setting  
Fig. 6.1.6 Condition of RUN_LINK On  
6ꢁꢂ-ꢄ/-)-/ꢄꢅꢃꢍꢓꢅꢄꢌꢍꢉꢘꢁꢂꢏꢑꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢍꢘꢄꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉꢄꢅꢕꢅꢐꢇꢎꢄꢐꢍꢄꢇꢗꢆꢈꢋꢁꢉꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢌꢍꢉ ꢁꢐꢁꢍꢉꢅꢄꢐꢃꢋꢐꢄꢜ8&F#%&!ꢄꢅꢇꢐꢄꢐꢍ  
BCꢉD-ꢄ %ꢐꢄ ꢁꢅꢄ ꢇꢗꢆꢈꢋꢁꢉꢇ  ꢌꢍꢉꢅꢁ ꢇꢑꢁꢉꢂꢄ ꢐꢃꢋꢐꢄ *ꢄ ꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ 3ꢍ ꢏꢈꢇꢄ ꢁꢅꢄ ꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢇ  ꢓꢁꢐꢃꢄ ꢉꢇꢐꢓꢍꢑꢊꢄ ꢋꢅ  
6ꢁꢂ-ꢝꢋ ꢄꢋꢉ ꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉꢄꢁꢅꢄꢎꢋ ꢇꢄꢓꢁꢐꢃꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢆꢋꢑꢋꢎꢇꢐꢇꢑꢄꢅꢇꢐꢄꢋꢅꢄ6ꢁꢂ-ꢝꢔ -  
%ꢉꢄꢐꢃꢁꢅꢄꢅꢕꢅꢐꢇꢎꢖꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢌꢍꢉ ꢁꢐꢁꢍꢉꢅꢄꢐꢃꢋꢐꢄꢜ8&F#%&!ꢄꢍꢘꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ)ꢄꢐꢏꢑꢉꢅꢄBCꢉDꢄꢋꢑꢇꢄꢋꢅꢄꢘꢍꢈꢈꢍꢓꢅꢄ.  
ꢀꢁꢂꢉ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. Communication Function  
#ꢁꢉꢊ(ꢇꢉꢋꢔꢈꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄꢅꢇꢈꢘꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢝꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ) ꢄꢁꢅꢄBCꢉD  
,ꢐꢋꢐꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄꢅꢇꢈꢘꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢝꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ) ꢄꢁꢅꢄꢜ8&  
,ꢇꢈꢘꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢝꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ) ꢄꢃꢋꢅꢄꢉꢍꢄꢇꢑꢑꢍꢑ  
'ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢌꢍꢉꢘꢁꢂꢏꢑꢇ ꢄꢓꢁꢐꢃꢄꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢅꢅꢁꢍꢉꢄꢆꢋꢑꢋꢎꢇꢐꢇꢑꢄꢍꢘꢄꢅꢇꢈꢘꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢝꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ) ꢄꢋꢑꢇꢄꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢐꢐꢇ ꢄꢋꢌꢌꢍꢑ ꢁꢉꢂꢄꢐꢍ  
ꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢅꢅꢁꢍꢉꢄꢆꢇꢑꢁꢍ -  
ꢜꢇꢌꢇꢁꢒꢇꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢍꢘꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ2ꢄꢍꢑꢄ1ꢄꢋꢑꢇꢄꢑꢇꢌꢇꢁꢒꢇ ꢄꢋꢌꢌꢍꢑ ꢁꢉꢂꢄꢐꢍꢄꢑꢇꢌꢇꢁꢒꢇꢄꢆꢇꢑꢁꢍ  
Cꢆꢇꢑꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢎꢍ ꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄꢍꢐꢃꢇꢑꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢝꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ2ꢄꢍꢑꢄ1 ꢄꢓꢃꢁꢌꢃꢄꢑꢇꢌꢇꢁꢒꢇꢅꢄꢘꢑꢍꢎꢄꢅꢇꢈꢘꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢝꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ) ꢄꢁꢅꢄꢜ8&  
ꢎꢍ ꢇꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢃꢋꢅꢄꢉꢍꢄꢇꢑꢑꢍꢑꢖꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢐꢅꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢑꢇꢌꢇꢁꢒꢇꢅꢄꢋꢌꢌꢍꢑ ꢁꢉꢂꢄꢐꢍꢄꢚꢗꢛꢜꢗꢄꢆꢇꢑꢁꢍ  
,ꢐꢋꢐꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄꢋꢈꢈꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢁꢅꢄꢜ8&ꢖꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢔꢈꢍꢌꢊꢄꢁꢅꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢇ ꢄꢉꢍꢑꢎꢋꢈꢈꢕꢖꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢆꢋꢑꢋꢎꢇꢐꢇꢑꢄꢌꢍꢉꢘꢁꢂꢏꢑꢇ ꢄꢁꢉ  
ꢇꢋꢌꢃꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢁꢐꢅꢇꢈꢘꢄꢁꢅꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢇ ꢄꢉꢍꢑꢎꢋꢈꢈꢕ  
%ꢘꢄꢋꢔꢍꢒꢇꢄ@ꢄꢁꢐꢇꢎꢅꢄꢋꢑꢇꢄꢌꢍꢉꢐꢇꢉꢐꢇ ꢖꢄꢜ8&F#%&!ꢄꢍꢘꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ)ꢄꢁꢅꢄꢅꢇꢐꢄꢐꢍꢄBCꢉD-ꢄ%ꢘꢄꢎꢋꢉꢕꢄ;#<ꢄꢆꢇꢑꢘꢍꢑꢎꢅꢄꢁꢉꢐꢇꢑꢈꢍꢌꢊ  
ꢍꢆꢇꢑꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢐꢃꢑꢍꢏꢂꢃꢄ ꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃ ꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉꢖꢄ ꢏꢅꢇꢑꢄ ꢌꢋꢉꢄ ꢒꢇꢑꢁꢘꢕꢄ ꢑꢇꢈꢁꢋꢔꢁꢈꢁꢐꢕꢄ ꢏꢅꢁꢉꢂꢄ ꢜ8&F#%&!ꢄ ꢌꢍꢉꢐꢋꢌꢐ-ꢄ Cꢉꢌꢇ  
ꢜ8&F#%&!ꢍꢉꢐꢋꢌꢐꢇꢐBCꢉDꢖꢋꢁꢉꢐꢋꢁꢉꢅꢃꢇꢐꢋꢐꢇꢉꢐꢁꢈꢁꢉꢊ(ꢇꢉꢋꢔꢈꢇꢇꢐBCꢘꢘD-8ꢅꢇꢑꢋꢉꢅꢇ  
#%&!FꢚꢜC8A#5ꢄꢁꢉꢘꢍꢑꢎꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢌꢍꢉꢐꢋꢌꢐꢄꢘꢍꢑꢄꢋꢔꢉꢍꢑꢎꢋꢈꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢇꢄꢎꢍꢉꢁꢐꢍꢑꢁꢉꢂꢄꢈꢁꢊꢇꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢇꢑꢑꢍꢑ-  
ꢝꢔ  #%&!FꢚꢜC8A#5ꢝFꢀ,#ꢚꢜA#  
%ꢘꢄꢜ8&F#%&!ꢄꢁꢅꢄBCꢉDꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢌꢋꢅꢇꢄꢐꢃꢋꢐꢄ ꢍꢇꢅꢉDꢐꢄꢌꢍꢎꢆꢈꢕꢄꢓꢁꢐꢃꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢌꢍꢉ ꢁꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢍꢘꢄꢜ8&F#%&!ꢄꢐꢍꢄꢔꢇꢄBCꢉDꢄꢁꢅ  
ꢍꢌꢌꢏꢑꢑꢇ ꢖꢄ#%&!FꢚꢜC8A#5ꢄꢁꢅꢄꢅꢇꢐꢄꢐꢍꢄBCꢉDꢖꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢁꢘꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢌꢍꢉ ꢁꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢁꢅꢄꢑꢇꢎꢍꢒꢇ ꢖꢄꢁꢐꢄꢁꢅꢄꢅꢇꢐꢄꢐꢍꢄBCꢘꢘD-  
ꢝꢌ  ,ꢐꢋꢐꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄꢚꢗꢛꢜꢗꢝFꢚꢜ?,ꢚ4ꢚ5=+--/1>  
%ꢘꢄꢚꢗꢛꢜꢗꢄꢍꢆꢇꢑꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢘꢍꢑꢄꢑꢇꢂꢁꢅꢐꢇꢑꢇ ꢄꢁꢐꢇꢎꢄꢁꢅꢄꢆꢇꢑꢘꢍꢑꢎꢇ ꢄꢇꢗꢋꢌꢐꢈꢕꢄꢋꢌꢌꢍꢑ ꢁꢉꢂꢄꢐꢍꢄꢚꢗꢛꢜꢗꢄꢆꢇꢑꢁꢍ ꢖꢄꢋꢆꢆꢑꢍꢆꢑꢁꢋꢐꢇꢄꢔꢁꢐꢄꢁꢅ  
ꢅꢇꢐꢄ ꢐꢍꢄ BCꢉDꢄ ꢋꢉ  ꢁꢘꢄ ꢚꢗꢛꢜꢗꢄ ꢍꢆꢇꢑꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢘꢍꢑꢄ ꢑꢇꢂꢁꢅꢐꢇꢑꢇ  ꢁꢐꢇꢎꢄ ꢁꢅꢄ ꢉꢍꢐꢄ ꢆꢇꢑꢘꢍꢑꢎꢇ  ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢑ ꢁꢉꢂꢄ ꢐꢍꢄ ꢚꢗꢛꢜꢗꢄ ꢆꢇꢑꢁꢍ   
ꢋꢆꢆꢑꢍꢆꢑꢁꢋꢐꢇꢄꢔꢁꢐꢄꢁꢅꢄꢅꢇꢐꢄꢐꢍꢄBCꢘꢘD-  
   Cꢆꢇꢑꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢎꢍ ꢇꢝFꢀ,3C'5=+--/1>  
ꢚꢃꢁꢅꢄ ꢎꢍ ꢇꢄ ꢅꢃꢍꢓꢅꢄ ꢍꢆꢇꢑꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢎꢍ ꢇꢄ ꢁꢉꢘꢍꢑꢎꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢍꢘꢄ ꢎꢋꢗ-/0ꢄ ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢑ ꢁꢉꢂꢄ ꢐꢍꢄ ꢑꢇꢂꢁꢅꢐꢇꢑꢇ  ꢈꢁꢅꢐ-ꢄ %ꢘꢄ ꢐꢃꢇꢄ ꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ  
ꢌꢍꢉꢘꢁꢂꢏꢑꢇ ꢇꢂꢁꢅꢐꢇꢑꢇ ꢐꢇꢎꢅ8& ꢇꢖꢆꢆꢑꢍꢆꢑꢁꢋꢐꢇꢁꢐꢇꢐBCꢉD-%,ꢚC;ꢛ;48,5ꢛ'5A8"  
ꢎꢍ ꢇꢖꢄꢋꢆꢆꢑꢍꢆꢑꢁꢋꢐꢇꢄꢔꢁꢐꢄꢁꢅꢄꢅꢇꢐꢄꢐꢍꢄBCꢘꢘD-  
ꢝꢇ  5ꢑꢑꢍꢑꢝFꢀ,5ꢜꢜ=+--/1>  
ꢚꢃꢁꢅꢄ ꢎꢍ ꢇꢄ ꢅꢃꢍꢓꢅꢄ ꢇꢑꢑꢍꢑꢄ ꢎꢍ ꢇꢄ ꢁꢉꢘꢍꢑꢎꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢍꢘꢄ ꢎꢋꢗ-/0ꢄ ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢑ ꢁꢉꢂꢄ ꢐꢍꢄ ꢑꢇꢂꢁꢅꢐꢇꢑꢇ  ꢈꢁꢅꢐ-ꢄ 5ꢑꢑꢍꢑꢄ ꢅꢃꢍꢓꢅꢄ ꢍꢒꢇꢑꢋꢈꢈ  
ꢅꢁꢐꢏꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢐꢃꢋꢐꢄ;#<ꢄꢌꢋꢉDꢐꢄꢍꢆꢇꢑꢋꢐꢇꢄꢏꢅꢇꢑꢄꢆꢑꢍꢂꢑꢋꢎꢄꢉꢍꢑꢎꢋꢈꢈꢕ-ꢄCꢐꢃꢇꢑꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢆꢇꢑꢘꢍꢑꢎꢅꢄꢉꢍꢑꢎꢋꢈꢄꢍꢆꢇꢑꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢁꢘꢄꢐꢃꢁꢅꢄꢁꢅ  
ꢅꢇꢐꢄꢐꢍꢄBCꢘꢘꢖꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢍꢐꢃꢇꢑꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢆꢇꢑꢘꢍꢑꢎꢅꢄꢋꢔꢉꢍꢑꢎꢋꢈꢄꢍꢆꢇꢑꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢁꢘꢄꢐꢃꢁꢅꢄꢁꢅꢄꢅꢇꢐꢄꢐꢍꢄBCꢉD-  
ꢝꢘ  ,ꢐꢋꢐꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉꢝFꢀ,,ꢚ4ꢚ5=+--/1>  
ꢚꢃꢁꢅꢄꢅꢃꢍꢓꢅꢄꢍꢒꢇꢑꢋꢈꢈꢄꢁꢉꢘꢍꢑꢎꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢘꢍꢑꢄꢑꢇꢂꢁꢅꢐꢇꢑꢇ ꢄꢈꢁꢅꢐꢄꢔꢕꢄꢍꢒꢇꢑꢋꢈꢈꢄꢍꢘꢄꢁꢉ ꢁꢒꢁ ꢏꢋꢈꢄꢁꢐꢇꢎꢄꢁꢉꢘꢍꢑꢎꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ-ꢄ&ꢋꢎꢇꢈꢕꢖꢄꢚꢃꢁꢅ  
ꢁꢅꢄꢅꢇꢐꢄꢐꢍꢄBCꢉDꢄꢁꢘꢄꢚꢗꢛꢜꢗꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄꢅꢇꢈꢇꢌꢐꢇ ꢄꢈꢁꢅꢐꢄꢁꢅꢄꢉꢍꢑꢎꢋꢈꢖꢄꢍꢆꢇꢑꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢎꢍ ꢇꢄꢁꢅꢄꢜ8&ꢖꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢃꢋꢅꢄꢉꢍꢄꢇꢑꢑꢍꢑ-ꢄꢚꢃꢁꢅꢄꢁꢅ  
ꢅꢇꢐꢄꢐꢍꢄBCꢘꢘDꢄꢁꢘꢄꢚꢗꢛꢜꢗꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄꢅꢇꢈꢇꢌꢐꢇ ꢄꢈꢁꢅꢐꢄ ꢍꢇꢅꢉDꢐꢄꢌꢍꢎꢆꢈꢕꢄꢓꢁꢐꢃꢄꢋꢔꢍꢒꢇꢄꢁꢐꢇꢎꢅ-  
ꢀꢁꢂꢂ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. Communication Function  
Remark  
Among keyword name used in items of (a)~(f)  
: Shows number of ꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉ used in parameter setting(If communication module is 1 unit, 1 is  
normally used).  
[0..63] : Shows registered number of individual parameter(This can be used to monitor communication state  
according to each parameter of 0~63 or this can be used in program).  
ꢝ2  %ꢉꢘꢍꢑꢎꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢎꢍꢉꢁꢐꢍꢑꢄꢍꢘꢄꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉ  
ꢊꢁꢂꢀꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉꢉꢘꢍꢑꢎꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢋꢉꢍꢉꢁꢐꢍꢑꢇ ꢅꢁꢉꢂ3ꢍꢉꢁꢐꢍꢑꢁꢉꢂ$ꢁꢉ ꢍꢓ ꢇꢋ %ꢉꢘꢍꢑꢎꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢇꢉꢏꢘꢐꢇꢑ  
ꢍꢉꢈꢁꢉꢇꢄꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢍꢘꢄ!"#-ꢄꢚꢃꢇꢑꢇꢄꢋꢑꢇꢄꢐꢓꢍꢄꢎꢍꢉꢁꢐꢍꢑꢁꢉꢂꢄꢎꢇꢐꢃꢍ -ꢄ6ꢁꢑꢅꢐꢖꢄꢅꢇꢈꢇꢌꢐꢅꢄꢘꢈꢋꢂꢄꢐꢍꢄꢎꢍꢉꢁꢐꢍꢑꢄꢘꢑꢍꢎꢄ6ꢈꢋꢂꢄ3ꢍꢉꢁꢐꢍꢑ  
ꢎꢇꢉꢏꢍꢘꢄ3ꢍꢉꢁꢐꢍꢑꢁꢉꢂꢄ$ꢁꢉ ꢍꢓꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢎꢍꢉꢁꢐꢍꢑꢅꢄꢁꢉ ꢁꢒꢁ ꢏꢋꢈꢄꢍꢑꢄꢇꢉꢐꢁꢑꢇꢄꢁꢉꢘꢍꢑꢎꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ-ꢄ,ꢇꢌꢍꢉ ꢖꢄꢅꢇꢈꢇꢌꢐꢅꢄꢊꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉ  
ꢆꢋꢑꢋꢎꢇꢐꢇꢑꢄꢎꢇꢉꢏꢄꢍꢘꢄꢜꢇꢋ ꢄꢁꢉꢘꢍꢑꢎꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢎꢍꢉꢁꢐꢍꢑꢅꢄꢇꢉꢐꢁꢑꢇꢄꢁꢉꢘꢍꢑꢎꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ-  
ꢝꢋ  6ꢈꢋꢂꢄ3ꢍꢉꢁꢐꢍꢑ  
$ꢁꢐꢃꢄꢐꢃꢁꢅꢄꢘꢏꢉꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢖꢄꢏꢅꢇꢑꢄꢌꢋꢉꢄꢎꢍꢉꢁꢐꢍꢑꢄꢔꢕꢄꢌꢃꢍꢍꢅꢁꢉꢂꢄꢘꢈꢋꢂꢄꢏꢅꢁꢉꢂꢄꢋꢆꢆꢑꢍꢆꢑꢁꢋꢐꢇꢄ6ꢈꢋꢂꢄ3ꢍꢉꢁꢐꢍꢑꢄꢎꢇꢉꢏꢄꢍꢘꢄ!"#-ꢄ%ꢘ  
ꢏꢅꢇꢑꢄꢅꢇꢈꢇꢌꢐꢅꢄ6ꢈꢋꢂꢄ3ꢍꢉꢁꢐꢍꢑꢄꢁꢉꢄ3ꢍꢉꢁꢐꢍꢑꢁꢉꢂꢄ$ꢁꢉ ꢍꢓꢄꢍꢘꢄCꢉ(ꢈꢁꢉꢇꢄꢎꢇꢉꢏꢖꢄ6ꢈꢋꢂꢄ3ꢍꢉꢁꢐꢍꢑꢄꢅꢌꢑꢇꢇꢉꢄꢁꢅꢄ ꢁꢅꢆꢈꢋꢕꢇ ꢄꢋꢅ  
6ꢁꢂ-ꢄ /-)-@ꢖꢄ ꢋꢉ  ꢁꢘꢄ ꢏꢅꢇꢑꢄ ꢆꢑꢇꢅꢅꢇꢅꢄ 5ꢉꢐꢇꢑꢄ ꢊꢇꢕꢖꢄ ꢜꢇꢂꢁꢅꢐꢇꢑꢄ 6ꢈꢋꢂꢄ ꢅꢌꢑꢇꢇꢉꢄ ꢁꢅꢄ ꢁꢅꢆꢈꢋꢕꢇ -ꢄ 8ꢅꢇꢑꢄ ꢌꢋꢉꢄ ꢑꢇꢂꢁꢅꢐꢇꢑꢄ ꢘꢈꢋꢂꢄ ꢔꢕ  
ꢌꢃꢍꢍꢅꢁꢉꢂꢄꢋꢆꢆꢑꢍꢆꢑꢁꢋꢐꢇꢄꢃꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢇ ꢄꢁꢉꢘꢍꢑꢎꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢘꢈꢋꢂꢄꢘꢑꢍꢎꢄꢜꢇꢂꢁꢅꢐꢇꢑꢄ6ꢈꢋꢂꢄꢅꢌꢑꢇꢇꢉ-ꢄ,ꢇꢇꢄꢘꢈꢋꢂꢄꢈꢁꢅꢐꢄꢍꢘꢄꢋꢆꢆꢇꢉ ꢁꢗꢄꢘꢍꢑ  
ꢘꢈꢋꢂꢄꢁꢉꢘꢍꢑꢎꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ-ꢄ%ꢘꢄꢏꢅꢇꢑꢄꢑꢇꢂꢁꢅꢐꢇꢑꢅꢄꢁꢉꢄ6ꢁꢂ-ꢄ/-)-@ꢖꢄꢎꢍꢉꢁꢐꢍꢑꢁꢉꢂꢄꢁꢅꢄꢅꢐꢋꢑꢐꢇ ꢄꢁꢉꢄ6ꢈꢋꢂꢄ3ꢍꢉꢁꢐꢍꢑꢄꢅꢌꢑꢇꢇꢉꢄꢋꢅꢄ6ꢁꢂ-ꢄ/-)-7-  
%ꢘꢄꢎꢍꢉꢁꢐꢍꢑꢁꢉꢂꢄꢁꢅꢄꢉꢍꢐꢄꢆꢇꢑꢘꢍꢑꢎꢇ ꢖꢄꢌꢃꢇꢌꢊꢄꢁꢘꢄꢎꢍꢉꢁꢐꢍꢑꢁꢉꢂꢄꢁꢅꢄꢍꢉ-  
Fig. 6.1.7 Flag Monitor screen and Register Flag screen  
Fig. 6.1.8 Flag Monitor screen(the state that flag is registered)  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. Communication Function  
ꢝꢔ  3ꢍꢉꢁꢐꢍꢑꢄꢁꢉꢄꢜꢇꢋ ꢄ%ꢉꢘꢍꢑꢎꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ  
%ꢘꢄꢏꢅꢇꢑꢄꢅꢇꢈꢇꢌꢐꢅꢄꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢇ ꢄꢈꢁꢉꢊꢄꢆꢋꢑꢋꢎꢇꢐꢇꢑꢄꢁꢉꢄꢜꢇꢋ ꢄ%ꢉꢘꢍꢑꢎꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢍꢘꢄCꢉ(ꢈꢁꢉꢇꢄꢎꢇꢉꢏꢖꢄ ꢇꢐꢋꢁꢈꢇ ꢄꢁꢉꢘꢍꢑꢎꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢘꢍꢑ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉꢄꢆꢋꢑꢋꢎꢇꢐꢇꢑꢄꢁꢅꢄꢅꢃꢍꢓꢉꢄꢁꢉꢄ6ꢁꢂ-ꢄ/-)-I-ꢄ#++-,++ꢄꢍꢘꢄꢐꢕꢆꢇꢄꢁꢐꢇꢎꢄꢎꢇꢋꢉꢅꢄꢈꢍꢌꢋꢈꢄ++ꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢅꢇꢉ ꢄ++  
ꢔꢈꢍꢌꢊꢖꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢝ;) ꢄ ꢍꢘꢄ ꢅꢇꢈꢘꢄ ꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢁꢅꢄ ꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢐꢐꢇ  ꢐꢍꢄ ꢈꢍꢌꢋꢈꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢍꢘꢄ ꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢄ +ꢄ ꢐꢃꢑꢍꢏꢂꢃꢄ &ꢍ-+ꢄ ꢔꢈꢍꢌꢊ-  
#+)-ꢜ+)ꢄꢎꢇꢋꢉꢅꢄꢈꢍꢌꢋꢈꢄ+)ꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢑꢇꢌꢇꢁꢒꢇꢄ+)ꢄꢔꢈꢍꢌꢊꢖꢄꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢅꢅꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢍꢘꢄꢈꢍꢌꢋꢈꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢓꢃꢁꢌꢃꢄꢁꢅꢄꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑ  
)ꢄꢁꢅꢄꢑꢇꢌꢇꢁꢒꢇ ꢄꢁꢉꢄ;2-  
Fig. 6.1.9 High Speed Link Parameter  
(c) Monitoring ‘link information’ in read information menu.  
ꢀꢁꢂꢄ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. Communication Function  
6.1.6 Speed calculation of high speed link  
ꢝ)  %ꢉꢐꢑꢍ ꢏꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉ  
ꢚꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢅꢅꢁꢍꢉꢄꢅꢆꢇꢇ ꢄꢍꢘꢄꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉ ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢌꢋꢉꢄꢔꢇꢄ ꢇꢐꢇꢑꢎꢁꢉꢇ ꢄꢔꢕꢄꢎꢋꢉꢕꢄꢘꢋꢌꢐꢍꢑꢅ-ꢄAꢇꢌꢋꢏꢅꢇꢄꢍꢉꢇꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢔꢈꢍꢌꢊꢄꢍꢘꢄꢋ  
ꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢁꢅꢄꢅꢐꢍꢑꢇ ꢄꢁꢉꢄꢑꢇꢌꢇꢁꢒꢇꢄꢋꢑꢇꢋꢄꢍꢘꢄꢍꢐꢃꢇꢑꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢐꢃꢑꢍꢏꢂꢃꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢆꢋꢐꢃꢄꢋꢅꢄ6ꢁꢂ-ꢄ/-)-)+-  
PLC-A  
PLC-B  
User Program Scan Data  
Data is received from  
communication module  
is transmitted to communication module  
when User Program Scan is finished  
when User Program Scan is finished  
Communication module(station 1)  
Communication module(station 2)  
User Program Scan  
Transmits when token is  
received from master station  
Transmits data to PLC  
after data receive  
Data transmission  
Data receive  
Communication cable/Modem  
Fig. 6.1.10 Data transmission path through communication module  
ꢚꢃꢑꢇꢇꢄ ꢆꢋꢐꢃꢅꢄ ꢅꢃꢍꢏꢈ  ꢔꢇꢄ ꢆꢋꢅꢅꢇ  ꢐꢍꢄ ꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢐꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄ ꢐꢍꢄ ꢍꢐꢃꢇꢑꢄ ꢅꢐꢋꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢐꢃꢑꢍꢏꢂꢃꢄ ꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢋꢅꢄ 6ꢁꢂ-ꢄ /-)-)+ꢖꢄ ꢋꢉ  
ꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢅꢅꢁꢍꢉꢄꢐꢁꢎꢇꢄꢁꢅꢄ ꢇꢐꢇꢑꢎꢁꢉꢇ ꢄꢔꢕꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢐꢁꢎꢇꢄꢐꢋꢊꢇꢉꢄꢋꢌꢌꢍꢑ ꢁꢉꢂꢄꢐꢍꢄꢇꢋꢌꢃꢄꢆꢋꢐꢃ-ꢄ3ꢋꢁꢉꢄꢆꢋꢐꢃꢄꢍꢘꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢅꢅꢁꢍꢉꢄꢋꢉ  
ꢐꢃꢇꢄꢇꢈꢇꢎꢇꢉꢐꢅꢄꢓꢃꢁꢌꢃꢄꢋꢘꢘꢇꢌꢐꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢐꢁꢎꢇꢄꢐꢋꢊꢇꢉꢄꢋꢌꢌꢍꢑ ꢁꢉꢂꢄꢐꢍꢄꢇꢋꢌꢃꢄꢆꢋꢐꢃꢄꢋꢑꢇꢄꢋꢅꢄꢚꢋꢔꢈꢇꢄ/-)-@-  
Table 6.1.7 Data transmission path and time elements  
Path  
Time affecting elements  
Scan time of PLC-A program  
PLC CPU(A) Com. module(station 1)  
Comm. module(station 1) Com. module(station 2)  
Comm. module(station 2) PLC CPU(B)  
Scan time of comm. + Scan time of comm. O/S  
Scan time of PLC-B program  
'ꢋꢐꢋꢑꢍꢎ;#<<;8ꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ ꢏꢈꢇꢑꢍꢎꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ ꢏꢈꢇ;#<<;8ꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢐꢐꢇ  
ꢓꢃꢇꢉꢄ ;#<ꢄ ꢏꢅꢇꢑꢄ ꢆꢑꢍꢂꢑꢋꢎꢄ ꢁꢅꢄ ꢘꢁꢉꢁꢅꢃꢇ -ꢄ ꢚꢃꢇꢑꢇꢘꢍꢑꢇꢖꢄ ꢅꢌꢋꢉꢄ ꢐꢁꢎꢇꢄ ꢍꢘꢄ ;#<ꢄ ꢏꢅꢇꢑꢄ ꢆꢑꢍꢂꢑꢋꢎꢄ ꢁꢅꢄ ꢎꢋꢁꢉꢄ ꢇꢈꢇꢎꢇꢉꢐꢄ ꢍꢘꢄ ꢋꢐꢋ  
ꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢅꢅꢁꢍꢉꢖꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢁꢘꢄꢏꢅꢇꢑꢄꢅꢇꢈꢇꢌꢐꢅꢄ;#<ꢄꢁꢉꢘꢍꢑꢎꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢍꢘꢄ!"#ꢄCꢉ(ꢈꢁꢉꢇꢄꢎꢇꢉꢏꢖꢄꢏꢅꢇꢑꢄꢌꢋꢉꢄꢊꢉꢍꢓꢄꢎꢋꢗ-ꢛꢎꢁꢉ-ꢛꢌꢏꢑꢑꢇꢉꢐꢄꢅꢌꢋꢉ  
ꢐꢁꢎꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄꢆꢑꢍꢂꢑꢋꢎ-ꢄ<ꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢎꢍ ꢏꢈꢇꢄꢅꢃꢍꢏꢈ ꢄꢍꢔꢐꢋꢁꢉꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢑꢁꢂꢃꢐꢖꢄꢉꢋꢎꢇꢈꢕꢖꢄꢐꢍꢊꢇꢉꢄꢐꢍꢄꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢐꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢍꢘ  
ꢁꢐꢅꢇꢈꢘꢖꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢐꢃꢁꢅꢄꢁꢅꢄ ꢇꢐꢇꢑꢎꢁꢉꢇ ꢄꢋꢌꢌꢍꢑ ꢁꢉꢂꢄꢐꢍꢄꢐꢍꢊꢇꢉꢄꢑꢍꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢐꢁꢎꢇ-  
6ꢁꢂ-ꢄ/-)-))ꢄꢅꢃꢍꢓꢅꢄꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢅꢅꢁꢍꢉꢄꢆꢍꢁꢉꢐꢄꢋꢌꢌꢍꢑ ꢁꢉꢂꢄꢐꢍꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢅꢌꢋꢉꢄꢐꢁꢎꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄ;#<ꢄꢆꢑꢍꢂꢑꢋꢎꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ-  
ꢀꢁꢂꢅ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. Communication Function  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢇ ꢇꢈꢉꢊ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢋꢅꢆꢇ ꢇꢈꢉꢊ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢂꢅꢆꢇ ꢇꢈꢉꢊ  
T1  
TscanA  
TscanA  
TscanA  
PLC-A  
Scan time  
Delay time of PLC scan(Tdelay_plc1)  
Delay time of communication scan transmission(Tdelay_com)  
T2  
   
Scan time of  
communication  
Tcom_scan  
Tcom_scan  
Tcom_scan  
Delay time of PLC scan(Tdelay_plc2)  
T3  
Scan time of  
PLC-B  
TscanB  
TscanB  
TscanB  
Fig. 6.1.11 Relation between PLC and communication in scan time  
%ꢉꢄ 6ꢁꢂ-ꢄ /-)-))ꢖꢄ ;#<(4ꢄ ꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢐꢅꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄ ꢘꢑꢍꢎꢄ ꢚ)ꢄ ꢐꢍꢄ ꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢎꢍ ꢏꢈꢇꢄ ꢓꢃꢇꢉꢄ ꢆꢑꢍꢂꢑꢋꢎꢄ ꢍꢘꢄ ;#<(4  
ꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢘꢁꢉꢁꢅꢃꢇꢅꢖꢄꢅꢍꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢐꢁꢎꢇꢄꢋꢌꢌꢍꢑ ꢁꢉꢂꢄꢐꢍꢄꢚ ꢇꢈꢋꢕFꢆꢈꢌ)ꢄꢁꢅꢄ ꢇꢈꢋꢕꢇ -ꢄ<ꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢎꢍ ꢏꢈꢇꢄꢑꢇꢌꢇꢁꢒꢇꢅꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢘꢑꢍꢎ  
;#<ꢖꢄ ꢓꢋꢁꢐꢅꢄ ꢏꢑꢁꢉꢂꢄ ꢇꢈꢋꢕꢄ ꢐꢁꢎꢇꢄ ꢍꢘꢄ ꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢅꢌꢋꢉꢝꢚ ꢈꢋꢕFꢌꢍꢎ ꢖꢄ ꢋꢉ  ꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢐꢅꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢖꢄ ꢎꢋꢗ-ꢄ ꢇꢈꢋꢕꢄ ꢐꢁꢎꢇꢄ ꢁꢅ  
ꢚꢌꢍꢎFꢅꢌꢋꢉꢄ)-ꢄ<ꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢎꢍ ꢏꢈꢇꢖꢄꢋꢈꢅꢍꢄꢁꢉꢄ;#<(Aꢖꢄꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢐꢅꢄꢑꢇꢌꢇꢁꢒꢇꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢐꢍꢄ;#<ꢄꢋꢘꢐꢇꢑꢄꢓꢋꢁꢐꢁꢉꢂꢄꢘꢍꢑꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢐꢁꢎꢇ  
ꢍꢘ ꢈꢋꢕFꢆꢈꢌ2ꢖꢄ ꢅꢍꢋꢗ-ꢄ ꢇꢈꢋꢕꢁꢎꢇꢄ ꢁꢅꢅꢌꢋꢉAꢄ 2-ꢄ 'ꢇꢈꢋꢕꢁꢎꢇꢄ ꢍꢘꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢁꢅꢄ ꢇꢐꢇꢑꢎꢁꢉꢇ  ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢑ ꢁꢉꢂꢄ ꢐꢍ  
ꢎꢋꢉꢕꢄꢘꢋꢌꢐꢍꢑꢅꢖꢄꢁ-ꢇ-ꢄꢇꢉꢐꢁꢑꢇꢄꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢄꢍꢘꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢖꢄꢆꢑꢍꢂꢑꢋꢎꢄꢅꢁꢙꢇꢖꢄꢋꢉ ꢄCꢛ,ꢄꢅꢌꢋꢉꢄꢐꢁꢎꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ  
ꢎꢍ ꢏꢈꢇ-  
ꢝ2 ꢄ ,ꢆꢇꢇ ꢄꢌꢋꢈꢌꢏꢈꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢎꢇꢐꢃꢍ ꢄꢍꢘꢄꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢇ ꢄꢈꢁꢉꢊꢄꢁꢅꢄꢎꢋꢗ-ꢄꢐꢁꢎꢇꢄꢐꢃꢋꢐꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢍꢘꢄꢍꢉꢇꢄꢔꢈꢍꢌꢊꢄꢁꢅꢄꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢐꢐꢇ ꢄꢘꢑꢍꢎꢄ;#<(4ꢄꢐꢍꢄ;#<(A-ꢄ,ꢆꢇꢇ ꢄꢍꢘꢄꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇ  
ꢁꢈꢉꢅꢄꢌꢋꢈꢌꢏꢈꢋꢐꢇ ꢁꢐꢃꢓꢍꢄ ꢁꢘꢘꢇꢑꢇꢉꢐꢋꢅꢇꢅ-Cꢉꢇꢅꢄꢋꢆꢆꢈꢁꢇ ꢍꢄꢌꢍꢎꢆꢈꢇꢗꢕꢅꢐꢇꢎꢐꢃꢋꢐꢄꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢄꢍꢘꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢁꢅꢄ)+ꢄꢍꢑ  
ꢎꢍꢑꢇ ꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢘꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢗꢌꢇꢇ *)2ꢕꢐꢇꢖ ꢃꢇꢐꢃꢇꢑꢆꢆꢈꢁꢇ ꢁꢎꢆꢈꢇꢕꢅꢐꢇꢎ-ꢃꢇꢋꢈꢌꢏꢈꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ  
ꢘꢍꢈꢈꢍꢓꢅꢄ.  
ꢀꢁꢂꢆ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. Communication Function  
ꢝꢋ  ,ꢁꢎꢆꢈꢇꢄꢅꢕꢅꢐꢇꢎ  
%ꢉꢄ ꢋꢄ ꢅꢁꢎꢆꢈꢇꢄ ꢅꢕꢅꢐꢇꢎꢄ ꢐꢃꢋꢐꢄ ꢐꢃꢇꢄ ꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢄ ꢍꢘꢄ ꢇꢉꢐꢁꢑꢇꢄ ꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢁꢅꢄ ꢈꢇꢅꢅꢄ ꢐꢃꢋꢉꢄ )+ꢄ ꢋꢉ  ꢐꢃꢇꢄ ꢅꢁꢙꢇꢄ ꢍꢘ  
ꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢅꢅꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢇꢈꢍꢓ*)2ꢕꢐꢇꢖꢆꢇꢇ ꢀꢁꢂꢀꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉꢋꢈꢌꢏꢈꢋꢐꢇ ꢁꢐꢃꢁꢎꢆꢈꢇ9ꢏꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ  
59ꢏꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ/()-  
,ꢐꢄEꢄ;Fꢅꢌꢋꢉ4ꢄJꢄ<FꢅꢌꢋꢉꢄJꢄ;FꢅꢌꢋꢉA  
59ꢏꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ/-)  
59ꢏꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ/-2  
,ꢐꢄEꢄꢎꢋꢗ-ꢄꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢅꢅꢁꢍꢉꢄꢐꢁꢎꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉ  
;Fꢅꢌꢋꢉ4ꢄEꢄꢎꢋꢗ-ꢄꢆꢑꢍꢂꢑꢋꢎꢄꢅꢌꢋꢉꢄꢐꢁꢎꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄ;#<ꢄ4  
;FꢅꢌꢋꢉAꢄEꢄꢎꢋꢗ-ꢄꢆꢑꢍꢂꢑꢋꢎꢄꢅꢌꢋꢉꢄꢐꢁꢎꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄ;#<ꢄA  
<FꢅꢌꢋꢉꢄEꢄꢎꢋꢗ-ꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢅꢌꢋꢉꢄꢐꢁꢎꢇ  
<ꢅꢌꢋꢉꢄEꢄꢚꢃꢄ  ,ꢉ  
ꢚꢃꢄEꢄꢚꢍꢊꢇꢉꢄꢃꢍꢈ ꢄꢐꢁꢎꢇꢄ.ꢄꢐꢍꢊꢇꢉꢄꢏꢅꢁꢉꢂꢄꢐꢁꢎꢇꢄꢆꢇꢑꢄ)ꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ  
,ꢉꢄEꢄꢚꢍꢐꢋꢈꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑ  
ꢝꢔ  <ꢍꢎꢆꢈꢇꢗꢄꢅꢕꢅꢐꢇꢎ  
%ꢉꢄ ꢋꢄ ꢌꢍꢎꢆꢈꢇꢗꢄ ꢅꢕꢅꢐꢇꢎꢄ ꢐꢃꢋꢐꢄ ꢐꢃꢇꢄ ꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢄ ꢍꢘꢄ ꢇꢉꢐꢁꢑꢇꢄ ꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢁꢅꢄ )+ꢄ ꢍꢑꢄ ꢎꢍꢑꢇꢄ ꢋꢉ  ꢐꢃꢇꢄ ꢅꢁꢙꢇꢄ ꢍꢘ  
ꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢅꢅꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢁꢅꢄ*)2ꢄꢔꢕꢐꢇꢄꢍꢑꢄꢎꢍꢑꢇꢖꢄꢅꢆꢇꢇ ꢄꢍꢘꢄꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉꢄꢁꢅꢄꢌꢋꢈꢌꢏꢈꢋꢐꢇ ꢄꢋꢅꢄ59ꢏꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ/(1-  
,ꢐꢄEꢄ5ꢐꢄ  ꢚꢍꢄ  &ꢐꢗꢄJꢄ3ꢘ  
59ꢏꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ/-1  
5ꢐꢄEꢄ5ꢘꢘꢇꢌꢐꢁꢒꢇꢄꢚꢗꢄꢑꢋꢐꢁꢍ  
ꢚꢍꢄEꢄCꢌꢐꢇꢈꢄꢐꢁꢎꢇꢝꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢅꢅꢁꢍꢉꢄꢐꢁꢎꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄꢍꢉꢇꢄꢔꢕꢐꢇ  
&ꢐꢗꢄEꢄꢚꢍꢐꢋꢈꢄꢚꢗꢄꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑ  
3ꢘꢄEꢄ3ꢋꢑꢂꢁꢉꢄꢘꢋꢌꢐꢍꢑꢖꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢇꢋꢌꢃꢄꢁꢐꢇꢎꢄꢁꢅꢄ ꢇꢐꢇꢑꢎꢁꢉꢇ ꢄꢋꢅꢄꢘꢍꢈꢈꢍꢓꢅꢄ.  
5ꢐꢄEꢄ,ꢐꢄ  &ꢘ  
59ꢏꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ/-0  
,ꢐꢄEꢄꢐꢍꢐꢋꢈꢄꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢄꢍꢘꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ  
&ꢘꢄEꢄ&ꢇꢐꢓꢍꢑꢊꢄꢘꢋꢌꢐꢍꢑꢖꢄꢌꢍꢉꢅꢐꢋꢉꢐꢄꢒꢋꢈꢏꢇꢄꢋꢌꢌꢍꢑ ꢁꢉꢂꢄꢐꢍꢄꢌꢃꢋꢑꢋꢌꢐꢇꢑꢁꢅꢐꢁꢌꢄꢍꢘꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢅꢕꢅꢐꢇꢎ  
6ꢉꢇꢐꢄꢅꢕꢅꢐꢇꢎꢄ.ꢄ)-*ꢖꢄ  3ꢉꢇꢐꢄꢅꢕꢅꢐꢇꢎꢄ.ꢄ)-2  
ꢚꢍꢄEꢄCꢌꢐꢇꢈꢄꢐꢁꢎꢇꢖꢄꢐꢁꢎꢇꢄꢐꢋꢊꢇꢉꢄꢁꢉꢄꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢐꢐꢁꢉꢂꢄꢍꢉꢇꢄꢔꢕꢐꢇꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢋꢅꢄꢋꢄꢅꢇꢑꢁꢋꢈꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢖ  
ꢋꢉ ꢄꢐꢃꢁꢅꢄꢁꢅꢄ ꢇꢐꢇꢑꢎꢁꢉꢇ ꢄꢋꢅꢄꢘꢍꢈꢈꢍꢓꢅꢄ.  
6ꢉꢇꢐꢄ.ꢄ7ꢄꢏꢅꢖꢄ  3ꢉꢇꢐꢄ.ꢄ)-/ꢄꢏꢅ  
&ꢐꢗꢄEꢄ&ꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢄꢍꢘꢄꢐꢍꢐꢋꢈꢄꢑꢇꢌꢇꢁꢒꢇꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢁꢉꢌꢈꢏ ꢁꢉꢂꢄꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢄꢍꢘꢄꢒꢋꢑꢁꢋꢔꢈꢇꢄꢅꢇꢑꢒꢁꢌꢇꢖ  
ꢋꢉ ꢄꢐꢃꢁꢅꢄꢁꢅꢄ ꢇꢐꢇꢑꢎꢁꢉꢇ ꢄꢋꢅꢄꢘꢍꢈꢈꢍꢓꢅꢄꢔꢕꢄ6ꢉꢇꢐꢄꢅꢕꢅꢐꢇꢎꢄꢋꢉ ꢄ3ꢉꢇꢐꢄꢅꢕꢅꢐꢇꢎꢄ.  
   Kꢄ6ꢉꢇꢐꢄ.ꢄ,ꢏꢎꢄꢍꢘꢄꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢅꢅꢁꢍꢉꢄꢔꢕꢐꢇꢄꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢄꢍꢘꢄꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉꢄJꢄ&ꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢄꢍꢘꢄꢒꢋꢑꢁꢋꢔꢈꢇꢄꢘꢛꢔꢄ  2*/  
Kꢄ3ꢉꢇꢐꢄ.ꢄ,ꢏꢎꢄꢍꢘꢄꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢅꢅꢁꢍꢉꢄꢔꢕꢐꢇꢄꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢄꢍꢘꢄꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉꢄJꢄ&ꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢄꢍꢘꢄꢒꢋꢑꢁꢋꢔꢈꢇꢄꢘꢛꢔꢄ  )+20  
 3ꢘꢄEꢄ3ꢋꢑꢂꢁꢉꢄꢘꢋꢌꢐꢍꢑꢄꢘꢍꢑꢄꢇꢈꢇꢎꢇꢉꢐꢅꢄꢓꢃꢁꢌꢃꢄ ꢍꢉDꢐꢄꢔꢇꢄꢇꢗꢆꢑꢇꢅꢅꢇ ꢄꢓꢁꢐꢃꢄꢋꢔꢍꢒꢇꢄꢇꢗꢆꢑꢇꢅꢅꢁꢍꢉꢅꢖꢄꢈꢁꢊꢇꢄCꢛ,ꢄꢅꢌꢋꢉꢄ  
ꢐꢁꢎꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢎꢍ ꢏꢈꢇꢖꢄꢇꢐꢌ-ꢖꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢐꢃꢁꢅꢄꢁꢅꢄ ꢇꢐꢇꢑꢎꢁꢉꢇ ꢄꢋꢅꢄꢘꢍꢈꢈꢍꢓꢅꢄ.  
Kꢄ6ꢉꢇꢐꢄ.ꢄ)/ꢎꢅꢖꢄ  3ꢉꢇꢐꢄ.ꢄ*+ꢎꢅ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢀ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. Communication Function  
6.1.7 Ex. 1) : High speed link between PLCs of Fnet  
ꢚꢃꢁꢅꢗꢆꢈꢋꢁꢉꢅꢅꢇꢐꢐꢁꢉꢂꢄꢎꢇꢐꢃꢍ ꢘꢄꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉꢄꢆꢋꢑꢋꢎꢇꢐꢇꢑꢄꢘꢍꢑꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢓꢁꢐꢃ%ꢛCꢅꢐꢑꢏꢌꢐꢏꢑꢇꢄꢋꢅꢄ6ꢁꢂ-  
/-)-/ꢖꢄꢁꢉꢄꢎꢋꢅꢐꢇꢑꢄꢅꢕꢅꢐꢇꢎꢄꢍꢘꢄ34,ꢚ5ꢜ(!ꢄ6ꢉꢇꢐꢄꢋꢅꢄ6ꢁꢂ-ꢄ*-2-2-  
Table 6.1.6 I/O configuration and Tx/Rx flow  
Tx/Rx structure  
I/O configuration  
Transmission area Receive area  
P3, P4  
-
TX : K1000S(station 1)  
RX : K1000S(station 2)  
TX : K1000S(station 2)  
RX : K1000S(station 0)  
TX : K1000S(station 0)  
RX : K1000S(station 1)  
K1000S  
(station 0)  
-
D0100  
-
Slot 0 : Master  
P3, P4  
K1000S  
Slot 1 : OUT 32 points  
Slot 2 : IN 32 points  
(station 1)  
-
D0100  
-
P3, P4  
-
K1000S  
(station 2)  
D0100  
4ꢈꢈ!)+++,<;8ꢅꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢐꢅꢉꢆꢏꢐꢋꢈꢏꢇꢘꢄꢁꢉꢆꢏꢐ ꢏꢈꢇꢇꢈꢘꢄꢅꢈꢍꢐ2ꢄꢓꢁꢐꢃꢄ2ꢄꢓꢍꢑ ꢖꢄꢅꢋꢒꢇꢅꢄꢑꢇꢌꢇꢁꢒꢇꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢘꢑꢍꢎ  
ꢍꢐꢃꢇꢑꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢋꢐꢄ'+)++ꢄꢋꢉ ꢄ'+)+)ꢖꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢍꢏꢐꢆꢏꢐꢅꢄꢁꢐꢄꢍꢏꢐꢆꢏꢐꢄꢎꢍ ꢏꢈꢇꢝ;)ꢖꢄ;2 ꢄꢍꢘꢄꢅꢈꢍꢐꢄ)-ꢄ<ꢍꢉꢘꢁꢂꢏꢑꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢆꢑꢍꢂꢑꢋꢎ  
ꢍꢘꢀꢁꢂꢀꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉꢋꢑꢋꢎꢇꢐꢇꢑꢍꢑꢃꢇꢅꢇꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢗꢌꢃꢋꢉꢂꢇꢗꢆꢈꢋꢁꢉꢇ 6ꢁꢂ-/-)-)* 6ꢁꢂ-/-)-)/-ꢃꢇꢋꢎꢇ  
ꢆꢑꢍꢂꢑꢋꢎꢄꢌꢋꢉꢄꢔꢇꢄꢏꢅꢇ ꢄꢁꢉꢄꢇꢋꢌꢃꢄꢍꢘꢄꢐꢃꢇꢎꢖꢄꢔꢏꢐꢄꢈꢁꢉꢊꢄꢆꢋꢑꢋꢎꢇꢐꢇꢑꢄꢅꢃꢍꢏꢈ ꢄꢔꢇꢄꢅꢇꢐꢄ ꢁꢘꢘꢇꢑꢇꢉꢐꢈꢕꢝ%ꢉꢄ6ꢉꢇꢐꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢍꢘ  
!1++,ꢖꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢅꢋꢎꢇꢄꢆꢑꢍꢂꢑꢋꢎꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢆꢋꢑꢋꢎꢇꢐꢇꢑꢄꢌꢋꢉꢄꢔꢇꢄꢏꢅꢇ -ꢄ$ꢁꢐꢃꢄ!2++,ꢖꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢋ ꢑꢇꢅꢅꢄꢍꢘꢄ'ꢄꢋꢑꢇꢋꢄꢅꢃꢍꢏꢈ ꢄꢔꢇꢄꢌꢃꢋꢉꢂꢇ  -  
ꢝꢋ  ;ꢑꢇꢆꢋꢑꢁꢉꢂꢄꢏꢅꢇꢑꢄꢆꢑꢍꢂꢑꢋꢎ  
Fig. 6.1.15 User program of Ex.1  
6ꢁꢂ-ꢄ /-)-)*ꢄ ꢁꢅꢄ ꢏꢅꢇꢑꢄ ꢆꢑꢍꢂꢑꢋꢎꢄ ꢍꢘꢄ 5ꢗ-)-ꢄ %ꢘꢄ ꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃ ꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉ ꢁꢅꢄ ꢉꢍꢑꢎꢋꢈꢝꢜ8&F#%&!E)ꢖꢄ #%&!FꢚꢜC8A#5E+ ꢖꢄ ꢁꢐ  
ꢍꢏꢐꢆꢏꢐꢅꢄ ꢑꢇꢌꢇꢁꢒꢇꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢖꢄ '+)++ꢄ ꢋꢉ  '+)+)ꢖꢄ ꢐꢍꢄ ꢍꢏꢐꢆꢏꢐꢄ ꢎꢍ ꢏꢈꢇꢄ ꢍꢘꢄ ;++)ꢋꢉ  ;++2-ꢄ %ꢘꢄ ꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃ ꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉ ꢁꢅ  
ꢋꢔꢉꢍꢑꢎꢋꢈꢝ#%&!Fꢚꢜ5A#5E) ꢖꢄ ꢁꢐꢄ ꢍꢏꢐꢆꢏꢐꢅꢄ ꢇꢎꢇꢑꢂꢇꢉꢌꢕꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢖꢄ ꢒꢋꢈꢏꢇꢄ ꢍꢘꢄ ꢃ6666ꢖꢄ ꢐꢍꢄ ;++)-ꢄ ,ꢇꢇꢄ ꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃ ꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉ  
ꢁꢉꢘꢍꢑꢎꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢍꢘꢄ/-)-/ꢄꢘꢍꢑꢄꢈꢁꢉꢊꢄꢁꢉꢘꢍꢑꢎꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢝꢜ8&F#%&!ꢖꢄ#%&!FꢚꢜC8A#5 -  
ꢀꢁꢂꢇ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. Communication Function  
ꢝꢔ  ;ꢋꢑꢋꢎꢇꢐꢇꢑꢄꢅꢇꢐꢐꢁꢉꢂꢄꢍꢘꢄꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉ  
ꢚꢍꢗꢌꢃꢋꢉꢂꢇꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄ ꢍꢘꢄ ꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ )ꢖꢄ 2ꢖꢄ ꢋꢉ  1ꢄ ꢋꢅꢄ ꢚꢋꢔꢈꢇ/-)-/ꢄ ꢁꢉꢄ ꢋꢄ ꢅꢕꢅꢐꢇꢎꢄ ꢋꢅꢄ 6ꢁꢂ-ꢄ *-2-2ꢖꢄ ꢏꢅꢇꢑꢄ ꢅꢃꢍꢏꢈ  ꢆꢑꢇꢆꢋꢑꢇꢄ ꢏꢅꢇꢑ  
ꢆꢑꢍꢂꢑꢋꢎꢄ ꢋꢅꢄ 6ꢁꢂ-ꢄ /-)-)*ꢄ ꢋꢉ  ꢋꢐꢋꢄ ꢚꢗꢛꢜꢗꢄ ꢎꢋꢆꢄ ꢋꢅꢄ ꢚꢋꢔꢈꢇꢄ /-)-/-ꢄ 6ꢍꢑꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄ ꢚꢗꢛꢜꢗꢄ ꢋꢅꢄ ꢚꢋꢔꢈꢇꢖꢄ ꢏꢅꢇꢑꢄ ꢅꢃꢍꢏꢈ  ꢎꢋꢊꢇ  
ꢆꢋꢑꢋꢎꢇꢐꢇꢑꢄꢍꢘꢄꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉꢄꢋꢉ  ꢍꢓꢉꢈꢍꢋ ꢄ;#<-ꢄCꢆꢇꢑꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢍꢘꢄꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉꢄꢁꢅꢄꢎꢋ ꢇꢄꢋꢅꢄꢘꢍꢈꢈꢍꢓꢁꢉꢂꢄꢅꢇ9ꢏꢇꢉꢌꢇꢄ.  
)  4ꢅꢅꢁꢂꢉꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢌꢋꢔꢈꢇ  
2  ;ꢑꢇꢆꢋꢑꢇꢄꢏꢅꢇꢑꢄꢆꢑꢍꢂꢑꢋꢎꢝꢘꢍꢑꢄꢇꢋꢌꢃꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ  
1  ;ꢑꢇꢆꢋꢑꢇꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢚꢗꢛꢜꢗꢄꢎꢋꢆ  
0  ,ꢇꢐꢄꢆꢋꢑꢋꢎꢇꢐꢇꢑꢄꢁꢉꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢁꢐꢇꢎꢄꢘꢍꢑꢄꢆꢋꢑꢋꢎꢇꢐꢇꢑꢄꢅꢇꢐꢐꢁꢉꢂꢄꢍꢘꢄꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉꢄꢍꢘꢄ!"#  
*  5ꢗꢇꢌꢏꢐꢇꢄ ꢍꢓꢉꢈꢍꢋ ꢄꢍꢘꢄꢆꢑꢍꢂꢑꢋꢎꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢆꢋꢑꢋꢎꢇꢐꢇꢑꢄꢁꢉꢄCꢉ(ꢈꢁꢉꢇꢄꢎꢇꢉꢏ  
/  <ꢃꢋꢉꢂꢇꢄꢎꢍ ꢇꢄꢐꢍꢄꢜ8&ꢄꢁꢉꢄCꢉ(ꢈꢁꢉꢇꢄꢎꢇꢉꢏ  
@  <ꢃꢇꢌꢊꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉꢄꢐꢃꢑꢍꢏꢂꢃꢄꢘꢈꢋꢂꢄꢎꢍꢉꢁꢐꢍꢑ  
7  5ꢗꢇꢌꢏꢐꢇꢄꢐꢃꢇꢅꢇꢄꢆꢑꢍꢌꢇ ꢏꢑꢇꢄꢋꢂꢋꢁꢉꢄꢘꢑꢍꢎꢄ&ꢍ-ꢄ) ꢄꢁꢘꢄꢇꢑꢑꢍꢑꢄꢍꢌꢌꢏꢑꢑꢇ  
;ꢋꢑꢋꢎꢇꢐꢇꢑꢄꢅꢇꢐꢐꢁꢉꢂꢄꢍꢘꢄꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉꢄꢘꢍꢑꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢅꢕꢅꢐꢇꢎꢄꢍꢘꢄ5ꢗ-ꢄ)ꢄꢁꢅꢄꢋꢅꢄꢘꢍꢈꢈꢍꢓꢅꢄ.  
(A) High speed link parameter of K1000S(station 0)  
(B) High speed link parameter of K1000S(station 1)  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. Communication Function  
(C) High speed link parameter of K1000S(station 2)  
Fig. 6.1.16 Example of link parameter setting  
ꢝꢌ  ,ꢆꢇꢇ  ꢇꢐꢇꢑꢎꢁꢉꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢎꢇꢐꢃꢍ ꢄꢍꢘꢄꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉ  
ꢚꢃꢇꢄꢅꢕꢅꢐꢇꢎꢄꢍꢘꢄ5ꢗ-ꢄ)ꢄꢁꢅꢄꢅꢁꢎꢆꢈꢇꢄꢅꢕꢅꢐꢇꢎꢄꢐꢃꢋꢐꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢎꢍ ꢏꢈꢇꢄꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢐꢅꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢑꢇꢌꢇꢁꢒꢇꢅꢄ2ꢄꢓꢍꢑ  ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢆꢇꢑ  
ꢇꢋꢌꢃꢄ ꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ-ꢄ ꢚꢃꢇꢑꢇꢘꢍꢑꢇꢖꢄ ꢚꢗꢛꢜꢗꢄ ꢆꢇꢑꢁꢍ  ꢅꢇꢐꢐꢁꢉꢂꢄ ꢍꢘꢄ ꢈꢁꢉꢊꢄ ꢆꢋꢑꢋꢎꢇꢐꢇꢑꢄ ꢌꢋꢉꢄ ꢔꢇꢄ ꢇꢋꢅꢁꢈꢕꢄ ꢌꢋꢈꢌꢏꢈꢋꢐꢇ  ꢏꢅꢁꢉꢂꢄ ꢅꢆꢇꢇ  
ꢌꢋꢈꢌꢏꢈꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢇꢗꢆꢑꢇꢅꢅꢁꢍꢉꢄꢍꢘꢄꢅꢁꢎꢆꢈꢇꢄꢅꢕꢅꢐꢇꢎꢄꢁꢉꢄꢅꢆꢇꢇ ꢄꢌꢋꢈꢌꢏꢈꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢎꢇꢐꢃꢍ ꢄꢍꢘꢄ/-)-*-  
&ꢋꢎꢇꢈꢕꢖꢄꢁꢉꢄꢇ9ꢏꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ  ,ꢐꢄEꢄ;Fꢅꢌꢋꢉ4ꢄJꢄ<FꢅꢌꢋꢉꢄJꢄ;FꢅꢌꢋꢉA  
,ꢐꢄEꢄꢎꢋꢗ-ꢄꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢅꢅꢁꢍꢉꢄꢐꢁꢎꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉ  
;Fꢅꢌꢋꢉ4ꢄEꢄꢎꢋꢗ-ꢄꢆꢑꢍꢂꢑꢋꢎꢄꢅꢌꢋꢉꢄꢐꢁꢎꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄꢆꢈꢌꢄ4  
;FꢅꢌꢋꢉAꢄEꢄꢎꢋꢗ-ꢄꢆꢑꢍꢂꢑꢋꢎꢄꢅꢌꢋꢉꢄꢐꢁꢎꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄꢆꢈꢌꢄA  
<FꢅꢌꢋꢉꢄEꢄꢎꢋꢗ-ꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢅꢌꢋꢉꢄꢐꢁꢎꢇꢖ  
;Fꢅꢌꢋꢉ4ꢄꢋꢉ ꢄ;FꢅꢌꢋꢉAꢄꢋꢑꢇꢄꢅꢌꢋꢉꢄꢐꢁꢎꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄ!)+++,ꢄ;#<ꢖꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢇꢋꢌꢃꢄꢍꢘꢄꢐꢃꢇꢎꢄꢁꢉꢄꢋꢔꢍꢒꢇꢄꢆꢑꢍꢂꢑꢋꢎꢄꢁꢅꢄ*ꢎꢅꢝꢏꢅꢇꢑꢄꢌꢋꢉꢄꢌꢃꢇꢌꢊ  
ꢐꢃꢁꢅꢄꢐꢃꢑꢍꢏꢂꢃꢄ;#<ꢄꢁꢉꢘꢍꢑꢎꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢍꢘꢄ!"# -  
<ꢅꢌꢋꢉꢄEꢄꢚꢃꢄ  ,ꢉ  
ꢝꢚꢃꢄEꢄꢚꢍꢊꢇꢉꢄꢃꢍꢈ ꢄꢐꢁꢎꢇꢄ.ꢄꢐꢍꢊꢇꢉꢄꢏꢅꢁꢉꢂꢄꢐꢁꢎꢇꢄꢆꢇꢑꢄ)ꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ  
,ꢉꢄEꢄꢚꢍꢐꢋꢈꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑ  
Eꢄ7ꢎꢅꢄ  1  
Eꢄ20ꢎꢅ  
,ꢐꢄEꢄ;Fꢅꢌꢋꢉ4ꢝE*ꢎꢅ ꢄJꢄ;FꢅꢌꢋꢉAꢝE*ꢎꢅ ꢄJꢄ<ꢅꢌꢋꢉꢝ20ꢎꢅ ꢄEꢄ10ꢎꢅ  
ꢚꢃꢇꢑꢇꢘꢍꢑꢇꢖꢄꢚꢗꢛꢜꢗꢄꢆꢇꢑꢁꢍ ꢄꢅꢃꢍꢏꢈ ꢄꢔꢇꢄꢅꢇꢐꢄ10ꢎꢅꢄꢍꢑꢄꢎꢍꢑꢇ-  
ꢀꢁꢂꢈ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. Communication Function  
6.1.9  
of  
Ex. 3) : High speed link between master + slave + single remote I/O stations  
Fnet  
ꢝꢋ ꢄ ,ꢕꢅꢐꢇꢎꢄꢌꢍꢉꢘꢁꢂꢏꢑꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ  
6ꢁꢂ-ꢄ/-)-)7ꢄꢇꢗꢆꢈꢋꢁꢉꢅꢄꢆꢋꢑꢋꢎꢇꢐꢇꢑꢄꢅꢇꢐꢐꢁꢉꢂꢄꢎꢇꢐꢃꢍ ꢄꢘꢍꢑꢄꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢖꢄꢓꢃꢁꢌꢃꢄꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢅꢄꢅꢈꢋꢒꢇꢄꢓꢁꢐꢃ  
ꢅꢁꢉꢂꢈꢇꢄꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄ%ꢛCꢄꢐꢃꢑꢍꢏꢂꢃꢄꢎꢋꢅꢐꢇꢑꢄꢍꢘꢄꢉꢇꢐꢓꢍꢑꢊ(4ꢛAꢄ;#<ꢄꢁꢉꢄꢅꢈꢋꢒꢇꢄꢌꢈꢋꢅꢅꢄꢅꢕꢅꢐꢇꢎꢄꢍꢘꢄ34,ꢚ5ꢜ(!ꢄ6ꢉꢇꢐ-  
ꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢁꢅꢇ ꢈꢁꢇ ꢈꢉꢊꢋꢌꢍꢆꢁꢎ ꢏ ꢐꢈꢋꢑꢐꢒ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢂꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢂꢂꢃ  
ꢐꢔꢓꢈꢆꢅꢄꢓꢈꢔꢈꢕ ꢖꢄꢂ  
ꢐꢔꢓꢈꢆꢅꢄꢓꢈꢔꢈꢕ ꢖꢄꢁ  
ꢐꢔꢓꢈꢆꢅꢄꢓꢈꢔꢈꢕ ꢖꢄꢘ  
ꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢁꢅꢇ ꢈꢁꢇ ꢈꢉꢊꢋꢌꢍꢓꢁꢎ ꢏ ꢐꢈꢋꢑꢐꢒ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢂꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ ꢈꢆꢄꢉꢊꢋ  
ꢀꢌꢂꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ ꢈꢆꢄꢉꢊꢋ  
ꢍꢋꢎꢏꢃꢐꢑꢒꢄꢓꢈꢔꢈꢕ ꢖꢄꢗ  
ꢃꢙꢔꢚꢆꢄꢓꢈꢔꢈꢕ ꢖꢄꢛ  
ꢃꢙꢔꢚꢆꢄꢓꢈꢔꢈꢕ ꢖꢄꢌ  
Fig. 6.1.18 Combined class system of MASTER-K Fnet master/slave  
%ꢉꢄꢐꢃꢁꢅꢄꢘꢁꢂꢏꢑꢇꢖꢄꢉꢇꢐꢓꢍꢑꢊꢄ4ꢄꢁꢅꢄꢎꢋꢅꢐꢇꢑꢄꢌꢈꢋꢅꢅꢄꢉꢇꢐꢓꢍꢑꢊꢖꢄꢓꢃꢁꢌꢃꢄꢌꢍꢉꢘꢁꢂꢏꢑꢇ ꢄꢓꢁꢐꢃꢄ2ꢄꢎꢋꢅꢐꢇꢑꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ-ꢄ&ꢇꢐꢓꢍꢑꢊꢄAꢄꢁꢅꢄꢅꢈꢋꢒꢇ  
ꢉꢇꢐꢓꢍꢑꢊꢃꢁꢌꢃꢍꢉꢘꢁꢂꢏꢑꢇ ꢋꢅꢐꢇꢑꢖꢈꢋꢒꢇꢖ ꢁꢉꢂꢈꢇꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇ%ꢛC-%ꢃꢇꢁꢂꢏꢑꢇꢖꢋꢅꢐꢇꢑꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ+ )ꢑꢇ  
ꢎꢋꢅꢐꢇꢑꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢎꢍ ꢏꢈꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄꢉꢇꢐꢓꢍꢑꢊ(4ꢖꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢐꢃꢇꢕꢄꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢐꢄꢑꢇꢌꢇꢁꢒꢇꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢍꢘꢄꢎꢋꢅꢐꢇꢑꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ)ꢄꢘꢑꢍꢎꢄ!)+++,(  
<;8ꢝꢎꢋꢅꢐꢇꢑꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ+ ꢄꢐꢍꢄ!)+++,(<;8ꢝꢎꢋꢅꢐꢇꢑꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ2 -ꢄ3ꢋꢅꢐꢇꢑꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ)ꢄꢁꢅꢄꢎꢋꢅꢐꢇꢑꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢍꢘꢄꢉꢇꢐꢓꢍꢑꢊ(Aꢖꢄꢅꢈꢋꢒꢇ  
ꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ1ꢄꢋꢉ ꢄ0ꢖꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢅꢁꢉꢂꢈꢇꢄꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ*ꢖꢄꢐꢃꢁꢅꢄꢌꢍꢉꢐꢑꢍꢈꢅꢄ%ꢛCꢄꢒꢋꢈꢏꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ1ꢖꢄ0ꢖꢄꢋꢉ ꢄ*ꢄꢐꢃꢑꢍꢏꢂꢃꢄꢎꢋꢅꢐꢇꢑꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ  
ꢅꢇꢐꢐꢁꢉꢂꢝꢎꢋꢅꢐꢇꢑꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ) -ꢍꢄ ꢃꢁꢅꢖꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ)ꢃꢍꢏꢈ ꢑꢇꢒꢁꢍꢏꢅꢈꢕꢇꢐꢋꢅꢐꢇꢑꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢅꢁꢉꢂꢄ ꢁꢆꢓꢁꢐꢌꢃ  
ꢅꢈꢋꢒꢇꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ1ꢄꢋꢉ ꢄ0ꢖꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢅꢁꢉꢂꢈꢇꢄꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ*-ꢄ,ꢇꢐꢐꢁꢉꢂꢄꢍꢘꢄꢎꢋꢅꢐꢇꢑꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢅꢃꢍꢏꢈ ꢄꢔꢇꢄ ꢍꢉꢇꢄꢆꢑꢇꢒꢁꢍꢏꢅꢈꢕꢄꢔꢇꢘꢍꢑꢇ  
ꢆꢍꢓꢇꢑꢄꢍꢉꢖꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢍꢆꢇꢑꢋꢐꢇꢅꢄꢓꢁꢐꢃꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢅꢇꢐꢐꢁꢉꢂꢄꢍꢘꢄꢆꢍꢓꢇꢑ(ꢍꢉꢄꢇꢒꢇꢉꢄꢁꢘꢄꢏꢅꢇꢑꢄꢌꢃꢋꢉꢂꢇꢄꢎꢋꢅꢐꢇꢑꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢋꢘꢐꢇꢑꢄꢆꢍꢓꢇꢑ  
ꢁꢅꢄꢍꢉ-  
ꢚꢋꢔꢈꢇꢄ/-)-7ꢄꢇꢗꢆꢈꢋꢁꢉꢅꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢄꢋꢅꢅꢁꢂꢉꢎꢇꢉꢐꢖꢄ%ꢛCꢄꢌꢍꢉꢘꢁꢂꢏꢑꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢖꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢎꢏꢐꢏꢋꢈꢄꢑꢇꢈꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢍꢘꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ  
ꢔꢇꢐꢓꢇꢇꢉꢄꢐꢓꢍꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢅꢄꢁꢉꢄꢅꢕꢅꢐꢇꢎ-  
ꢀꢁꢃꢉ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. Communication Function  
Table 6.1.8 I/O configuration and Tx/Rx flow  
Transmission Receive  
PLC type  
I/O configuration  
Tx/Rx relation of Local/Remote  
area  
area  
D1000  
D1100  
D0000  
D0010  
D0200  
Local transmission : master(station 2)  
Remote Tx/Rx : slave 3(station 3)  
Remote Tx/Rx : slave 4(station 4)  
Slot 0:master(station 0)  
network A  
D1000  
D1100  
K1000S CPU  
Slot 1: master(station 1)  
network B  
Remote transmission : stand-alone  
remote(station 5)  
Slot 0:master(station 2)  
K1000S CPU  
K1000S slave  
K300S slave  
Local receive : master(station 0)  
D0000  
P2, P3  
P2, P3  
network A  
Slot 0:OUT 32 points  
Slot 1:IN 32points  
Slot 0:OUT 16 points  
Slot 1:IN 16 points  
Local : K1000S(station 1)  
Local : K1000S(station 1)  
Local : K1000S(station 1)  
P0, P1  
P0, P1  
P0, P1  
Single  
Remote  
OUT 16 points  
ꢝꢔ  ;ꢑꢇꢆꢋꢑꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢍꢘꢄꢆꢑꢍꢂꢑꢋꢎꢄꢋꢉ ꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉꢄꢆꢋꢑꢋꢎꢇꢐꢇꢑ  
%ꢉ6ꢁꢂ-/-)-)7ꢖꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ)ꢋꢅꢐꢇꢑꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢖ ꢃꢁꢅꢅꢇꢅꢈꢋꢒꢇꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ10 *ꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇ%ꢛC-ꢃꢁꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ  
ꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢐꢅꢄꢅꢇꢈꢘ(ꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢍꢘꢄ'++++ꢖꢄ'+)++ꢖꢄꢋꢉ ꢄ'+2++ꢄꢋꢑꢇꢋꢄꢐꢍꢄ;+ꢄꢋꢉ ꢄ;)ꢄꢋꢑꢇꢋꢄꢍꢘꢄ!)+++,(ꢅꢈꢋꢒꢇꢖꢄ!1++,(ꢅꢈꢋꢒꢇꢖ  
ꢋꢉ ꢄꢅꢁꢉꢂꢈꢇꢄꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄ%ꢛC-ꢄ  ꢚꢃꢁꢅꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢑꢇꢌꢇꢁꢒꢇꢅꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢍꢘꢄ;2ꢄꢋꢉ ꢄ;1ꢄꢋꢑꢇꢋꢄꢍꢘꢄ!)+++,(ꢅꢈꢋꢒꢇꢄꢋꢉ ꢄ!1++,(ꢅꢈꢋꢒꢇꢄꢁꢉꢐꢍ  
')+++ꢄꢋꢉ ꢄ'))++ꢄꢋꢑꢇꢋꢖꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢐꢅꢄꢐꢃꢁꢅꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢐꢍꢄꢎꢋꢅꢐꢇꢑꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ2ꢄꢍꢘꢄ!)+++,(<;8ꢄꢐꢃꢑꢍꢏꢂꢃꢄꢉꢇꢐꢓꢍꢑꢊꢄ4-ꢄ  ꢚꢍ  
ꢍꢄꢐꢃꢁꢅꢖꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ)ꢄꢅꢃꢍꢏꢈ ꢄꢔꢇꢄꢅꢇꢐꢄꢐꢍꢄꢎꢋꢅꢐꢇꢑꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢁꢉꢄ!)+++,(ꢅꢈꢋꢒꢇꢖꢄ!1++,(ꢅꢈꢋꢒꢇꢖꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢅꢁꢉꢂꢈꢇꢄꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄ%ꢛC-ꢄꢚꢃꢁꢅ  
ꢅꢇꢐꢅꢄꢎꢋꢅꢐꢇꢑꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢍꢘꢄꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄ%ꢛCꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢖꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢑꢇꢌꢇꢁꢒꢇꢅꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢍꢘꢄꢎꢋꢅꢐꢇꢑꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢍꢉꢈꢕꢄꢓꢃꢁꢌꢃꢄꢁꢅꢄꢅꢇꢐꢄꢁꢉ  
ꢅꢇꢈꢘ(ꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢐꢅꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢍꢘꢄꢅꢇꢈꢘ(ꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢐꢍꢄꢎꢋꢅꢐꢇꢑꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ-ꢄ4ꢘꢐꢇꢑꢄꢅꢇꢐꢐꢁꢉꢂꢄꢎꢋꢅꢐꢇꢑꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢖꢄꢆꢋꢑꢋꢎꢇꢐꢇꢑꢄꢅꢇꢐꢐꢁꢉꢂꢄꢁꢅ  
ꢉꢇꢇ ꢈꢇꢅꢅꢄ ꢁꢉꢄ ꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄ ꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢖꢄ ꢋꢉ  ꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃ ꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉ ꢍꢆꢇꢑꢋꢐꢇꢅꢄ ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢑ ꢁꢉꢂꢄ ꢐꢍꢄ ꢆꢋꢑꢋꢎꢇꢐꢇꢑꢄ ꢅꢇꢐꢐꢁꢉꢂꢄ ꢍꢘꢄ ꢎꢋꢅꢐꢇꢑꢄ ꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ  
ꢝ!)+++,(<;8ꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ) -ꢄ4ꢘꢐꢇꢑꢄꢅꢇꢐꢐꢁꢉꢂꢄꢆꢋꢑꢋꢎꢇꢐꢇꢑꢄꢍꢘꢄꢇꢋꢌꢃꢄꢍꢘꢄꢉꢇꢐꢓꢍꢑꢊꢄ4ꢄꢋꢉ ꢄAꢄꢋꢅꢄ6ꢁꢂ-ꢄ/ꢛ)ꢛ)Iꢖꢄ ꢍꢓꢉꢈꢍꢋ ꢄꢁꢐꢄꢐꢍ  
<;8ꢖꢇꢑꢁꢘꢕꢃꢇꢐꢃꢇꢑꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢅꢅꢁꢍꢉꢑꢇꢋ!)+++,ꢏꢐꢆꢏꢐꢐꢇ ꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ ꢉꢆꢏꢐꢋꢈꢏꢇ  
ꢅꢈꢋꢒꢇꢄ ꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢁꢅꢄ ꢑꢇꢌꢇꢁꢒꢇ  ꢁꢉꢐꢍꢄ ꢑꢇꢌꢇꢁꢒꢇꢄ ꢋꢑꢇꢋꢄ ꢍꢘꢄ !)+++,-ꢄ Hꢇꢑꢁꢘꢕꢄ ꢐꢃꢇꢄ ꢅꢐꢋꢐꢇꢄ ꢍꢘꢄ ꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃ ꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉ ꢔꢕꢄ ꢎꢍꢉꢁꢐꢍꢑꢁꢉꢂ  
ꢜ8&F#%&!ꢖꢄ#%&!FꢚꢜC8A#5ꢄꢝFꢀ,+ꢜ#%&!ꢖꢄFꢀ,+#ꢚꢜA# ꢄꢐꢃꢑꢍꢏꢂꢃꢄꢘꢈꢋꢂꢄꢎꢍꢉꢁꢐꢍꢑꢄꢁꢉꢄCꢉ(ꢈꢁꢉꢇꢄꢎꢇꢉꢏ-  
6ꢁꢂ-ꢄ/-)-)Iꢄꢁꢅꢄꢇꢗꢋꢎꢆꢈꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄꢈꢁꢉꢊꢄꢆꢋꢑꢋꢎꢇꢐꢇꢑꢄꢅꢇꢐꢐꢁꢉꢂꢄꢋꢌꢌꢍꢑ ꢁꢉꢂꢄꢐꢍꢄꢇꢋꢌꢃꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢍꢘꢄ5ꢗ-ꢄ1-  
ꢀꢁꢃꢂ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. Communication Function  
(a) High speed link parameter of master station 0 in network A  
(b) High speed link parameter of master station 2 in network A  
(c) High speed link parameter of master station 3 in network A  
Fig. 6.1.19 Example of parameter setting  
ꢀꢁꢃꢃ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. Communication Function  
Fig. 6.1.20 Slave Tx/Rx program  
6ꢁꢂ-/-)-2+!)+++,;#<ꢝ3ꢋꢅꢐꢇꢑ+ꢇꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉ ꢑꢍꢂꢑꢋꢎꢗꢋꢎꢆꢈꢇ1-%ꢍꢑꢎꢋꢈꢆꢇꢑꢋꢐꢁꢉꢂꢖꢍꢉꢒꢇꢑꢐꢅꢉꢆꢏꢐ  
ꢒꢋꢈꢏꢇꢇꢌꢇꢁꢒꢇ  ꢋꢐꢈꢋꢒꢇꢄ 1  ꢅꢈꢋꢒꢇ0ꢖꢄ ꢅꢇꢉ ꢋꢌꢊꢄ ꢐꢃꢇꢎꢍꢄ ꢍꢏꢐꢆꢏꢐꢑꢇꢋꢄ ꢍꢘꢈꢋꢒꢇꢄ 1  ꢅꢈꢋꢒꢇ0ꢖꢄ ꢌꢍꢏꢉꢐꢅꢄ ꢇꢑꢑꢍꢑ  
ꢍꢌꢌꢏꢑꢑꢁꢉꢂꢄꢘꢑꢇ9ꢏꢇꢉꢌꢕꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢅꢐꢍꢑꢇꢅꢄꢁꢐꢄꢋꢐꢄ'+2++ꢄꢋꢑꢇꢋꢄꢔꢕꢄꢎꢍꢉꢁꢐꢍꢑꢁꢉꢂꢄꢈꢁꢉꢊꢄꢐꢑꢍꢏꢔꢈꢇꢄꢌꢍꢉꢐꢋꢌꢐꢄꢆꢍꢁꢉꢐꢖꢄꢅꢇꢉ ꢅꢄꢁꢐꢄꢐꢍꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢍꢏꢐꢆꢏꢐ  
ꢋꢑꢇꢋꢄ ꢍꢘꢄ ꢅꢈꢋꢒꢇꢄ *-ꢄ ꢜꢏꢉ(ꢈꢁꢉꢊꢄ ꢋꢉ  ꢈꢁꢉꢊꢄ ꢐꢑꢍꢏꢔꢈꢇꢄ ꢌꢍꢉꢐꢋꢌꢐꢄ ꢆꢍꢁꢉꢐꢄ ꢅꢃꢍꢏꢈ  ꢏꢅꢇꢄ ꢐꢃꢇꢄ ꢒꢋꢈꢏꢇꢄ ꢍꢘꢄ ꢃꢁꢂꢃ(ꢅꢆꢇꢇ  ꢈꢁꢉꢊꢄ 2ꢖꢄ ꢋꢉ  
ꢎꢍꢉꢁꢐꢍꢑꢁꢉꢂꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢏꢅꢄꢍꢘꢄꢃꢁꢂꢃ(ꢅꢆꢇꢇ ꢄꢈꢁꢉꢊꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢁ ꢇꢉꢐꢁꢘꢕꢁꢉꢂꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢑꢇꢈꢁꢋꢔꢁꢈꢁꢐꢕꢄꢍꢘꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢍꢐꢃꢇꢑꢄꢆꢋꢑꢐꢄꢅꢃꢍꢏꢈ ꢄꢏꢅꢇꢄꢐꢃꢇꢅꢇꢄꢐꢓꢍ  
ꢁꢉꢘꢍꢑꢎꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢅ-  
ꢝꢌ  ;ꢑꢇꢆꢋꢑꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢍꢘꢄꢑꢇꢅꢐꢋꢑꢐꢁꢉꢂꢄꢆꢑꢍꢂꢑꢋꢎꢄꢓꢃꢇꢉꢄꢅꢈꢋꢒꢇꢄꢆꢍꢓꢇꢑꢄꢘꢋꢁꢈꢏꢑꢇꢄꢍꢌꢌꢏꢑꢑꢇ  
6ꢁꢂ-ꢄ /-)-2)ꢄ ꢁꢅꢄ ꢑꢇꢅꢐꢋꢑꢐꢁꢉꢂꢄ ꢆꢑꢍꢂꢑꢋꢎꢄ ꢓꢃꢇꢉꢄ ꢆꢍꢓꢇꢑꢄ ꢘꢋꢁꢈꢏꢑꢇꢄ ꢍꢘꢄ ꢅꢈꢋꢒꢇꢄ ꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ 1ꢄ ꢍꢌꢌꢏꢑꢑꢇ -ꢄ ,ꢈꢋꢒꢇꢄ ꢍꢇꢅꢉDꢐꢄ ꢃꢋꢒꢇꢄ ꢅꢇꢈꢘ(  
ꢆꢑꢍꢂꢑꢋꢎꢄꢋꢑꢇꢋꢖꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢚꢗꢛꢜꢗꢄꢆꢋꢑꢋꢎꢇꢐꢇꢑꢄꢁꢅꢄꢋꢏꢐꢍꢎꢋꢐꢁꢌꢋꢈꢈꢕꢄꢅꢇꢐꢄꢔꢕꢄꢃꢋꢑ ꢓꢋꢑꢇ-  
ꢀꢁꢃꢄ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. Communication Function  
ꢚꢃꢇꢑꢇꢘꢍꢑꢇꢖꢄ ꢓꢃꢇꢉꢄ ꢐꢃꢇꢄ ꢆꢍꢓꢇꢑꢄ ꢁꢅꢄ ꢌꢏꢐꢄ ꢍꢘꢘꢄ ꢋꢉ  ꢑꢇꢌꢍꢒꢇꢑꢇ  ꢁꢉꢅꢐꢋꢉꢐꢋꢉꢇꢍꢏꢅꢈꢕꢄ ꢁꢉꢄ ꢅꢈꢋꢒꢇꢖꢄ ꢅꢈꢋꢒꢇꢄ ꢎꢍꢉꢁꢐꢍꢑꢅꢄ ꢜ8&F#%&!  
ꢁꢉꢘꢍꢑꢎꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢍꢘꢄꢎꢍꢐꢃꢇꢑꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ-ꢄ%ꢘꢄꢜ8&F#%&!ꢄꢁꢅꢄBCꢉDꢖꢄꢅꢈꢋꢒꢇꢄ ꢍꢇꢅꢉDꢐꢄꢆꢇꢑꢘꢍꢑꢎꢄ%ꢛCꢄꢑꢇꢘꢑꢇꢅꢃꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢅꢐꢋꢉ ꢅꢄꢔꢕꢄꢓꢁꢐꢃꢄꢐꢃꢇ  
ꢅꢐꢋꢐꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄꢓꢃꢁꢌꢃꢄꢓꢋꢁꢐꢁꢉꢂꢄꢑꢇꢅꢇꢐꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢋꢉ ꢄꢍꢘꢄꢎꢋꢅꢐꢇꢑꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢖꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢍꢏꢐꢆꢏꢐꢄꢎꢍ ꢏꢈꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄꢅꢈꢋꢒꢇꢄꢎꢋꢁꢉꢐꢋꢁꢉꢅꢄꢑꢇꢅꢇꢐꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢇ-ꢄꢚꢃꢁꢅ  
ꢁꢅꢄꢋꢄꢘꢏꢉꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢐꢍꢄꢆꢑꢇꢒꢇꢉꢐꢄꢁꢉꢅꢐꢋꢉꢐꢋꢉꢇꢍꢏꢅꢄꢍꢏꢐꢆꢏꢐꢄꢘꢋꢁꢈꢏꢑꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄꢅꢕꢅꢐꢇꢎꢖꢄꢓꢃꢁꢌꢃꢄꢌꢋꢏꢅꢇ ꢄꢔꢕꢄꢁꢉꢅꢐꢋꢉꢐꢋꢉꢇꢍꢏꢅꢄꢆꢍꢓꢇꢑꢄꢘꢋꢁꢈꢏꢑꢇꢄꢍꢘ  
ꢅꢈꢋꢒꢇꢄ ꢏꢑꢁꢉꢂꢄꢁꢉꢐꢇꢑꢈꢍꢌꢊꢁꢉꢂꢄꢍꢆꢇꢑꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢍꢘꢄꢉꢇꢐꢓꢍꢑꢊ-ꢄ,ꢈꢋꢒꢇꢄꢑꢇꢅꢐꢋꢑꢐꢅꢄꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉꢄꢋꢐꢄꢐꢃꢋꢐꢄꢐꢁꢎꢇꢄꢓꢃꢇꢉꢄꢎꢋꢅꢐꢇꢑꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ  
ꢑꢇꢅꢇꢐꢅꢄꢌꢍꢑꢑꢇꢅꢆꢍꢉ ꢁꢉꢂꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢏꢅꢁꢉꢂꢄF6,3ꢉFꢜ5,5ꢚꢄꢘꢈꢋꢂꢄꢋꢅꢄ6ꢁꢂ-ꢄ/-)-2)ꢄꢁꢉꢄꢌꢋꢅꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄꢆꢍꢓꢇꢑꢄꢘꢋꢁꢈꢏꢑꢇ-  
Fig. 6.1.21 SLAVE3 POWER OFF START PROGRAM  
%ꢉꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢘꢁꢂꢏꢑꢇꢖꢄF6,3ꢉF,ꢚF&Cꢄꢁꢅꢄꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢄꢍꢘꢄꢅꢈꢋꢒꢇꢖꢄꢋꢉ ꢄF6,3ꢉFꢜ5,5ꢚꢄꢑꢇꢅꢇꢐꢅꢄꢌꢍꢑꢑꢇꢅꢆꢍꢉ ꢁꢉꢂꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ-ꢄ%ꢘꢄꢐꢃꢁꢅꢄꢁꢅ  
B)Dꢖꢄꢌꢍꢑꢑꢇꢅꢆꢍꢉ ꢁꢉꢂꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢁꢅꢄꢑꢇꢅꢇꢐꢖꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢁꢘꢄꢐꢃꢁꢅꢄꢁꢅꢄB+Dꢖꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢁꢅꢄꢑꢇꢅꢐꢍꢑꢇ ꢄꢐꢍꢄꢉꢍꢑꢎꢋꢈꢄꢍꢆꢇꢑꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ-ꢄꢀꢇꢑꢇꢖꢄBꢉDꢄꢁꢅꢄꢅꢈꢍꢐ  
ꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢃꢋꢐꢋꢅꢐꢇꢑꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢍꢏꢉꢐꢇ  ꢃꢁꢅꢋꢉꢇꢐꢑꢍꢎ+@-ꢃꢁꢅꢇꢅꢇꢐꢑꢍꢂꢑꢋꢎꢈꢋꢒꢇ1  
ꢜ8&F#%&!ꢄꢁꢅꢄB)DꢖꢄFꢀ,2ꢚꢜ?ꢄꢁꢅꢄB)Dꢖꢄꢋꢉ ꢄFꢀ,23C'5ꢄꢋꢉ ꢄFꢀ,25ꢜꢜꢄꢋꢑꢇꢄB+Dꢖꢄꢐꢃꢁꢅꢄꢎꢇꢋꢉꢅꢄꢐꢃꢋꢐꢄꢆꢍꢓꢇꢑꢄꢍꢘꢄꢅꢈꢋꢒꢇꢄꢁꢅ  
ꢌꢏꢐꢘꢘ ꢇꢌꢍꢒꢇꢑꢇ -ꢃꢇꢑꢇꢘꢍꢑꢇꢖꢈꢋꢒꢇ1ꢍꢒꢇ F6,3)F,ꢚF&Cꢖ ꢈꢋꢒꢇꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢇꢅꢇꢐꢇꢐꢐꢁꢉꢂ  
F6,3)Fꢄꢜ5,5ꢚꢄꢐꢍꢄB)D-ꢄ%ꢘꢄFꢀ,23C'5ꢄꢋꢉ ꢄFꢀ,2ꢚꢜ?ꢄꢋꢑꢇꢄB)Dꢖꢄꢅꢈꢋꢒꢇꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢁꢅꢄꢑꢇꢌꢍꢒꢇꢑꢇ ꢄꢔꢕꢄꢅꢇꢐꢐꢁꢉꢂꢄF6,3)F  
ꢜ5,5ꢚB+D-ꢄ4ꢑꢑꢋꢕꢄꢒꢋꢈꢏꢇꢅꢄꢍꢘꢄꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉꢄꢁꢉ ꢁꢒꢁ ꢏꢋꢈꢉꢘꢍꢑꢎꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢝꢒꢋꢈꢏꢇꢅꢁꢉꢄ=ꢄ> ꢄꢅꢃꢍꢏꢈ ꢄꢔꢇꢄꢁ ꢇꢉꢐꢁꢌꢋꢈꢄꢓꢁꢐꢃ  
ꢆꢋꢑꢋꢎꢇꢐꢇꢑꢄꢑꢇꢂꢁꢅꢐꢑꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢄꢍꢘꢄꢌꢍꢑꢑꢇꢅꢆꢍꢉ ꢁꢉꢂꢄꢅꢈꢋꢒꢇ-ꢄ%ꢘꢄꢎꢋꢉꢕꢄꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢅꢄꢋꢑꢇꢄꢑꢇꢂꢁꢅꢐꢇꢑꢇ ꢖꢄꢏꢅꢇꢑꢄꢌꢋꢉꢄꢅꢇꢈꢇꢌꢐꢄꢍꢉꢇꢄꢍꢘ  
ꢐꢃꢇꢎ-  
%ꢉꢄ6ꢁꢂ-ꢄ/-)-2)ꢖꢄB=)>Dꢄꢁꢅꢄꢏꢅꢇ ꢄꢔꢇꢐꢓꢇꢇꢉꢄꢑꢇꢂꢁꢅꢐꢑꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢄ+ꢄꢋꢉ ꢄ)-  
6ꢁꢂ-/-)-22ꢗꢋꢎꢆꢈꢇꢈꢋꢒꢇ0ꢍꢓꢇꢑꢘꢘꢐꢋꢑꢐꢑꢍꢂꢑꢋꢎ-%ꢑꢍꢂꢑꢋꢎꢁꢊꢇꢃꢁꢅꢇꢐꢈꢈꢈꢋꢒꢇꢄ ꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢖ  
ꢑꢇꢈꢁꢋꢔꢈꢇꢄꢁꢉꢐꢇꢑꢈꢍꢌꢊꢁꢉꢂꢄꢍꢆꢇꢑꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢍꢘꢄꢇꢉꢐꢁꢑꢇꢄꢉꢇꢐꢓꢍꢑꢊꢄꢌꢋꢉꢄꢔꢇꢄꢂꢏꢋꢑꢋꢉꢐꢇꢇ -  
ꢀꢁꢃꢅ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. Communication Function  
Fig. 6.1.22 SLAVE4 POWER OFF START PROGRAM  
ꢀꢁꢃꢆ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. Communication Function  
6.2 Communication instructions  
6.2.1 Introduction  
<ꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢁꢉꢅꢐꢑꢏꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢌꢋꢉꢄꢔꢇꢄꢏꢅꢇ ꢄꢐꢍꢄꢓꢑꢁꢐꢇꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢍꢘꢄꢅꢇꢈꢘꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢐꢍꢄꢋꢉꢄꢋꢑꢇꢋꢄꢍꢘꢄꢍꢐꢃꢇꢑꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢍꢑꢄꢐꢍꢄꢑꢇꢋ  ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢍꢘ  
ꢋꢉꢄꢋꢑꢇꢋꢄꢍꢘꢄꢍꢐꢃꢇꢑꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ-ꢄꢚꢃꢇꢕꢄꢌꢋꢉꢄꢋꢈꢅꢍꢄꢔꢇꢄꢏꢅꢇ ꢄꢐꢍꢄꢌꢃꢇꢌꢊꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄ;#<ꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄꢍꢐꢃꢇꢑꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢖꢄꢍꢑꢄꢐꢍꢄꢇꢅꢐꢋꢔꢈꢁꢅꢃꢄꢈꢍꢂꢁꢌꢋꢈ  
ꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢌꢃꢋꢉꢉꢇꢈꢄ ꢓꢃꢁꢌꢃꢄ ꢎꢋꢕꢄ ꢔꢇꢄ ꢏꢅꢇ  ꢘꢍꢑꢄ ꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢓꢁꢐꢃꢄ ;#<ꢄ ꢍꢘꢄ ꢍꢐꢃꢇꢑꢄ ꢌꢍꢎꢆꢋꢉꢕꢖꢄ ꢍꢑꢄ ꢐꢍꢄ ꢋꢌꢌꢇꢅꢅ  
ꢅꢆꢇꢌꢁꢋꢈꢄꢎꢍ ꢏꢈꢇ-ꢄꢚꢃꢁꢅꢄꢌꢃꢋꢆꢐꢇꢑꢄꢇꢗꢆꢈꢋꢁꢉꢅꢄꢐꢕꢆꢇꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢏꢅꢁꢉꢂꢄꢎꢇꢐꢃꢍ ꢄꢍꢘꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢋꢉ ꢅꢄꢆꢑꢍꢒꢁ  ꢄꢐꢍꢄꢏꢅꢇꢑ-  
6.2.2 Using sequence of communication instructions  
Project  
Creates a new project or open existing project in KGL screen  
Creates or opens program  
ꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀ↓  
Check station number, slot position, I/O module address, etc.  
of communication module in self station and other station, and  
prepares relevant flag combined with program for emergency  
Preparation of program  
Prepares program with  
Ladder/Mnemonic  
ꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀ↓  
On-line connection  
Local connection  
ꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀ↓  
Download  
Download  
Parameter and program  
ꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀ↓  
Mode switch  
Configure in other station(if other station is remote  
station, this is unnessary)  
Operation mode to RUN  
6.2.3 Type of communication commands  
<ꢍꢎꢎꢋꢉ ꢃꢋꢐꢑꢇꢅꢇ ꢉꢄꢆꢑꢇꢆꢋꢑꢁꢉꢂꢑꢍꢂꢑꢋꢎꢑꢇꢈꢋꢅꢅꢁꢘꢁꢇ 0ꢍꢎꢎꢋꢉ ꢌꢌꢍꢑ ꢁꢉꢂꢅꢋꢂꢇ-54'  
$ꢜ%ꢚ5ꢄꢌꢋꢉꢄꢔꢇꢄꢏꢅꢇ ꢄꢁꢉꢄ6ꢉꢇꢐꢄꢋꢉ ꢄ3ꢉꢇꢐꢖꢄꢋꢉ ꢄ<C&&5<ꢚꢄꢌꢋꢉꢄꢔꢇꢄꢏꢅꢇ ꢄꢁꢉꢄ3ꢉꢇꢐꢄꢍꢉꢈꢕ-ꢄꢜ;8ꢚꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢜ"5ꢚꢄꢁꢅꢄꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇ  
ꢍꢉꢈꢕꢄ ꢌꢍꢎꢎꢋꢉ ꢖꢄ ꢋꢉ  ꢐꢃꢁꢅꢄ ꢌꢋꢉꢄ ꢔꢇꢄ ꢏꢅꢇ  ꢁꢉꢄ ꢜA54ꢄ ꢋꢉ  ꢜAC4ꢄ ꢍꢉꢈꢕ-ꢄ ꢚꢋꢔꢈꢇꢄ /-2-)ꢄ ꢅꢃꢍꢓꢅꢄ ꢐꢕꢆꢇꢄ ꢋꢉ  ꢏꢅꢋꢂꢇꢄ ꢍꢘ  
ꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢋꢉ ꢅ-  
ꢀꢁꢃꢀ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. Communication Function  
Table 2.2.1 Type of communication command  
Type  
READ,  
WRITE  
Usage  
Available unit  
Reads data of other station or writes data to other station  
Checks present status of MASTER-K PLC  
FUEA, FUOA,  
MUEA  
STATUS  
RPUT, RGET Reads or writes data in internal memory of special module  
RBEA, RBOA  
ꢝꢋ  ꢜ54'  
ꢚꢃꢁꢅꢄꢁꢅꢄꢏꢅꢇ ꢄꢐꢍꢄꢑꢇꢋ  ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢍꢘꢄꢁꢉ ꢁꢌꢋꢐꢇ ꢄꢋꢑꢇꢋꢄꢁꢉꢄꢍꢐꢃꢇꢑꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢖꢄꢎꢁꢉ-ꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢏꢉꢁꢐꢄꢁꢅꢄ)ꢄꢓꢍꢑ ꢖꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢅꢇꢐꢐꢁꢉꢂꢄꢍꢘꢄꢍꢆꢇꢑꢋꢉ  
ꢁꢅꢄꢋꢅꢄꢘꢍꢈꢈꢍꢓꢅ.  
               
ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢁꢀꢕꢖꢗꢘꢀ  ꢙꢔꢀꢙꢑꢀ  ꢘꢀ    ꢋꢀ  ꢂ  
Table 6.2.2 Operand setting of READ command  
Operand  
Contents  
Slot number of FUEA to read  
Available area  
Integer from 0 to 7  
sl  
st  
D
Other station number to read  
M, P, K, L, F, T, C, D, #D(see Remark)  
M, P, K, L, T, C, D, #D  
M, P, K, L, F, T, C, D  
Integer, D  
Area of self station to store data which is read  
Other station area to read  
S
n
Word number of data to read  
SS  
Indication of link status information(see Remark)  
M, P, K, L, T, C, D, #D  
Remark  
Area of st can’t be set with decimal and occupies 4 word, and this shouldn’t be duplicated, so user should  
note this.  
,ꢐꢑꢏꢌꢐꢏꢑꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄ,,ꢝ#ꢁꢉꢊꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢏꢅꢄꢁꢉꢘꢍꢑꢎꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢋꢑꢇꢋ ꢄꢁꢅꢄꢋꢅꢄꢘꢍꢈꢈꢍꢓꢅ.  
ꢝꢁ ꢝꢖ  
ꢝꢆ   
                                                                                                 
ꢑꢏꢑꢛꢙꢀꢜꢋꢍꢌꢉꢐꢏꢑꢂꢌꢋ ꢖꢉꢉꢌꢉ ꢚꢘꢕ  
Fig. 6.2.1 Structure of SS  
ꢀꢁꢃꢇ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. Communication Function  
 &'ꢜ  
. ꢚꢃꢇꢄꢈꢍꢓꢇꢅꢐꢄꢔꢁꢐꢄꢍꢘꢄ,,ꢖꢄꢐꢃꢁꢅꢄꢁꢅꢄBCꢉDꢄꢘꢍꢑꢄ)ꢄꢅꢌꢋꢉꢄꢋꢘꢐꢇꢑꢄꢑꢇꢌꢇꢁꢒꢁꢉꢂꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢉꢍꢑꢎꢋꢈꢈꢕꢖꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢎꢋꢁꢉꢐꢋꢁꢉꢅ  
BCꢘꢘDꢄꢏꢉꢐꢁꢈꢄꢑꢇꢌꢇꢁꢒꢁꢉꢂꢄꢉꢇꢓꢄ ꢋꢐꢋ-  
5ꢑꢑꢍꢑ . %ꢘꢄꢇꢑꢑꢍꢑꢄꢍꢌꢌꢏꢑꢑꢇ ꢄꢋꢘꢐꢇꢑꢄꢇꢗꢇꢌꢏꢐꢁꢉꢂꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢋꢉ ꢖꢄꢐꢃꢁꢅꢄꢁꢅꢄBCꢉDꢄꢘꢍꢑꢄ)ꢄꢅꢌꢋꢉ-ꢄ'ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢁꢅ  
ꢉꢍꢐꢄꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢐꢐꢇ ꢄꢍꢑꢄꢑꢇꢌꢇꢁꢒꢇ ꢖꢄꢓꢃꢇꢉꢄꢇꢑꢑꢍꢑꢄꢍꢌꢌꢏꢑꢑꢇ -  
,ꢐꢋꢐꢏꢅ . %ꢘꢑꢑꢍꢑꢁꢐBCꢉDꢖꢃꢁꢅꢗꢆꢑꢇꢅꢅꢇꢅꢄ ꢇꢐꢋꢁꢈꢇ  ꢋꢈꢏꢇꢑꢑꢍꢑꢖ ꢋꢁꢉꢐꢋꢁꢉꢅꢃꢁꢅꢋꢈꢏꢇ  
ꢏꢉꢐꢁꢈꢄ&'ꢜꢄꢁꢅꢄꢅꢇꢐꢄꢐꢍꢄBCꢉDꢄꢉꢍꢑꢎꢋꢈꢈꢕꢄꢍꢑꢄ5ꢑꢑꢍꢑꢄAꢁꢐꢄꢁꢅꢄꢅꢇꢐꢄꢐꢍꢄBCꢉD-  
ꢝꢔ  $ꢜ%ꢚ5  
ꢚꢃꢁꢅꢄꢁꢅꢄꢏꢅꢇ ꢄꢐꢍꢄꢓꢑꢁꢐꢇꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢍꢘꢄꢅꢇꢈꢘꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢐꢍꢄꢋꢑꢇꢋꢄꢍꢘꢄꢍꢐꢃꢇꢑꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ-ꢄ6ꢍꢑꢎꢋꢐꢄꢁꢅꢄꢋꢅꢄꢘꢍꢈꢈꢍꢓꢅ.  
ꢀ!ꢕꢜ"ꢖꢀ  ꢙꢔꢀ  ꢙꢑꢀ  ꢘꢀ    ꢋꢀ  ꢂ  
Table 6.2.3 Operand setting of WRITE command  
Operand  
Contents  
Slot number of FUEA to write  
Available area  
sl  
st  
D
Integer from 0 to 7  
M, P, K, L, F, T, C, D, #D  
M, P, K, L, T, C, D, #D  
M, P, K, L, F, T, C, D  
Integer, D  
Other station number to write  
CPU area of self station to write  
Other station area to store data which is written  
Number of data words to write  
S
n
SS  
Indication of link status information  
M, P, K, L, T, C, D, #D  
,ꢆꢇꢌꢁꢘꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢅꢄꢍꢘꢄꢅꢐꢄꢁꢅꢄꢁ ꢇꢉꢐꢁꢌꢋꢈꢄꢓꢁꢐꢃꢄꢜ54'ꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢋꢉ ꢖꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢅꢆꢇꢌꢁꢘꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢅꢄꢍꢘꢄ,,ꢄꢁꢅꢄꢋꢅꢄꢘꢍꢈꢈꢍꢓꢅ.  
ꢝꢖ  
ꢝꢁ  
ꢝꢆ   
                                                                                                 
 ꢖꢉꢉꢌꢉ ꢚꢘꢕ  
ꢑꢏꢑꢛꢙꢀꢜꢋꢍꢌꢉꢐꢏꢑꢂꢌꢋ  
Fig. 6.2 Structure of SS  
'C&5ꢄ.ꢄ %ꢘꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢁꢅꢄꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢐꢐꢇ ꢄꢉꢍꢑꢎꢋꢈꢈꢕꢄꢋꢘꢐꢇꢑꢄꢇꢗꢇꢌꢏꢐꢁꢉꢂꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢋꢉ ꢖꢄꢐꢃꢁꢅꢄꢔꢁꢐꢄꢁꢅꢄꢅꢇꢐꢄꢐꢍꢄBCꢉD-  
ꢚꢃꢁꢅꢄꢁꢅꢄBCꢉDꢄꢘꢍꢑꢄ)ꢄꢅꢌꢋꢉꢄꢈꢁꢊꢇꢄ&'ꢜ-  
,ꢐꢋꢐꢏꢅꢖꢄ5ꢑꢑꢍꢑꢄ.ꢄꢚꢃꢇꢅꢇꢄꢋꢑꢇꢄꢁ ꢇꢉꢐꢁꢌꢋꢈꢄꢓꢁꢐꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢌꢁꢘꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢅꢄꢍꢘꢄꢜ54'-  
ꢀꢁꢃ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. Communication Function  
ꢝꢌ  ,ꢚ4ꢚ8,  
ꢚꢃꢁꢅꢄꢁꢅꢄꢏꢅꢇ ꢄꢐꢍꢄꢌꢃꢇꢌꢊꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄꢍꢐꢃꢇꢑꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢘꢍꢑꢄꢌꢍꢉꢐꢑꢍꢈꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢎꢍꢉꢁꢐꢍꢑꢄꢍꢘꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢅꢕꢅꢐꢇꢎ-ꢄCꢆꢇꢑꢋꢉ ꢄꢅꢇꢐꢐꢁꢉꢂꢄꢁꢅꢄꢋꢅ  
ꢘꢍꢈꢈꢍꢓꢅ.  
ꢁꢀ ꢀ  "ꢗ"#   ꢙꢔꢀ  ꢙꢑꢀ  ꢘꢀ     ꢂ  
Table 6.2.4 Operand setting of STATUS command  
Operand  
Contents  
Available area  
Integer from 0 to 7  
Sl  
St  
D
Slot number of FUEA to read information  
Other station number to read information  
Area of self station(10word) to store data which is read  
Indication of link status information  
M, P, K, L, F, T, C, D, #D  
M, P, K, L, T, C, D, #D  
M, P, K, L, F, T, C, D  
SS  
ꢚꢃꢇꢄꢅꢆꢇꢌꢁꢘꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢅꢄꢍꢘꢄꢅꢈꢖꢄꢅꢐꢖꢄꢋꢉ ꢄ,,ꢄꢋꢑꢇꢄꢁ ꢇꢉꢐꢁꢌꢋꢈꢄꢓꢁꢐꢃꢄꢜ54'ꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢋꢉ ꢖꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢁꢉꢘꢍꢑꢎꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢍꢘꢄꢍꢐꢃꢇꢑ  
ꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢁꢅꢄꢅꢃꢍꢓꢉꢄꢁꢉꢄ'ꢄꢐꢃꢑꢍꢏꢂꢃꢄ)+ꢄꢓꢍꢑ -ꢄ,ꢇꢇꢄ4ꢆꢆꢇꢉ ꢁꢗꢄ41-1ꢄꢘꢍꢑꢄ ꢇꢐꢋꢁꢈꢇ ꢄꢁꢉꢘꢍꢑꢎꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢍꢘꢄB'D-  
    ꢜ"5ꢚ  
ꢚꢃꢁꢅꢅꢇ ꢇꢋ ꢃꢇꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢆꢇꢌꢁꢋꢈ ꢏꢈꢇꢍꢏꢉꢐꢇ ꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢖ ꢃꢁꢅꢐꢍꢑꢇꢅꢍꢉꢐꢇꢉꢐꢅ  
ꢁꢉꢐꢇꢑꢉꢋꢈꢇꢎꢍꢑꢕꢆꢇꢌꢁꢋꢈ ꢏꢈꢇꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢉꢐꢍꢑꢇꢋꢇꢈꢘꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ-,ꢇꢐꢐꢁꢉꢂꢆꢇꢑꢋꢉ   
ꢘꢍꢈꢈꢍꢓꢅ.  
ꢀꢕ$ꢖ"ꢀ   ꢙꢔꢀꢙꢑꢀ  ꢘꢀ    ꢋꢀ    ꢂ  
Table 6.2.6 Operand setting of RGET instruction  
Operand  
Contents  
Available area  
Integer (Hexadecimal)  
sl  
St  
D
See Remark  
See Remark  
Integer (Hexadecimal)  
M, P, K, L, T, C, D, #D  
Area of self station to store data which is read  
Internal memory area of special module in remote station  
to read  
S
Integer  
n
Number of data word to read  
Integer, D  
SS  
Indication of link status information  
M, P, K, L, T, C, D, #D  
ꢀꢁꢃꢈ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. Communication Function  
Remark  
Hexadecimal is used in setting of sl and st, and standard format is as follows:  
ꢑꢉꢛꢈꢑꢛꢉꢊꢀꢌꢍꢀꢙꢔ  
%
 ꢗꢀ& 'ꢀꢘ  
ꢑꢉꢛꢈꢑꢛꢉꢊꢀꢌꢍꢀꢙꢑ  
%
ꢗꢀ&  
'ꢀꢘ  
Upper(AB) : Type of special module in remote station.  
Upper(AB) : Slot number that special module is  
mounted  
Lower(CD) : Slot number of FUEA  
Lower(CD) : Station number of RBEA  
<ꢍ ꢇꢄꢒꢋꢈꢏꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄꢅꢆꢇꢌꢁꢋꢈꢄꢎꢍ ꢏꢈꢇꢄꢋꢅꢄꢚꢋꢔꢈꢇꢄ/-2-/ꢄꢌꢋꢉꢄꢔꢇꢄꢁꢉꢆꢏꢐꢐꢇ ꢄꢘꢍꢑꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢒꢋꢈꢏꢇꢄꢏꢅꢇ ꢄꢁꢉꢄꢅꢈꢄꢅꢐꢑꢏꢌꢐꢏꢑꢇ-  
Table 6.2.7 Code value of special module  
Module  
K7F-  
AD4A  
K7F-  
AD3A  
K7F-  
AD4B  
K7F-  
DI4A  
K7F-  
DI3A  
K7F-  
DV4A  
K7F-  
DV3A  
K7F-  
TC4A  
K7F-  
RD3A  
(K1000S)  
Code  
value  
h00  
h40  
h0A  
h01  
h41  
h02  
h42  
h03  
h04  
Module  
K4F-  
AD2A  
K4F-  
AD3A  
K4F-  
DA1A  
K4F-  
DV2A  
K4F-  
DV3A  
K4F-  
DI2A  
K4F-  
DI3A  
K4F-  
TC2A  
K4F-  
RD2A  
(K300S/200S)  
Code  
value  
h80  
hC0  
h81  
hC3  
hC4  
hC1  
hC2  
h83  
h84  
ꢝꢇ  ꢜ;8ꢚ  
ꢚꢃꢁꢅꢄꢁꢅꢄꢏꢅꢇ ꢄꢐꢍꢄꢓꢑꢁꢐꢇꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢐꢍꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢍꢉꢄꢎꢇꢎꢍꢑꢕꢄꢍꢘꢄꢅꢆꢇꢌꢁꢋꢈꢄꢌꢋꢑ ꢄꢎꢍꢏꢉꢐꢇ ꢄꢁꢉꢄꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢖꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢅꢇꢐꢐꢁꢉꢂꢄꢍꢘ  
ꢍꢆꢇꢑꢋꢉ ꢄꢁꢅꢄꢋꢅꢄꢘꢍꢈꢈꢍꢓꢅꢝꢅꢆꢇꢌꢁꢘꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢅꢄꢍꢘꢄꢅꢈꢖꢄꢅꢐꢖꢄꢋꢉ ꢄ,,ꢄꢋꢑꢇꢄꢁ ꢇꢉꢐꢁꢌꢋꢈꢄꢓꢁꢐꢃꢄꢜ"5ꢚ .  
ꢀꢕ(#"ꢀ   ꢙꢔꢀꢙꢑꢀ  ꢘꢀ    ꢋꢀ    ꢂ  
Table 6.2.8 Operand setting of RPUT command  
Operand  
Contents  
Available area  
M, P, K, L, T, C, D, #D  
Integer  
D
S
Area of self station to store data which is written  
Internal memory area of special module in remote station to write  
Number of data words to write  
N
Integer, D  
SS  
Indication of link status information  
M, P, K, L, T, C, D, #D  
ꢀꢁꢄꢉ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. Communication Function  
6.2.4 Usage of read/write commands in Fnet PLC + PLC system  
ꢚꢃꢁꢅꢄꢌꢃꢋꢆꢐꢇꢑꢄꢇꢗꢆꢈꢋꢁꢉꢅꢄꢋꢉꢄꢇꢗꢋꢎꢆꢈꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄꢆꢑꢍꢂꢑꢋꢎꢄꢐꢍꢄꢔꢇꢄ ꢍꢓꢉꢈꢍꢋ  ꢄꢘꢍꢑꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢓꢁꢐꢃꢄ!)+++,ꢄ<;8ꢝꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ  
+ ꢄꢅꢃꢍꢓꢉꢄꢁꢉꢄ<ꢃꢋꢆꢐꢇꢑꢄ*-2-2ꢄꢅꢐꢑꢏꢌꢐꢏꢑꢇꢍꢘꢄ34,ꢚ5ꢜ(!ꢄ6ꢉꢇꢐꢄꢎꢋꢅꢐꢇꢑꢄꢅꢕꢅꢐꢇꢎꢝꢍꢆꢐꢁꢌꢋꢈꢄꢉꢇꢐꢓꢍꢑꢊ -  
ꢚꢃꢁꢅꢄ ꢆꢑꢍꢂꢑꢋꢎꢄ ꢁꢅꢄ ꢎꢋ ꢇꢄ ꢐꢍꢄ ꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢇꢄ ꢐꢍꢂꢇꢐꢃꢇꢑꢄ ꢓꢁꢐꢃꢄ !)+++,ꢄ <;8ꢝꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ ) ꢄ ꢋꢉ  !)+++,ꢄ <;8ꢝꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ 2  
ꢐꢃꢑꢍꢏꢂꢃ6ꢉꢇꢐꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ ꢏꢈꢇꢃꢁꢌꢃꢍꢏꢉꢐꢇ ꢋꢁꢉꢍꢋꢑ ꢇꢈꢘꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢅꢁꢉꢂ54'ꢖ$ꢜ%ꢚ5  
ꢌꢍꢎꢎꢋꢉ ꢄꢁꢉꢄ!)+++,ꢄ<;8ꢝꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ+  
4ꢘꢐꢇꢑꢄꢌꢑꢇꢋꢐꢁꢉꢂꢄꢍꢑꢄꢍꢆꢇꢉꢁꢉꢂꢄꢋꢄꢆꢑꢍ:ꢇꢌꢐꢖꢄꢇ ꢁꢐꢄꢋꢄꢆꢑꢍꢂꢑꢋꢎꢄꢋꢅꢄꢘꢍꢈꢈꢍꢓꢁꢉꢂꢄ.  
. ,ꢐꢍꢑꢇꢅꢄ)ꢄꢐꢍꢄ'++++ꢄꢐꢍꢄꢅꢇꢐꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢄꢍꢘꢄ!)+++,ꢝꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ)  
. ,ꢐꢍꢑꢇꢅꢄ2ꢄꢐꢍꢄ'+++0ꢄꢐꢍꢄꢅꢇꢐꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢄꢍꢘꢄ!)+++,ꢝꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ2 ꢄꢝ0ꢄꢓꢍꢑ ꢄꢍꢘꢄ'++++ꢄLꢄ'+++1ꢄꢋꢑꢇꢄ ꢇꢒꢁꢌꢇꢅ  
ꢘꢍꢑꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ)ꢖꢄꢋꢉ ꢄ'+++0ꢄLꢄ'+++@ꢄꢋꢑꢇꢄ ꢇꢒꢁꢌꢇꢅꢄꢘꢍꢑꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ2  
. ꢜꢇꢋ ꢅꢄ)+ꢄꢓꢍꢑ ꢄꢘꢑꢍꢎꢄ'+)++ꢄꢍꢘꢄ6854ꢄꢓꢃꢁꢌꢃꢄꢃꢋꢅꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢄ)ꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢁꢅꢄꢅꢇꢐꢄꢐꢍꢄ'++++ꢄꢐꢃꢑꢍꢏꢂꢃꢄ6854  
ꢍꢘꢄꢅꢈꢍꢐꢄ+ꢖꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢅꢐꢍꢑꢇꢅꢄꢐꢃꢇꢎꢄꢘꢑꢍꢎꢄ'+*++ꢄꢐꢍꢄ'+*+Iꢄꢍꢘꢄꢅꢇꢈꢘꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢝ3+++ꢄꢅꢃꢍꢓꢅꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢌꢍꢉ ꢁꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢓꢃꢇꢐꢃꢇꢑ  
ꢜ54'ꢄꢁꢉꢅꢐꢑꢏꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢇꢗꢇꢌꢏꢐꢇ ꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢍꢑꢄꢉꢍꢐ  
. $ꢑꢁꢐꢇꢅꢄ*ꢄꢓꢍꢑ ꢄꢘꢑꢍꢎꢄ'+*++ꢄꢍꢘꢄꢅꢇꢈꢘꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢋꢑꢇꢋꢄꢓꢃꢁꢌꢃꢄꢁꢅꢄꢅꢇꢐꢄꢐꢃꢑꢍꢏꢂꢃꢄ6854ꢄꢍꢘꢄꢅꢈꢍꢐꢄ+ꢄꢁꢉꢐꢍꢄ*ꢄꢓꢍꢑ ꢖꢄꢘꢑꢍꢎ  
'1+++ꢄꢐꢍꢄ1++0ꢖꢄꢍꢘꢄ6854ꢄꢓꢃꢁꢌꢃꢄꢃꢋꢅꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢄ1ꢄꢝ3++)ꢄꢅꢃꢍꢓꢅꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢌꢍꢉ ꢁꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢓꢃꢇꢐꢃꢇꢑꢄ$ꢜ%ꢚ5  
ꢁꢉꢅꢐꢑꢏꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢇꢗꢇꢌꢏꢐꢇ ꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢍꢑꢄꢉꢍꢐ  
. <ꢃꢇꢌꢊꢅꢄꢜ54'ꢄꢋꢉ ꢄ$ꢜ%ꢚ5ꢄꢁꢉꢅꢐꢑꢏꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉ  
. <ꢃꢇꢌꢊꢅꢄ&'ꢜꢄꢍꢘꢄꢜ54'ꢄꢁꢉꢅꢐꢑꢏꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉ  
. <ꢃꢇꢌꢊꢅꢄ'C&5ꢄꢍꢘꢄ$ꢜ%ꢚ5ꢄꢁꢉꢅꢐꢑꢏꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉ  
. <ꢃꢇꢌꢊꢅꢄꢇꢑꢑꢍꢑꢄꢍꢘꢄꢜ54'ꢄꢁꢉꢅꢐꢑꢏꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉ  
. <ꢃꢇꢌꢊꢅꢄꢇꢑꢑꢍꢑꢄꢍꢘꢄ$ꢜ%ꢚ5ꢄꢁꢉꢅꢐꢑꢏꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉ  
ꢀꢁꢄꢂ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. Communication Function  
6.2.5 Usage of RGET/RPUT in Fnet PLC + remote I/O(special module)  
ꢚꢃꢁꢅꢄꢌꢃꢋꢆꢐꢇꢑꢄꢇꢗꢆꢈꢋꢁꢉꢅꢄꢋꢉꢄꢇꢗꢋꢎꢆꢈꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄꢆꢑꢍꢂꢑꢋꢎꢄꢐꢍꢄꢔꢇꢄ ꢍꢓꢉꢈꢍꢋ  ꢄꢐꢍꢄ!)+++,ꢄ<;8ꢝꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ+ ꢄꢅꢃꢍꢓꢉꢄꢁꢉꢄ<ꢃꢋꢆꢐꢇꢑ  
*-2-0ꢄ ꢅꢐꢑꢏꢌꢐꢏꢑꢇꢄ ꢍꢘꢄ 34,ꢚ5ꢜ(!ꢄ 6ꢉꢇꢐꢄ ꢅꢈꢋꢒꢇꢄ ꢅꢕꢅꢐꢇꢎꢝꢇꢈꢇꢌꢐꢑꢁꢌꢄ ꢉꢇꢐꢓꢍꢑꢊ -ꢄ ꢚꢃꢁꢅꢄ ꢆꢑꢍꢂꢑꢋꢎꢄ ꢁꢉꢁꢐꢁꢋꢈꢁꢙꢇꢅꢄ ꢅꢆꢇꢌꢁꢋꢈ  
ꢎꢍ ꢏꢈꢇꢝ4ꢛ' ꢄꢎꢍꢏꢉꢐꢇ ꢄꢁꢉꢄꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄ%ꢛCꢄꢐꢃꢋꢐꢄꢈꢍꢌꢋꢈꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢁꢅꢄꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢇ ꢄꢓꢁꢐꢃꢄꢉꢇꢐꢓꢍꢑꢊꢖꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢅꢐꢍꢑꢇꢅꢄꢁꢉꢐꢇꢑꢉꢋꢈꢄꢎꢇꢎꢍꢑꢕ  
ꢁꢉꢘꢍꢑꢎꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢍꢘꢄꢅꢆꢇꢌꢁꢋꢈꢄꢎꢍ ꢏꢈꢇꢝ4ꢛ' ꢄꢐꢍꢄꢅꢇꢈꢘꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ-  
ꢁꢃꢁ . $ꢑꢁꢐꢇꢅꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢅꢇꢐꢐꢁꢉꢂ  
ꢁꢃꢁ . $ꢑꢁꢐꢇꢅ'+)++ '+)+)ꢑꢇꢋꢅꢇꢈꢘꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ&ꢍ-+ &ꢍ-)1ꢍꢎꢎꢍꢉꢇꢎꢍꢑꢕꢆꢇꢌꢁꢋꢈ  
ꢎꢍ ꢏꢈꢇꢝ4ꢛ' ꢄꢎꢍꢏꢉꢐꢇ ꢄꢁꢉꢄꢅꢈꢍꢐꢄ+ꢄꢍꢘꢄꢜA54ꢄꢓꢃꢁꢌꢃꢄꢃꢋꢅꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢄ1ꢄꢐꢃꢑꢍꢏꢂꢃꢄ6854ꢄꢎꢍꢏꢉꢐꢇ ꢄꢁꢉꢄꢅꢈꢍꢐ  
)-  
ꢁꢃꢁ . <ꢃꢇꢌꢊꢅꢄꢓꢃꢇꢐꢃꢇꢑꢄꢉꢍꢑꢎꢋꢈꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢁꢅꢄꢆꢍꢅꢅꢁꢔꢈꢇꢄꢍꢑꢄꢉꢍꢐꢝ3+)+ꢖꢄ3+2+ꢄꢋꢑꢇꢄ'C&5  
. 6ꢁꢉꢁꢅꢃꢇꢅꢄꢉꢍꢑꢎꢋꢈꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢍꢘꢄꢜ;8ꢚꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢋꢉ  
. ,ꢐꢍꢑꢇꢅꢄ)+ꢄꢓꢍꢑ ꢄꢘꢑꢍꢎꢄ&ꢍ-ꢄ)0ꢄꢍꢘꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢍꢉꢄꢎꢇꢎꢍꢑꢕꢄꢁꢉꢄꢅꢆꢇꢌꢁꢋꢈꢄꢎꢍ ꢏꢈꢇꢝ4ꢛ' ꢄꢎꢍꢏꢉꢐꢇ ꢄꢁꢉꢄꢅꢈꢍꢐꢄ+ꢄꢍꢘꢄꢜA54  
ꢓꢃꢁꢌꢃꢄ ꢃꢋꢅꢄ ꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢄ 1ꢄ ꢐꢃꢑꢍꢏꢂꢃꢄ 6854ꢄ ꢎꢍꢏꢉꢐꢇ  ꢁꢉꢄ ꢅꢈꢍꢐꢄ )ꢄ ꢁꢉꢐꢍꢄ )+ꢄ ꢓꢍꢑ  ꢘꢑꢍꢎꢄ ')+++ꢄ ꢍꢘꢄ ꢅꢇꢈꢘ  
ꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ-  
ꢀꢁꢄꢃ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. Communication Function  
6.3 KGLWIN communication service  
6.3.1 Introduction  
ꢚꢃꢁꢅꢏꢉꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢉꢋꢔꢈꢇꢅꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢍꢉꢐꢑꢍꢈꢑꢍꢂꢑꢋꢎꢎꢁꢉꢂꢖꢄ ꢍꢓꢉꢈꢍꢋ ꢅꢇꢑꢑꢍꢂꢑꢋꢎꢖꢑꢍꢂꢑꢋꢎꢄ ꢇꢔꢏꢂꢂꢁꢉꢂꢖ  
ꢎꢍꢉꢁꢐꢍꢑꢄꢁꢉꢄꢉꢇꢐꢓꢍꢑꢊꢄꢅꢕꢅꢐꢇꢎꢄꢐꢃꢋꢐꢄ;#<ꢅꢄꢋꢑꢇꢄꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢇ ꢄꢇꢋꢌꢃꢄꢍꢐꢃꢇꢑꢄꢁꢉꢄ6ꢉꢇꢐꢖꢄꢓꢁꢐꢃꢍꢏꢐꢄꢎꢍꢒꢁꢉꢂꢄꢆꢃꢕꢅꢁꢌꢋꢈꢄꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢍꢘ  
!"#$%&-ꢄ 5ꢅꢆꢇꢌꢁꢋꢈꢈꢕꢖꢄ ꢏꢅꢇꢑꢄ ꢌꢋꢉꢄ ꢋꢌꢌꢇꢅꢅꢄ ꢇꢋꢌꢃꢄ ꢇꢒꢁꢌꢇꢄ ꢋꢐꢄ ꢍꢉꢇꢄ ꢈꢍꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢓꢁꢐꢃꢍꢏꢐꢄ ꢎꢍꢒꢁꢉꢂꢄ ꢈꢍꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢓꢃꢇꢉꢄ ꢇꢒꢁꢌꢇꢅ  
ꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢇ  ꢁꢉꢄ ꢉꢇꢐꢓꢍꢑꢊꢄ ꢋꢑꢇꢄ ꢋꢆꢋꢑꢐꢄ ꢁꢅꢐꢋꢉꢐꢈꢕ-ꢄ !"#$%&ꢄ ꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢅꢇꢑꢒꢁꢌꢇꢄ ꢂꢇꢉꢇꢑꢋꢐꢇꢅꢄ ꢘꢍꢈꢈꢍꢓꢁꢉꢂꢄ ꢆꢋꢐꢃꢄ ꢐꢍ  
ꢋꢌꢌꢍꢎꢆꢈꢁꢅꢃꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢘꢏꢉꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉ-  
Actual  
Virtual  
connection  
connection  
KGLWIN  
PLC A  
PLC B  
PLC C  
Fnet  
Fig. 6.3.1 KGLWIN communication connection (virtual connection)  
%ꢉ!"#$%&ꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉ6ꢁꢂ-/-1-)ꢖꢇꢐꢏꢆꢆꢍꢅꢇꢇꢐꢓꢍꢑꢊꢃꢋꢐ,212<ꢋꢔꢈꢇꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢇ ;#<4  
ꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢋꢉ ꢄ;#<ꢄ4ꢖꢄ;#<ꢄAꢖꢄꢋꢉ ꢄ;#<ꢄ<ꢄꢋꢑꢇꢄꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢇ ꢄꢇꢋꢌꢃꢄꢍꢐꢃꢇꢑꢄꢓꢁꢐꢃꢄ6ꢉꢇꢐꢄꢍꢑꢄ3ꢉꢇꢐ-ꢄꢚꢍꢄꢋꢌꢌꢇꢅꢅꢄ;#<ꢄ4ꢖꢄꢅꢇꢈꢇꢌꢐꢅ  
ꢈꢍꢌꢋꢈꢄꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢁꢉꢄCꢉ(ꢈꢁꢉꢇꢄꢎꢇꢉꢏꢄꢍꢘꢄ!"#$%&ꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢋꢌꢌꢇꢅꢅꢇꢅꢄꢌꢍꢉꢐꢇꢉꢐꢅꢄꢍꢘꢄ;#<ꢄ4ꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ-ꢄ4ꢘꢐꢇꢑꢄꢘꢁꢉꢁꢅꢃꢁꢉꢂꢄꢋꢌꢌꢇꢅꢅꢖ  
ꢁꢅꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢅꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢍꢘꢄ;#<ꢄ4ꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢏꢅꢁꢉꢂꢄ ꢁꢅꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢎꢇꢉꢏꢄꢐꢍꢄꢋꢌꢌꢇꢅꢅꢄꢌꢍꢉꢐꢇꢉꢐꢅꢄꢍꢘꢄ;#<ꢄ<ꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ-ꢄ%ꢉ  
ꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢍꢘꢄCꢉ(ꢈꢁꢉꢇꢄꢎꢇꢉꢏꢖꢄꢎꢋꢊꢇꢅꢄꢋꢄꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢔꢕꢄꢌꢃꢍꢍꢅꢁꢉꢂꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢎꢍ ꢏꢈꢇꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑ  
ꢍꢘꢄ;#<ꢄ<ꢝꢍꢐꢃꢇꢑꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢄꢐꢍꢄꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐ ꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢅꢈꢍꢐꢄꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢄꢍꢘꢄ;#<ꢄ4ꢝꢅꢈꢍꢐꢄꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢄꢐꢃꢋꢐꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢎꢍ ꢏꢈꢇ  
ꢁꢅꢄꢎꢍꢏꢉꢐꢇ ꢄꢁꢉꢄ;#<ꢄ4ꢄꢓꢃꢁꢌꢃꢄꢌꢏꢑꢑꢇꢉꢐꢈꢕꢄꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢇ ꢄꢓꢁꢐꢃꢄ!"#$%& -ꢄꢚꢃꢇꢉꢄꢈꢍꢂꢁꢌꢋꢈꢄꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢔꢕꢄꢜ,212<ꢄꢋꢉ ꢄ6ꢉꢇꢐ  
ꢁꢅ ꢇ-ꢃꢁꢅꢄ ꢅꢐꢋꢐꢇ ꢉꢐꢁꢌꢋꢈꢄ ꢓꢁꢐꢃꢃꢇꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢐꢃꢋꢐ,212<ꢋꢔꢈꢇꢄ ꢁꢅꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢇ ꢍꢄ ;#<<ꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢖꢄ ꢋꢉ  
ꢘꢏꢉꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢅꢄꢍꢘꢄꢆꢑꢍꢂꢑꢋꢎꢄꢆꢑꢇꢆꢋꢑꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢖꢄ ꢍꢓꢉꢈꢍꢋ ꢖꢄ ꢇꢔꢏꢂꢂꢁꢉꢂꢖꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢎꢍꢉꢁꢐꢍꢑꢄꢋꢑꢇꢄꢆꢍꢅꢅꢁꢔꢈꢇꢄꢁꢉꢄ;#<ꢄ<ꢄꢋꢅꢄꢁꢉꢄ;#<ꢄ4-ꢄꢚꢃꢁꢅ  
ꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢇꢑꢒꢁꢌꢇ!"#$%&ꢋꢉꢅꢇꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢃꢇꢍꢉꢐꢇꢉꢐꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇ;#<-<ꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢑꢍꢎ  
ꢍꢐꢃꢇꢑ;#<ꢍꢅꢅꢁꢔꢈꢇꢒꢇꢉ;#<ꢍꢌꢋꢐꢇ ꢍꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢃꢋꢐꢃꢕꢅꢁꢌꢋꢈꢌꢌꢇꢅꢅꢋꢑ ꢃꢁꢅꢈꢁꢎꢁꢉꢋꢐꢇꢅ  
ꢁꢘꢘꢁꢌꢏꢈꢐꢕꢄꢍꢘꢄꢑꢇ(ꢆꢑꢍꢂꢑꢋꢎꢎꢁꢉꢂ-ꢄꢚꢃꢁꢅꢄꢘꢏꢉꢌꢐꢁꢍMꢄꢑꢇ ꢏꢌꢇꢅꢄꢐꢁꢎꢇꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢇꢘꢘꢍꢑꢐꢄꢘꢍꢑꢄꢁꢉꢅꢐꢋꢈꢈꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢌꢃꢋꢉꢂꢇ-  
ꢀꢁꢄꢄ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. Communication Function  
6.3.2 KGLWIN remote connection  
4ꢈꢈꢄ ;#<ꢖꢄ !)+++,ꢄ ꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄ %ꢛCꢄ ꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢖꢄ ꢋꢉ  !1++,ꢄ ꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄ %ꢛCꢄ ꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢐꢃꢋꢐꢄ ꢋꢑꢇꢄ ꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢇ  ꢓꢁꢐꢃꢄ 34,ꢚ5ꢜ(!  
ꢉꢇꢐꢓꢍꢑꢊꢄ ꢌꢋꢉꢄ ꢔꢇꢄ ꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢇ  ꢇꢋꢌꢃꢄ ꢍꢐꢃꢇꢑꢄ ꢔꢕꢄ !"#$%&ꢄ ꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢅꢇꢑꢒꢁꢌꢇ-ꢄ !"#$%&ꢄ ꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄ ꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉ  
ꢌꢍꢉꢅꢁꢅꢐꢅꢄꢍꢘꢄꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄ)ꢄꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄ2ꢄꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢌꢍꢉꢐꢁꢉꢏꢍꢏꢅꢈꢕ-  
<ꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢎꢇꢐꢃꢍ ꢄꢍꢘꢄꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄ)ꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄ2ꢄꢁꢅꢄꢋꢅꢄꢘꢍꢈꢈꢍꢓꢅ.  
Local connection  
Remote 1 connection  
                
                      
         
       )$*!ꢜꢚ  
Mnet module  
Fnet module  
   
   
Remote 2 connection  
                                                                
Fig. 6.3.2 KGL remote connection(remote 1 and 2)  
6ꢁꢂ-ꢄ/-1-2ꢄꢅꢃꢍꢓꢅꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢍꢘꢄꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄ)ꢝ;#<ꢄ4ꢖꢄ;#<ꢄA ꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄ2ꢝ;#<ꢄ< ꢄꢁꢉꢄꢋꢄꢅꢕꢅꢐꢇꢎꢄꢌꢍꢉꢘꢁꢂꢏꢑꢇ ꢄꢓꢁꢐꢃ  
ꢐꢓꢍꢄꢉꢇꢐꢓꢍꢑꢊ-  
ꢃꢄꢅꢀꢆꢇ ꢈꢉꢊꢀꢅꢋꢆꢄꢌꢋꢀꢍꢀꢎꢄꢉꢉꢋꢎꢌꢈꢄꢉꢄꢅꢃꢍꢏꢈ ꢄꢔꢇꢄꢁꢉꢄꢍꢘꢘ(ꢈꢁꢉꢇꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢇ-ꢄ%ꢉꢄꢐꢃꢁꢅꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢇꢖꢄꢅꢇꢈꢇꢌꢐꢄB<ꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢍꢆꢐꢁꢍꢉDꢄꢋꢐ  
ꢐꢃꢇꢄB;ꢑꢍ:ꢇꢌꢐꢄKꢄCꢆꢐꢁꢍꢉDꢄꢎꢇꢉꢏ-  
ꢀꢁꢄꢅ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. Communication Function  
ꢃꢄꢅꢀꢏꢋꢌꢌꢈꢉꢊꢀꢄꢐꢀꢏꢑꢄꢌꢀꢉꢒꢆꢓꢋꢅꢖꢄꢁꢉꢆꢏꢐꢄꢅꢈꢍꢐꢄꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢄꢍꢘꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢎꢍ ꢏꢈꢇꢄꢎꢍꢏꢉꢐꢇ ꢄꢁꢉꢄ;#<ꢄꢍꢘꢄꢅꢇꢈꢘꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ  
ꢓꢃꢁꢌꢃꢄꢎꢋꢊꢇꢅꢄꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄ)ꢄꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉ-  
,ꢈꢍꢐꢄꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢄꢍꢘꢄ6ꢁꢂ-ꢄ/-)-2ꢄꢁꢅꢄ+-  
ꢃꢄꢅꢀꢏꢋꢌꢌꢈꢉꢊꢀꢄꢐꢀꢏꢌꢇꢌꢈꢄꢉꢀꢉꢒꢆꢓꢋꢅꢖꢄꢁꢉꢆꢏꢐꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢄꢍꢘꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢎꢍ ꢏꢈꢇꢄꢎꢍꢏꢉꢐꢇ ꢄꢁꢉꢄ;#<ꢄꢓꢃꢁꢌꢃ  
ꢎꢋꢊꢇꢅꢄ ꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄ )ꢄ ꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢖꢄ ꢋꢉ  ꢁꢉꢆꢏꢐꢄ ꢎꢍ ꢏꢈꢇꢄ ꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢄ ꢍꢘꢄ ;#<ꢄ Aꢖꢄ ꢃ++5+I)+++++)ꢖꢄ ꢁꢉꢄ 6ꢁꢂ-ꢄ /-)-2-ꢄ ,ꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ  
ꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢄꢁꢅꢄꢓꢑꢁꢐꢐꢇꢉꢄꢍꢉꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢌꢋꢅꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄꢎꢍ ꢏꢈꢇꢄꢘꢍꢑꢄ34,ꢚ5ꢜ(!ꢄ3ꢉꢇꢐꢖꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢒꢋꢈꢏꢇꢄꢁꢅꢄꢅꢇꢐꢄꢍꢉꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢄꢅꢓꢁꢐꢌꢃ  
ꢁꢉꢄ ꢘꢑꢍꢉꢐꢄ ꢍꢘꢄ ꢎꢍ ꢏꢈꢇꢄ ꢌꢋꢉꢄ ꢔꢇꢄ ꢏꢅꢇ  ꢘꢍꢑꢄ 34,ꢚ5ꢜ(!ꢄ 6ꢉꢇꢐ-ꢄ $ꢃꢇꢉꢄ ꢏꢅꢇꢑꢄ ꢁꢉꢆꢏꢐꢅꢄ ꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢖꢄ ꢐꢃꢇꢄ ꢐꢕꢆꢇꢄ ꢍꢘ  
Bꢃ++5+I)++NNNNDꢄꢁꢅꢄꢏꢅꢇ ꢄꢘꢍꢑꢄꢃꢇꢗꢋ ꢇꢌꢁꢎꢋꢈꢖꢄꢋꢉ  ꢇꢌꢁꢎꢋꢈꢄꢘꢁꢂꢏꢑꢇꢄꢓꢁꢐꢃꢍꢏꢐꢄBꢃDꢄꢁꢅꢄꢏꢅꢇ ꢄꢘꢍꢑꢄ ꢇꢌꢁꢎꢋꢈ-  
ꢃꢄꢅꢀꢏꢋꢌꢌꢈꢉꢊꢀꢄꢐꢀꢔꢇꢏꢏꢕꢄꢅꢖꢖꢄꢁꢉꢆꢏꢐꢄꢆꢋꢅꢅꢓꢍꢑ ꢄꢍꢘꢄ;#<ꢄꢓꢃꢁꢌꢃꢄꢎꢋꢊꢇꢅꢄꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄ)ꢄꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉ-  
,ꢇꢈꢇꢌꢐꢄBC!Dꢄꢁꢉꢄꢐꢃꢁꢅꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢏꢅ-  
%ꢘꢄꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄ)ꢄꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢁꢅꢄꢎꢋ ꢇꢖꢄꢘꢍꢈꢈꢍꢓꢁꢉꢂꢄꢎꢇꢅꢅꢋꢂꢇꢄꢁꢅꢄ ꢁꢅꢆꢈꢋꢕꢇ ꢄꢁꢉꢄꢈꢍꢓꢇꢑꢄꢆꢋꢑꢐꢄꢍꢘꢄ!"#.  
ꢜ53Cꢚ5ꢄ)ꢄOꢄ!2++,ꢄOꢄꢜ53Cꢚ5ꢄ,ꢚC;  
ꢀꢁꢄꢆ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. Communication Function  
%ꢘꢄꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢁꢅꢄꢘꢋꢁꢈꢇ ꢖꢄꢘꢍꢈꢈꢍꢓꢁꢉꢂꢄꢎꢇꢅꢅꢋꢂꢇꢄꢁꢅꢄ ꢁꢅꢆꢈꢋꢕꢇ .  
ꢊꢋ  
(Communication line error / internal protocol error)  
%ꢘꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢐꢕꢆꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄ;#<ꢄꢐꢃꢋꢐꢄꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄ)ꢄꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢁꢅꢄꢎꢋ ꢇꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄ<;8ꢄꢐꢕꢆꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄꢆꢑꢍ:ꢇꢌꢐꢄꢓꢃꢁꢌꢃꢄꢌꢏꢑꢑꢇꢉꢐꢈꢕꢄꢍꢆꢇꢉꢇ ꢄꢋꢑꢇ  
ꢎꢁꢅꢎꢋꢐꢌꢃꢇ ꢖꢄꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢁꢅꢄꢘꢋꢁꢈꢇ -ꢄ%ꢘꢄꢏꢅꢇꢑꢄꢌꢃꢋꢉꢂꢇꢅꢄ;#<ꢄꢐꢕPꢇꢄꢐꢃꢇꢉꢖꢄꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢌꢋꢉꢄꢔꢇꢄꢆꢍꢅꢅꢁꢔꢈꢇ-  
ꢚꢃꢇꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢇꢄꢐꢃꢋꢐꢄꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄ)ꢄꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢁꢅꢄꢘꢁꢉꢁꢅꢃꢇ ꢄꢁꢅꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢅꢋꢎꢇꢄꢈꢍꢂꢁꢌꢋꢈꢄꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢖꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢐꢃꢁꢅꢄꢁꢅꢄꢁ ꢇꢉꢐꢁꢌꢋꢈꢄꢓꢁꢐꢃ  
ꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢍꢘꢄꢜ,212<ꢄꢌꢋꢔꢈꢇ-ꢄ4ꢈꢈꢄꢎꢇꢉꢏꢄꢍꢘꢄCꢉ(ꢈꢁꢉꢇꢄꢎꢇꢉꢏꢄꢌꢋꢉꢄꢔꢇꢄꢏꢅꢇ -  
ꢗꢋꢆꢄꢌꢋꢀ ꢘꢀ ꢎꢄꢉꢉꢋꢎꢌꢈꢄꢉ ꢇꢗꢇꢌꢏꢐQꢅꢄ ꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄ 2ꢄ ꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢎꢇꢉꢏꢄ ꢁꢉꢄ CM(ꢈꢁꢉꢇꢄ ꢎꢇꢉꢏ-ꢄ %ꢉꢄ 6ꢁꢂ-ꢄ /-)-2ꢖꢄ ꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄ 2  
ꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢁꢅꢄꢎꢋ ꢇꢄꢐꢃꢑꢍꢏꢂꢃꢄꢘꢍꢈꢈꢍꢓꢁꢉꢂꢄꢅꢇ9ꢏꢇꢉꢌꢇ.  
!"#ꢄ ꢀꢁ3ꢉꢇꢐꢄꢍꢘꢄ;#<ꢄ4ꢄ ꢀꢁ3ꢉꢇꢐꢄꢍꢘꢄ;#<ꢄAꢄ ꢀꢁ6ꢉꢇꢐꢄꢍꢘꢄ;#<ꢄAꢄ ꢀꢁ6ꢉꢇꢐꢄꢎꢍ ꢏꢈꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄ;#<ꢄ<  
6ꢍꢑꢄꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄ2ꢄꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢖꢄꢅꢇꢈꢇꢌꢐꢄ<ꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢄꢍꢘꢄCꢉ(ꢈꢁꢉꢇꢄꢎꢇꢉꢏꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢅꢇꢈꢇꢌꢐꢄꢜꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄ2ꢄꢎꢇꢉꢏꢄꢋꢅꢄꢘꢍꢈꢈꢍꢓꢅ.  
ꢀꢁꢄꢀ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. Communication Function  
ꢙꢄꢀꢏꢋꢌꢀꢏꢑꢄꢌꢀꢉꢒꢆꢓꢋꢅꢄꢁꢉꢄ,ꢈꢍꢐꢄ&ꢍꢄ)ꢖꢄꢁꢉꢆꢏꢐꢄꢅꢈꢍꢐꢄꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢄ+ꢄꢐꢃꢋꢐꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢎꢍ ꢏꢈꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄ;#<ꢄ4ꢄꢁꢅꢄꢎꢍꢏꢉꢐꢇ ꢄꢘꢍꢑ  
ꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢍꢘꢄ;#<ꢄ4ꢄ ꢀꢁ;#<ꢄA-ꢄ%ꢉꢄꢅꢈꢍꢐꢄ&ꢍꢄ2ꢖꢄꢁꢉꢆꢏꢐꢄꢅꢈꢍꢐꢄꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢄ)ꢄꢐꢃꢋꢐꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢎꢍ ꢏꢈꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄ;#<ꢄAꢄꢁꢅ  
ꢎꢍꢏꢉꢐꢇ ꢄꢘꢍꢑꢄꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄ2ꢄꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢍꢘꢄ;#<ꢄAꢄ ꢀꢁ;#<ꢄ<-  
ꢃꢄꢅꢀꢏꢋꢌꢌꢈꢉꢊꢀꢄꢐꢀꢏꢌꢇꢌꢈꢄꢉꢀꢉꢒꢆꢓꢋꢅꢖꢄꢅꢆꢇꢌꢁꢘꢕꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢄꢍꢘꢄꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄ)ꢄꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄ2ꢄꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉ  
ꢑꢇꢅꢆꢇꢌꢐꢁꢒꢇꢈꢕ-ꢄ%ꢉꢆꢏꢐꢄꢃ++5+I)+++++)ꢖꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢄꢍꢘꢄ;#<ꢄAꢖꢄꢘꢍꢑꢄꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄ)ꢄꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢖꢄꢁꢉꢆꢏꢐꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢄ*  
ꢍꢘꢄ;#<ꢄ<ꢄꢘꢍꢑꢄꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄ2ꢄꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉ-ꢄ,ꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢄꢁꢅꢄꢅꢇꢐꢄꢍꢉꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢄꢅꢓꢁꢐꢌꢃꢄꢁꢉꢄꢘꢑꢍꢉꢐꢄꢍꢘꢄꢎꢍ ꢏꢈꢇꢄꢌꢋꢉꢄꢔꢇ  
ꢏꢅꢇ ꢄꢘꢍꢑꢄ34,ꢚ5ꢜ(!ꢄ6ꢉꢇꢐ-ꢄ$ꢃꢇꢉꢄꢏꢅꢇꢑꢄꢁꢉꢆꢏꢐꢅꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢖꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢐꢕꢆꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄBꢃRRRRRDꢄꢁꢅꢄꢏꢅꢇ ꢄꢘꢍꢑꢄꢃꢇꢗꢋ ꢇꢌꢁꢎꢋꢈꢖꢄꢋꢉ  
ꢇꢌꢁꢎꢋꢈꢄꢘꢁꢂꢏꢑꢇꢄꢓꢁꢐꢃꢍꢏꢐꢄBꢃDꢄꢁꢅꢄꢏꢅꢇ ꢄꢘꢍꢑꢄ ꢇꢌꢁꢎꢋꢈ-  
%ꢘꢄꢏꢅꢇꢑꢄꢅꢇꢐꢅꢄꢉꢇꢐꢓꢍꢑꢊꢄꢐꢕꢆꢇꢖꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢖꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢅꢈꢍꢐꢄꢉꢏꢎꢔꢇꢑꢄꢋꢅꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢘꢍꢈꢈꢍꢓꢁꢉꢂꢄꢓꢁꢐꢃꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢒꢋꢈꢏꢇꢄꢇꢗꢆꢈꢋꢁꢉꢇ ꢄꢋꢔꢍꢒꢇꢖꢄꢋꢉ  
ꢌꢈꢁꢌꢊꢄC!ꢄꢍꢘꢄ ꢁꢋꢈꢍꢂꢄꢔꢍꢗꢖꢄꢐꢃꢇꢉꢄꢘꢍꢈꢈꢍꢓꢁꢉꢂꢄꢎꢇꢅꢅꢋꢂꢇꢄꢁꢅꢄ ꢁꢅꢆꢈꢋꢕꢇ ꢄꢁꢉꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢈꢍꢓꢇꢑꢄꢅꢌꢑꢇꢇꢉꢄꢆꢋꢑꢐꢄꢍꢘꢄ!"#-  
ꢜ53Cꢚ52ꢄOꢄ!2++,ꢄOꢄꢜ53Cꢚ5ꢄ,ꢚC;  
ꢜꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄ2ꢄꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢁꢅꢄꢘꢁꢉꢁꢅꢃꢇ ꢖꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢐꢃꢁꢅꢄꢁꢅꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢏꢅꢄꢍꢘꢄꢈꢍꢂꢁꢌꢋꢈꢄꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢐꢃꢁꢅꢄꢁꢅꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢅꢋꢎꢇꢄꢋꢅꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉ  
ꢐꢃꢋꢐꢄꢜ,212<ꢄꢌꢋꢔꢈꢇꢄꢁꢅꢄꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢇ ꢄꢐꢍꢄ;#<ꢄ5-ꢄ8ꢅꢇꢑꢄꢌꢋꢉꢄꢏꢅꢇꢄꢋꢈꢈꢄꢎꢇꢉꢏꢄꢍꢘꢄCꢉ(ꢈꢁꢉꢇꢄꢎꢇꢉꢏ-  
ꢚꢋꢔꢈꢇ/-1-)ꢃꢍꢓꢅꢇꢈꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢅꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢋꢔꢈꢇꢇꢐꢓꢇꢇꢉꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢇ9ꢏꢇꢅꢐꢁꢉꢂꢄ ꢇꢒꢁꢌꢇꢝ<ꢈꢁꢇꢉꢐ ꢃꢋꢐ,212<ꢋꢔꢈꢇ  
ꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢇ ꢄꢁꢉꢄ!"#$%&ꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢅꢇꢑꢒꢁꢌꢇꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢁꢉꢂꢄ ꢇꢒꢁꢌꢇꢝ,ꢇꢑꢒꢇꢑ ꢄꢓꢃꢁꢌꢃꢄꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢅꢄꢁꢐꢄꢋꢌꢌꢍꢑ ꢁꢉꢂꢄꢐꢍ  
ꢐꢃꢇꢄꢑꢇ9ꢏꢇꢅꢐꢄꢍꢘꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢘꢑꢍꢎꢄ3ꢉꢇꢐꢛ6ꢉꢇꢐ-  
Table 6.3.1 Relation of roles between client and server of KGLWIN  
PC-module  
(KGLWIN)  
K1000S remote  
I/O  
K300S remote  
I/O  
Server Client  
K1000S K300S  
K200S  
PC-module(KGL)  
K1000S  
X
X
X
X
X
X
O
O
O
O
O
X
O
O
O
O
O
X
O
O
O
O
O
X
O
O
O
O
O
X
O
O
O
O
O
X
K300S  
K200S  
K1000S remote I/O  
K300S remote I/O  
ꢚꢃꢇꢑꢇꢄ ꢁꢅꢄ ꢐꢃꢇꢄ ꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢍꢑꢄ ꢐꢃꢋꢐꢄ ꢜ,212<ꢄ ꢌꢋꢉꢄ ꢔꢇꢄ ꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢇ ꢖꢄ ꢁꢉꢄ !)+++,ꢄ ꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄ %ꢛC-ꢄ &ꢋꢎꢇꢈꢕꢖꢄ !"#$%&ꢄ ꢌꢋꢉꢄ ꢔꢇ  
ꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢇ ꢄꢐꢍꢄ;#<ꢄꢍꢘꢄ!)+++,ꢄLꢄ!2++,ꢄꢁꢉꢄ!)+++,ꢄꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄ%ꢛCꢝꢚꢃꢁꢅꢄꢁꢅꢄꢉꢍꢐꢄꢋꢒꢋꢁꢈꢋꢔꢈꢇꢄꢁꢉꢄ!1++,ꢄꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇ -  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ ꢈꢉꢊꢆ ꢅꢋꢊꢌꢁꢃꢊꢍ ꢈꢄꢃꢉ ꢌꢊꢎꢅꢃꢊ  ꢁꢆꢍ ꢌꢊꢎꢅꢃꢊ  ꢑꢅꢆꢆꢊꢑꢃꢄꢅꢆ ꢄꢆ ꢒꢓꢔꢕꢖꢗ  
)  $ꢃꢇꢉꢆꢑꢍ:ꢇꢌꢐꢃꢁꢌꢃꢏꢑꢑꢇꢉꢐꢈꢕꢆꢇꢉꢇ !"#$%& <;8ꢄꢐꢕꢆꢇꢄꢓꢃꢁꢌꢃꢄꢁꢅꢄꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢇ ꢄꢓꢁꢐꢃꢄꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄ)  
ꢋꢉ ꢄ2ꢄꢋꢑꢇꢄꢉꢍꢐꢄꢁ ꢇꢉꢐꢁꢌꢋꢈꢖꢄꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢁꢅꢄꢉꢍꢐꢄꢆꢍꢅꢅꢁꢔꢈꢇ-  
2  $ꢃꢇꢉꢄꢆꢑꢍꢂꢑꢋꢎꢎꢁꢉꢂꢄꢁꢅꢄꢎꢋ ꢇꢄꢔꢕꢄꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢍꢘꢄꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄ)ꢄꢋꢉ ꢄ2ꢖꢄꢏꢅꢇꢑꢄꢅꢃꢍꢏꢈ ꢄꢍꢆꢇꢉꢄꢌꢍꢑꢑꢇꢅꢆꢍꢉ ꢁꢉꢂꢄꢆꢑꢍ:ꢇꢌꢐꢄꢍꢘ  
ꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢐꢍꢄꢔꢇꢄꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢇ ꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢇꢗꢇꢌꢏꢐꢇꢄꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉ-  
ꢀꢁꢄꢇ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. Communication Function  
1  ꢜꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢁꢅꢄꢅꢏꢆꢆꢍꢑꢐꢇ ꢄꢏꢆꢄꢐꢍꢄ2-ꢄꢜꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢍꢘꢄꢎꢍꢑꢇꢄꢐꢃꢋꢉꢄ2ꢄꢁꢅꢄꢁꢎꢆꢍꢅꢅꢁꢔꢈꢇ-  
6.3.3 Functions on connecting KGLWIN to remote I/O station  
ꢚꢃꢁꢅꢄꢇꢗꢆꢈꢋꢁꢉꢅꢄꢃꢍꢓꢄꢐꢍꢄꢏꢅꢇꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢘꢏꢉꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢓꢁꢐꢃꢄꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢁꢉꢂꢄꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄ%ꢛCꢄꢔꢕꢄ!"#ꢄꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉ-ꢄ$ꢃꢇꢉꢄꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇ  
ꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢁꢅꢄꢎꢋ ꢇꢄꢔꢕꢄꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄ%ꢛCꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢖꢄꢍꢉꢈꢕꢄꢑꢇꢅꢐꢑꢁꢌꢐꢇ ꢄꢎꢇꢉꢏꢄꢌꢋꢉꢄꢔꢇꢄꢅꢇꢈꢇꢌꢐꢇ -  
ꢘꢙꢁꢄꢚꢁꢛꢚꢊ ꢜꢂꢆꢑꢃꢄꢅꢆ ꢚꢄꢇꢃ ꢈꢉꢊꢆ ꢑꢅꢆꢆꢊꢑꢃꢄꢆꢝ ꢌꢊꢎꢅꢃꢊ ꢖ ! ꢇꢃꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆ ꢅꢜ ꢒꢓꢔꢕꢖꢗ  
Nꢄ,ꢈꢋꢒꢇꢝ;#< ꢄꢁꢉꢘꢍꢑꢎꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢎꢍꢉꢁꢐꢍꢑꢄꢁꢉꢄCꢉ(ꢈꢁꢉꢇꢄꢎꢇꢉꢏ  
Nꢄ%ꢛCꢄꢁꢉꢘꢍꢑꢎꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢎꢍꢉꢁꢐꢍꢑꢄꢁꢉꢄCꢉ(ꢈꢁꢉꢇꢄꢎꢇꢉꢏ  
Nꢄ6ꢈꢋꢂꢄꢎꢍꢉꢁꢐꢍꢑ  
Nꢄ,ꢇꢐꢐꢁꢉꢂꢄꢍꢘꢄꢇꢎꢇꢑꢂꢇꢉꢌꢕꢄꢍꢏꢐꢆꢏꢐꢄ ꢋꢐꢋ  
Nꢄ,ꢇꢐꢐꢁꢉꢂꢄꢍꢘꢄꢘꢍꢑꢌꢇ ꢄ%ꢛCꢝ;ꢄꢋꢑꢇꢋꢄꢍꢉꢈꢕ  
ꢝꢋ  ,ꢈꢋꢒꢇꢝ;#< ꢄꢁꢉꢘꢍꢑꢎꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢎꢍꢉꢁꢐꢍꢑ  
ꢚꢃꢁꢅꢄꢘꢏꢉꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢅꢃꢍꢓꢅꢄꢁꢉꢐꢇꢑꢉꢋꢈꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢏꢅꢄꢁꢉꢄꢅꢈꢋꢒꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄ%ꢛCꢖꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢘꢍꢈꢈꢍꢓꢁꢉꢂꢄꢅꢌꢑꢇꢇꢉꢄꢁꢅꢄ ꢁꢅꢆꢈꢋꢕꢇ ꢄꢁꢘꢄꢏꢅꢇꢑ  
ꢅꢇꢈꢇꢌꢐꢅꢄ;#<ꢄꢁꢉꢘꢍꢑꢎꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢁꢉꢄCꢉ(ꢈꢁꢉꢇꢄꢎꢇꢉꢏ-  
%ꢉꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄ ꢁꢋꢈꢍꢂꢄꢔꢍꢗꢖ  
"ꢇꢎ #$ꢋꢊ  
,ꢈꢋꢒꢇꢄꢐꢕꢆꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄ%ꢛCꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ-  
"ꢇꢎ %ꢊꢌꢇꢄꢅꢆ  
Cꢛ,ꢄꢒꢇꢑꢅꢁꢍꢉꢄ&ꢍ-ꢄꢍꢘꢄꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄ%ꢛCꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ-  
&ꢅꢃꢉꢊꢌ ꢇꢃꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆ ꢗꢅ <ꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢎꢍ ꢏꢈꢇꢄ ꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ &ꢍ-ꢄ ꢍꢘꢄ ;#<ꢄ ꢓꢃꢁꢌꢃꢄ ꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢐꢅꢄ ꢋꢉ  ꢑꢇꢌꢇꢁꢒꢇꢅꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄ ꢓꢁꢐꢃ  
ꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄ%ꢛCꢄ,ꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ-  
ꢀꢁꢄ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. Communication Function  
"ꢇꢎ &ꢅꢍꢊ  
ꢀꢅꢆꢆꢊꢑꢃꢄꢅꢆ  
Cꢆꢇꢑꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢏꢅꢄꢍꢘꢄꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄ%ꢛCꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢝꢜ8&ꢛ,ꢚC;  
ꢜ8&ꢄ.ꢄꢉꢍꢑꢎꢋꢈꢄꢍꢆꢇꢑꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ  
,ꢚC;ꢄ.ꢄ%ꢛCꢄꢎꢍ ꢏꢈꢇꢄꢇꢑꢑꢍꢑꢖꢄꢅꢇꢈꢘꢄ ꢁꢋꢂꢉꢍꢅꢁꢅꢄꢇꢑꢑꢍꢑꢖꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢆꢍꢓꢇꢑꢄꢇꢑꢑꢍꢑ-  
<ꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢏꢅꢄꢔꢇꢐꢓꢇꢇꢉꢄ!"#ꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄ%ꢛC  
ꢜꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄ.ꢄꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢍꢘꢄ!"#ꢄꢘꢑꢍꢎꢄꢍꢐꢃꢇꢑꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢐꢍꢄꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄ%ꢛCꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ  
#ꢍꢌꢋꢈꢄ  .ꢄꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢘꢑꢍꢎꢄꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄ%ꢛCꢄꢐꢍꢄꢍꢐꢃꢇꢑꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ-  
'ꢎꢊꢌꢝꢊꢆꢑ$ !ꢂꢃꢋꢂꢃ ,ꢇꢐꢅꢄꢍꢏꢐꢆꢏꢐꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢁꢉꢄꢌꢋꢅꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢘꢋꢁꢈꢏꢑꢇ  
#ꢋꢐꢌꢃꢄ.ꢄꢎꢋꢁꢉꢐꢋꢁꢉꢅꢄꢌꢏꢑꢑꢇꢉꢐꢄꢍꢏꢐꢆꢏꢐꢄ ꢋꢐꢋ  
8ꢅꢇꢑꢄꢅꢇꢐꢐꢁꢉꢂꢄ.ꢄꢍꢏꢐꢆꢏꢐꢅꢄꢅꢇꢐꢐꢁꢉꢂꢄꢒꢋꢈꢏꢇꢄꢁꢉꢄꢇꢎꢇꢑꢂꢇꢉꢌꢕꢄ ꢋꢐꢋ-  
<ꢍꢏꢉꢐꢄꢍꢘꢄꢁꢉꢅꢐꢋꢉꢐꢋꢉꢇꢍꢏꢅꢄꢆꢍꢓꢇꢑꢄꢘꢋꢁꢈꢏꢑꢇ-  
ꢘꢀ "ꢁꢄꢚ ꢀꢅꢂꢆꢃ  
&ꢁ( )ꢑꢁꢆ #ꢄꢎꢊ  
ꢘꢙꢝ )ꢑꢁꢆ #ꢄꢎꢊ  
3ꢋꢗ-ꢄꢐꢁꢎꢇꢄꢐꢃꢋꢐꢄꢐꢍꢊꢇꢉꢄꢂꢍꢇꢅꢄꢑꢍꢏꢉ ꢄꢉꢇꢐꢓꢍꢑꢊꢄꢍꢉꢌꢇ-  
4ꢒꢇꢑꢋꢂꢇꢄꢐꢁꢎꢇꢄꢐꢃꢋꢐꢄꢐꢍꢊꢇꢉꢄꢂꢍꢇꢅꢄꢑꢍꢏꢉ ꢄꢉꢇꢐꢓꢍꢑꢊꢄꢍꢉꢌꢇ-  
&ꢄꢆ )ꢑꢁꢆ #ꢄꢎꢊ ꢃꢉꢁꢃ 3ꢁꢉ-ꢄꢐꢁꢎꢇꢄꢐꢃꢋꢐꢄꢐꢍꢊꢇꢉꢄꢂꢍꢇꢅꢄꢑꢍꢏꢉ ꢄꢉꢇꢐꢓꢍꢑꢊꢄꢍꢉꢌꢇ-  
*ꢊꢁꢍ ꢀꢅꢂꢆꢃ  
<ꢍꢏꢉꢐꢅꢄ&ꢍ-ꢄꢐꢃꢋꢐꢄꢑꢇꢋ ꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢋꢉ ꢄꢁꢅꢄꢇꢗꢇꢌꢏꢐꢇ -  
ꢕꢌꢄꢃꢊ ꢀꢅꢂꢆꢃ  
<ꢍꢏꢉꢐꢅꢄ&ꢍ-ꢄꢐꢃꢋꢐꢄꢓꢑꢁꢐꢇꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢋꢉ ꢄꢁꢅꢄꢇꢗꢇꢌꢏꢐꢇ -  
#( *( 'ꢌꢌ ꢀꢅꢂꢆꢃ  
<ꢍꢏꢉꢐꢄꢍꢘꢄꢇꢑꢑꢍꢑꢄꢍꢌꢌꢏꢑꢑꢇꢉꢌꢇꢉꢄꢘꢑꢋꢎꢇꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢐꢐꢇ ꢘꢑꢍꢎꢄꢌꢋꢔꢈꢇꢖꢄꢐꢃꢁꢅꢄꢁꢉ ꢁꢌꢋꢐꢇꢅꢄꢅꢐꢋꢔꢁꢈꢁꢐꢕ  
ꢍꢘꢄꢌꢏꢑꢑꢇꢉꢐꢄꢉꢇꢐꢓꢍꢑꢊ-ꢄ%ꢘꢄꢐꢃꢇꢑꢇꢄꢋꢑꢇꢄꢎꢋꢉꢕꢄꢇꢑꢑꢍꢑꢅꢖꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢈꢁꢉꢇꢖꢄꢃꢋꢅꢄꢆꢑꢍꢔꢈꢇꢎꢄꢋꢉ  
ꢎꢋꢉꢋꢂꢇꢎꢇꢉꢐꢄꢁꢅꢄꢉꢇꢇ  ꢄꢐꢍꢄꢆꢑꢇꢒꢇꢉꢐꢄꢇꢑꢑꢍꢑ-  
)ꢙꢑ 'ꢌꢌ ꢀꢅꢂꢆꢃ  
<ꢍꢏꢉꢐꢅꢄ &ꢍ-ꢄ ꢍꢘꢄ &4!ꢄ ꢑꢇꢅꢆꢍꢉꢅꢇꢄ ꢘꢑꢍꢎꢄ ꢍꢐꢃꢇꢑꢄ ꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢏꢑꢁꢉꢂꢄ ꢇꢗꢇꢌꢏꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢍꢘ  
ꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢋꢉ -  
+ꢇ #( *( ꢀꢅꢂꢆꢃ  
%ꢉꢌꢑꢇꢋꢅꢇꢅꢄꢑꢇꢌꢇꢁꢒꢇꢄꢌꢍꢏꢉꢐꢄꢍꢘꢄꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉꢘꢄꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉ ꢋꢐꢋꢇꢌꢇꢁꢒꢇ   
ꢁꢉꢌꢑꢇꢋꢅꢇꢅꢄ ꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢅꢅꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢌꢍꢏꢉꢐꢄ ꢍꢘꢄ ꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃ ꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉ ꢁꢘꢄ ꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃ ꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉ ꢋꢐꢋꢄ ꢁꢅ  
ꢐꢑꢋꢉꢅꢎꢁꢐꢐꢇ -  
ꢝꢔ  %ꢛCꢄꢎꢍꢉꢁꢐꢍꢑ  
%ꢛCꢄꢎꢍꢉꢁꢐꢍꢑꢄꢘꢏꢉꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢆꢑꢍꢒꢁ ꢇꢅꢄꢁꢉꢘꢍꢑꢎꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢘꢍꢑꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢎꢍ ꢏꢈꢇꢄꢎꢍꢏꢉꢐꢇ ꢄꢁꢉꢄ6,3ꢄꢅꢈꢍꢐꢖꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢘꢍꢈꢈꢍꢓꢁꢉꢂꢄ ꢁꢋꢈꢍꢂꢄꢔꢍꢗ  
ꢁꢅꢄ ꢁꢅꢆꢈꢋꢕꢇ ꢄꢁꢘꢄꢏꢅꢇꢑꢄꢅꢇꢈꢇꢌꢐꢅꢄ%ꢛCꢄꢁꢉꢘꢍꢑꢎꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢍꢘꢄCꢉ(ꢈꢁꢉꢇꢄꢎꢇꢉꢏ-  
ꢀꢁꢄꢈ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. Communication Function  
ꢀꢇꢑꢇꢖꢄ ꢓꢃꢇꢉꢄ ꢏꢅꢇꢑꢄ ꢓꢋꢉꢐꢄ ꢐꢍꢄ ꢎꢍꢉꢁꢐꢍꢑꢄ ꢐꢃꢇꢄ ꢁꢉꢘꢍꢑꢎꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢘꢍꢑꢄ ꢅꢆꢇꢌꢁꢋꢈꢄ ꢎꢍ ꢏꢈꢇꢄ ꢇꢗꢌꢇꢆꢐꢄ %ꢛCꢄ ꢎꢍ ꢏꢈꢇꢖꢄ ꢒꢇꢑꢅꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢍꢘ  
ꢅꢆꢇꢌꢁꢋꢈ ꢏꢈꢇꢅꢄ ꢁꢅꢆꢈꢋꢕꢇ ꢃꢇꢍꢈꢈꢍꢓꢁꢉꢂꢅꢇꢑꢏꢐꢅꢏꢑꢅꢍꢑꢆꢇꢌꢁꢋꢈ ꢏꢈꢇꢐꢍꢄꢔꢇꢄꢎꢍꢉꢁꢐꢍꢑꢇ ꢄꢋꢉ  
ꢅꢇꢈꢇꢌꢐꢅꢄ,ꢆꢇꢌꢁꢋꢈꢄ3ꢍ ꢏꢈꢇꢄ%ꢉꢘꢍꢑꢎꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ-  
ꢝꢌ  6ꢈꢋꢂꢄꢎꢍꢉꢁꢐꢍꢑ  
ꢚꢃꢁꢅꢄ ꢎꢍꢉꢁꢐꢍꢑꢅꢄ ꢅꢈꢋꢒꢇꢄ ꢅꢕꢅꢐꢇꢎꢄ ꢘꢈꢋꢂꢅꢄ ꢅꢐꢍꢑꢇ  ꢁꢉꢄ ꢔꢏꢘꢘꢇꢑꢄ ꢎꢇꢎꢍꢑꢕꢄ ꢍꢘꢄ 6,3-ꢄ %ꢘꢄ ꢏꢅꢇꢑꢄ ꢅꢇꢈꢇꢌꢐꢅꢄ ꢘꢈꢋꢂꢄ ꢎꢍꢉꢁꢐꢍꢑꢄ ꢁꢉ  
3ꢍꢉꢁꢐꢍꢑꢁꢉꢂꢄ ꢍꢘꢄ Cꢉ(ꢈꢁꢉꢇꢄ ꢎꢇꢉꢏꢄ ꢋꢉ  ꢅꢇꢈꢇꢌꢐꢅꢄ ꢘꢈꢋꢂꢄ ꢐꢍꢄ ꢔꢇꢄ ꢎꢍꢉꢁꢐꢍꢑꢇ ꢖꢄ ꢐꢃꢇꢉꢄ ꢎꢍꢉꢁꢐꢍꢑꢄ ꢌꢋꢉꢄ ꢔꢇꢄ ꢆꢇꢑꢘꢍꢑꢎꢇ -ꢄ ,ꢇꢇ  
ꢋꢆꢆꢇꢉ ꢁꢗꢄ40-1ꢄꢘꢍꢑꢄꢅꢈꢋꢒꢇꢄꢅꢕꢅꢐꢇꢎꢄꢘꢈꢋꢂ-  
   5ꢎꢇꢑꢂꢇꢉꢌꢕꢄꢍꢏꢐꢆꢏꢐꢄ ꢋꢐꢋ  
5ꢎꢇꢑꢂꢇꢉꢌꢕꢄꢍꢏꢐꢆꢏꢐꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢇꢗꢁꢅꢐꢄꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄ%ꢛCꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢍꢉꢈꢕ-ꢄ%ꢘꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢁꢅꢄꢘꢋꢁꢈꢇ ꢄꢔꢕꢄꢋꢉꢕꢄꢌꢋꢏꢅꢇꢄ ꢏꢑꢁꢉꢂꢄꢀꢁꢂꢀ  
ꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢖꢄꢅꢇꢐꢅꢄꢇꢎꢇꢑꢂꢇꢉꢌꢕꢄꢍꢏꢐꢆꢏꢐꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢘꢍꢑꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢌꢋꢏꢅꢇꢄꢐꢍꢄꢎꢋꢁꢉꢐꢋꢁꢉꢄꢅꢐꢋꢔꢈꢇꢄꢅꢐꢋꢐꢏꢅꢄꢍꢘꢄꢇꢗꢐꢇꢑꢉꢋꢈ  
ꢇꢒꢁꢌꢇꢅ-ꢄ%ꢘꢄꢏꢅꢇꢑꢄꢅꢇꢈꢇꢌꢐꢅꢄ$ꢑꢁꢐꢇꢄ%ꢉꢘꢍꢑꢎꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢁꢉꢄCꢉ(ꢈꢁꢉꢇꢄꢎꢇꢉꢏꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢅꢇꢈꢇꢌꢐꢅꢄ;ꢄꢋꢑꢇꢋꢄꢐꢃꢋꢐꢄꢇꢎꢇꢑꢂꢇꢉꢌꢕꢄꢍꢏꢐꢆꢏꢐꢄ ꢋꢐꢋ  
ꢁꢅꢄꢐꢍꢄꢔꢇꢄꢌꢃꢍꢅꢇꢉꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢌꢈꢁꢌꢊꢅꢄ5 ꢁꢐꢄ%ꢐꢇꢎꢖꢄꢐꢃꢇꢉꢄ ꢁꢋꢈꢍꢂꢄꢔꢍꢗꢄꢐꢃꢋꢐꢄꢏꢅꢇꢑꢄꢌꢋꢉꢄꢅꢇꢐꢄꢇꢎꢇꢑꢂꢇꢉꢌꢕꢄꢍꢏꢐꢆꢏꢐꢄꢁꢅꢄ ꢁꢅꢆꢈꢋꢕꢇ -  
%ꢉꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄ ꢁꢋꢈꢍꢂꢄꢔꢍꢗꢖꢄꢁꢉꢆꢏꢐꢄꢋꢅꢄ=>ꢄꢘꢍꢑꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢔꢁꢐꢄꢐꢃꢋꢐꢄꢍꢏꢐꢆꢏꢐꢄꢁꢅꢄꢐꢍꢄꢔꢇꢄCꢉꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢌꢈꢁꢌꢊꢄC!-  
%ꢘꢄꢏꢅꢇꢑꢄꢁꢉꢆꢏꢐꢅꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄꢒꢋꢈꢏꢇꢄꢓꢁꢐꢃꢄꢇꢎꢇꢑꢂꢇꢉꢌꢕꢄꢍꢏꢐꢆꢏꢐꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢅꢇꢑꢒꢁꢌꢇꢖꢄꢐꢃꢇꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢓꢃꢁꢌꢃꢄꢁꢅꢄꢅꢇꢐꢄꢓꢃꢇꢉꢄꢆꢍꢓꢇꢑꢄꢍꢉꢛꢍꢘꢘꢄꢍꢘ  
ꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇ ꢏꢈꢇꢁꢈꢈꢈꢁꢎꢁꢉꢋꢐꢇ ꢝꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇ ꢏꢈꢇꢄ ꢍꢇꢅꢉDꢐꢋꢒꢇꢋꢐꢐꢇꢑꢕꢃꢁꢌꢃꢋꢉꢇꢎꢇꢎꢔꢇꢑꢋꢈꢏꢇꢅ -  
ꢚꢃꢇꢑꢇꢘꢍꢑꢇꢖꢄꢁꢘꢄꢏꢅꢇꢑꢄꢓꢋꢉꢐꢄꢐꢍꢄꢂꢁꢒꢇꢄꢇꢎꢇꢑꢂꢇꢉꢌꢕꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢑꢇꢂꢋꢑ ꢈꢇꢅꢅꢄꢍꢘꢄꢆꢍꢓꢇꢑꢄꢍꢉꢛꢍꢘꢘꢖꢄꢆꢑꢍꢂꢑꢋꢎꢄꢅꢃꢍꢏꢈ ꢄꢔꢇꢄꢎꢋ ꢇꢄꢏꢅꢁꢉꢂ  
ꢐꢃꢇꢄꢘꢈꢋꢂꢄꢘꢍꢑꢄꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄꢎꢍ ꢏꢈꢇꢄꢎꢍꢉꢁꢐꢍꢑꢁꢉꢂꢄꢁꢉꢄ!"#$%&-  
ꢝꢇ  ;ꢄꢋꢑꢇꢋꢄꢎꢍꢉꢁꢐꢍꢑꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢘꢍꢑꢌꢇ ꢄꢅꢇꢐꢐꢁꢉꢂ  
;ꢑꢇꢋꢍꢉꢁꢐꢍꢑꢘꢏꢉꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢎꢍꢉꢁꢐꢍꢑꢅꢄꢌꢏꢑꢑꢇꢉꢐꢄꢒꢋꢈꢏꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄ%ꢛCꢄꢎꢍ ꢏꢈꢇꢖꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢐꢃꢁꢅꢄꢁꢅꢄꢏꢅꢇ ꢄꢐꢍꢄꢒꢇꢑꢁꢘꢕꢄꢍꢏꢐꢆꢏꢐꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢄꢍꢘ  
ꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ ꢉꢆꢏꢐꢄ ꢋꢐꢋꢃꢁꢌꢃꢇꢋ ꢑꢍꢎꢗꢐꢇꢑꢉꢋꢈꢄ ꢇꢒꢁꢌꢇ-,ꢇꢈꢇꢌꢐ3ꢍꢉꢁꢐꢍꢑꢁꢉꢂCꢉ(ꢈꢁꢉꢇꢇꢉꢏ  
ꢋꢉ ꢇꢈꢇꢌꢐ$ꢍꢑ Aꢁꢐꢖ'ꢓꢍꢑ <ꢍꢎꢆꢈꢇꢗꢍꢉꢁꢐꢍꢑꢖ ꢉꢆꢏꢐ;ꢑꢇꢋꢍꢉꢁꢐꢍꢑꢇ -6ꢍꢑꢍꢑꢌꢇ ꢇꢐꢐꢁꢉꢂꢖ  
ꢒꢋꢈꢏꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄ;ꢄꢋꢑꢇꢋꢄꢌꢋꢉꢄꢔꢇꢄꢅꢇꢐꢄꢘꢑꢍꢎꢄ<ꢃꢋꢉꢂꢇꢄ<ꢏꢑꢑꢇꢉꢐꢄ%ꢛCꢄꢍꢘꢄ'ꢇꢔꢏꢂꢄꢎꢇꢉꢏ-  
ꢝꢘ  %ꢘꢄ ꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄ ꢌꢍꢉꢉꢇꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄ ꢁꢅꢄ ꢎꢋ ꢇꢄ ꢓꢁꢐꢃꢄ !)+++,ꢛ!1++,ꢄ ꢑꢇꢎꢍꢐꢇꢄ %ꢛCꢄ ꢅꢐꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢖꢄ ꢐꢃꢇꢄ ꢘꢍꢈꢈꢍꢓꢁꢉꢂꢄ ꢁꢐꢇꢎꢅꢄ ꢋꢑꢇꢄ ꢉꢍꢐ  
ꢇꢗꢇꢌꢏꢐꢇ ꢄ.  
 $ꢑꢁꢐꢇꢄꢍꢘꢄꢆꢑꢍꢂꢑꢋꢎꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢆꢋꢑꢋꢎꢇꢐꢇꢑ  
ꢀꢁꢅꢉ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. Communication Function  
 ꢜꢇꢋ ꢄꢍꢘꢄꢆꢑꢍꢂꢑꢋꢎꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢆꢋꢑꢋꢎꢇꢐꢇꢑ  
 Cꢆꢇꢑꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢇꢗꢇꢌꢏꢐꢇ  ꢁꢑꢇꢌꢐꢈꢕꢄꢋꢌꢌꢍꢑ ꢁꢉꢂꢄꢐꢍꢄꢆꢑꢍꢂꢑꢋꢎ  
N ꢚꢁꢎꢇꢄꢌꢃꢋꢑꢐꢄꢎꢍꢉꢁꢐꢍꢑꢄꢍꢘꢄꢎꢍꢉꢁꢐꢍꢑ  
N #ꢁꢉꢊꢄꢆꢋꢑꢋꢎꢇꢐꢇꢑꢄꢍꢘꢄꢎꢍꢉꢁꢐꢍꢑ  
N ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢇ ꢄꢈꢁꢉꢊꢄꢎꢍꢉꢁꢐꢍꢑ  
N 6ꢍꢑꢌꢇ ꢄ%ꢛCꢄꢁꢉꢘꢍꢑꢎꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ  
N ,ꢇꢐꢐꢁꢉꢂꢄꢈꢁꢉꢊꢄꢇꢉꢋꢔꢈꢇ  
N 6ꢈꢋꢅꢃꢄꢎꢇꢎꢍꢑꢕ  
Nꢄ#ꢁꢉꢊꢄꢁꢉꢘꢍꢑꢎꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ  
Nꢄ3ꢍ ꢇꢄꢅꢓꢁꢐꢌꢃ  
  6ꢈꢋꢅꢃꢄꢎꢇꢎꢍꢑꢕ  
 ,ꢇꢐꢐꢁꢉꢂꢄꢍꢘꢄꢈꢁꢉꢊꢄꢇꢉꢋꢔꢈꢇ  
 3ꢉꢇꢐꢄꢆꢋꢑꢋꢎꢇꢐꢇꢑꢖꢄ3ꢉꢇꢐꢄꢁꢉꢘꢍꢑꢎꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉ  
 %ꢛCꢄꢅꢊꢁꢆ  
6.3.4 Slave system flag  
%ꢉꢘꢍꢑꢎꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢐꢍꢑꢇ ꢉꢐꢇꢑꢉꢋꢈꢇꢎꢍꢑꢕꢈꢋꢒꢇ ꢏꢈꢇꢋꢉꢍꢉꢁꢐꢍꢑꢇ ꢃꢑꢍꢏꢂꢃꢈꢋꢂꢍꢉꢁꢐꢍꢑ6,3ꢖ  
ꢇꢗꢇꢌꢏꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢁꢉꢘꢍꢑꢎꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢍꢘꢄꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉꢄꢋꢉ ꢄꢌꢍꢎꢎꢏꢉꢁꢌꢋꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢁꢉꢅꢐꢑꢏꢌꢐꢁꢍꢉꢄꢌꢋꢉꢄꢇꢋꢅꢁꢈꢕꢄꢔꢇꢄꢑꢇꢌꢍꢂꢉꢁꢙꢇ ꢄꢐꢃꢑꢍꢏꢂꢃꢄꢘꢈꢋꢂ-  
,ꢇꢇꢄꢅꢈꢋꢒꢇꢄꢅꢕꢅꢐꢇꢎꢄꢘꢈꢋꢂꢄꢍꢘꢄ4ꢆꢆꢇꢉ ꢁꢗ  
ꢀꢁꢅꢂ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7. Diagnosis function  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ ꢇ ꢇ ꢈꢉꢂꢊꢋꢌꢍꢉꢍꢇꢎꢏꢋꢐꢄꢉꢌꢋ  
7.1 Self diagnosis function of Fnet communication module  
7.1.1 Self diagnosis function during running  
ꢀꢁꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢃꢂ ꢈꢁꢁꢇꢉꢃꢉꢈꢁꢊꢋꢌꢃꢋꢂꢁꢍꢎꢏꢃꢂꢆꢇꢁꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃ ꢎꢋꢃꢐꢇꢃꢑꢋꢂꢒꢋꢃꢄꢓꢁꢂꢈꢌꢓꢃꢔꢀꢕꢃꢒꢓꢊ ꢓꢃꢏꢂ ꢎꢄꢇꢉꢃꢂꢋꢃꢄꢓꢇꢃꢖꢁꢂꢋꢄꢃꢂꢖꢃꢄꢓꢇ  
ꢆꢁꢂꢉꢈ ꢄꢗꢃꢘꢓꢇꢋꢃꢔꢀꢕꢃꢂꢆꢇꢁꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢊꢙꢃꢎꢐꢋꢂꢁꢍꢎꢏꢚꢃꢙꢇꢇꢃꢎꢆꢆꢇꢋꢉꢊꢛꢃꢜꢝꢗꢝ ꢜꢝꢗ!ꢃꢔꢀꢕꢃꢊꢋꢉꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢊꢖꢃꢈꢙꢇꢁꢃ ꢎꢋꢃꢖꢊꢛꢃꢄꢓꢇꢃꢇꢁꢁꢂꢁ  
ꢄꢓꢁꢂꢈꢌꢓꢃꢁꢇꢏꢇ"ꢎꢋꢄꢃꢎ ꢄꢊꢂꢋꢚꢃꢎꢋꢉꢃ ꢂꢋꢄꢎ ꢄꢃ#ꢇꢁ"ꢊ ꢇꢃꢙꢄꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢂꢖꢃꢂꢈꢁꢃ ꢂꢍꢆꢎꢋꢅꢃꢖꢂꢁꢃꢙꢇꢁꢊꢂꢈꢙꢃꢇꢁꢁꢂꢁꢃꢂꢖꢃꢓꢎꢁꢉꢒꢎꢁꢇꢗ  
Items  
Contents  
** On-line mode **  
Remark  
1) Memory access error of communication module  
2) Common RAM access and Reading/Writing error  
3) Interface error of PLC and IBM_PC  
Error code is  
displayed through  
LED when error  
occurred  
Diagnosis function  
(Initial self  
diagnosis)  
4) Frame error during communication  
(See Appendix  
A1.1/A1.2)  
5) Error status in physical layer of other station during communication  
6) Error in physical layer of self station during communication  
7) Program execution error during communication  
** Test mode **  
1) Diagnosis of network configuration status in physical layer by test.  
– Transmission error of physical layer  
Error code is  
displayed through  
LED when error  
occurred  
Diagnosis function  
(Communication  
diagnosis)  
– Receive error of physical layer  
2) Interface error of CPU in communication module and communication  
chip.  
7.1.2 Communication diagnosis by test mode  
$ꢖꢃ ꢔꢀꢕꢃ ꢊꢋꢉꢊ ꢎꢄꢇꢙꢃ ꢍꢂꢉꢇꢍꢃ ꢂꢁꢃ ꢎꢐꢏꢇꢃ ꢆꢁꢂꢐꢏꢇꢍꢃ ꢂꢖꢃ %ꢋꢇꢄꢃ ꢍꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢚꢃ ꢂꢋꢋꢇ ꢄꢃ ꢄꢒꢂꢃ ꢍꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢃ ꢂꢖꢃ %ꢋꢇꢄꢃ ꢒꢊꢄꢓ  
ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃ ꢎꢐꢏꢇꢃꢎꢙꢃ%ꢊꢌꢗꢃ&ꢗꢝꢗ!ꢚꢃꢙꢇꢄꢃꢄꢓꢇꢃꢄꢒꢂꢃꢙꢄꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢋꢈꢍꢐꢇꢁꢙꢃꢊꢉꢇꢋꢄꢊ ꢎꢏꢏꢅꢚꢃꢙꢇꢄꢃꢂꢆꢇꢁꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢂꢉꢇꢃꢙꢒꢊꢄ ꢓꢃꢂꢋ  
ꢖꢁꢂꢋꢄꢃꢆꢎꢁꢄꢃꢄꢂꢃꢄꢇꢙꢄꢃꢍꢂꢉꢇꢚꢃꢎꢋꢉꢃꢄꢈꢁꢋꢃꢄꢓꢇꢃꢆꢂꢒꢇꢁꢃꢂꢋꢚꢃꢄꢓꢇꢋꢃꢉꢊꢎꢌꢋꢂꢙꢇꢃꢄꢓꢇꢃꢆꢁꢂꢐꢏꢇꢍꢃꢎ ꢂꢁꢉꢊꢋꢌꢃꢄꢂꢃꢔꢀꢕꢃꢊꢋꢉꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢗ  
CPU-A  
CPU-B  
Operation mode : TEST 1  
Operation mode : TEST 2  
Fig. 7.1.2 Configuration of test system  
7-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7. Diagnosis function  
 'ꢂꢒꢃꢄꢂꢃꢄꢇꢙꢄ  
$ꢋꢃꢎꢃꢙꢅꢙꢄꢇꢍꢃ ꢂꢋꢖꢊꢌꢈꢁꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢙꢓꢂꢒꢋꢃꢎꢐꢂ"ꢇꢚꢃ ꢓꢇ ꢑꢙꢃ' ꢘꢃꢐꢇꢄꢒꢇꢇꢋꢃ()*+ꢜꢃꢎꢋꢉꢃ()*+,ꢃꢎꢋꢉꢃ ꢂꢋꢋꢇ ꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢙꢄꢎꢄꢈꢙꢗ  
ꢝ- $ꢋꢇꢙꢄꢅꢙꢄꢇꢍꢃ ꢂꢋꢖꢊꢌꢈꢁꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢓꢂꢒꢋꢐꢂ"ꢇꢚꢈꢁꢋꢓꢇꢂꢒꢇꢁ()*+ꢜꢋꢉ()*+,ꢖꢖꢋꢉꢇꢄꢓꢇ  
ꢍꢂꢉꢇꢃꢙꢒꢊꢄ ꢓꢃꢂꢖꢃꢎꢆꢆꢁꢂꢆꢁꢊꢎꢄꢇꢃꢍꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢃꢎꢙꢃꢖꢂꢏꢏꢂꢒꢙꢃ.  
 /ꢂꢉꢇꢃꢂꢖꢃ ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢍꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢚꢃ()*+ꢜꢃ0ꢃ1ꢀ#1ꢃꢝꢃ21ꢁꢎꢋꢙꢍꢊꢙꢙꢊꢂꢋꢃꢍꢂꢉꢇꢃꢂꢖꢃ ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢄꢇꢙꢄ-  
 #ꢇꢄꢙꢃꢙꢄꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢋꢈꢍꢐꢇꢁꢃꢙꢒꢊꢄ ꢓꢃꢂꢖꢃ()*+ꢜꢃꢄꢂꢃꢙꢄꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢝꢃ2(ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢄꢇꢙꢄꢃꢖꢂꢁꢃꢙꢄꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢝ-  
 /ꢂꢉꢇꢃꢂꢖꢃ ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢍꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢚꢃ()*+,ꢃ0ꢃ1ꢀ#1ꢃ!ꢃ23ꢇ ꢇꢊ"ꢇꢃꢍꢂꢉꢇꢃꢂꢖꢃ ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢄꢇꢙꢄ-  
ꢕꢂꢋ4ꢄꢃ ꢓꢎꢋꢌꢇꢃ"ꢎꢏꢈꢇꢙꢃꢂꢖꢃꢂꢄꢓꢇꢁꢃꢙꢒꢊꢄ ꢓꢇꢙꢗ  
 #ꢇꢄꢙꢃꢙꢄꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢋꢈꢍꢐꢇꢁꢃꢙꢒꢊꢄ ꢓꢃꢂꢖꢃ()*+,ꢃꢄꢂꢃꢙꢄꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢝꢃ2(ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢄꢇꢙꢄꢃꢖꢂꢁꢃꢙꢄꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢝ-  
!- )ꢂꢒꢇꢁꢃꢂꢋꢃ()*+ꢜꢃꢎꢋꢉꢃ()*+,ꢗ  
5- ꢔꢀꢕꢙꢃꢊꢋꢃ ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢍꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢃꢂꢖꢃ()*+ꢜꢃꢎꢁꢇꢃꢂꢆꢇꢁꢎꢄꢇꢉꢃꢎꢙꢃꢖꢂꢏꢏꢂꢒꢙꢃ.  
During communication test  
Result of communication test  
RUN = Flash  
RUN = Light on  
LAS  
LAS = Light on only if receive error occurred  
TOKEN = Light on only if transmission error occurred  
TRX = Light on if TIME OUT occurred  
One LED rotates  
at a time(total  
rotation number  
256)  
TOKEN  
TRX  
FAULT  
FAULT = Light on if frame error occurred  
ꢕꢈꢁꢊꢋꢌꢃ ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢄꢇꢙꢄꢚꢃꢁꢂꢄꢎꢄꢇꢙꢃꢈꢆꢃꢒꢓꢊꢏꢇꢃꢏꢊꢌꢓꢄꢊꢋꢌꢃꢂꢋꢃ%ꢜ*ꢔ1ꢃ+ꢃ136ꢃ+ꢃ178ꢀ9ꢃ+ꢃꢔꢜ#ꢃ+ꢃ%ꢜ*ꢔ1  
ꢔꢀꢕ!:;ꢊꢍꢇꢙꢚꢊꢄꢓ3*9ꢀꢕꢋꢗ1ꢇꢙꢄꢃꢁꢇꢙꢈꢏꢄꢊꢙꢆꢏꢎꢅꢇꢉꢓꢁꢂꢈꢌꢓꢀꢕꢋꢉꢓꢇꢇꢎꢋꢊꢋꢌꢙꢁꢇ  
ꢙꢓꢂꢒꢋꢃ ꢎꢐꢂ"ꢇꢗꢃ 1ꢓꢇꢙꢇꢃ ꢎꢁꢇꢃ ꢉꢊꢙꢆꢏꢎꢅꢇꢉꢃ ꢉꢈꢁꢊꢋꢌꢃ ꢄꢒꢂꢃ ꢙꢇ ꢂꢋꢉꢙꢚꢃ ꢎꢋꢉꢃ ꢁꢇꢎꢉꢙꢃ ꢙꢄꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃ ꢋꢈꢍꢐꢇꢁꢃ ꢙꢒꢊꢄ ꢓꢃ ꢎꢋꢉꢃ ꢑꢇꢇꢆ  
ꢇꢛꢇ ꢈꢄꢊꢋꢌꢃꢒꢊꢄꢓꢃꢄꢓꢇꢃꢙꢄꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢗ  
<- ꢔꢀꢕꢙꢃꢊꢋꢃ ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢍꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢃꢂꢖꢃ()*+,ꢃꢎꢁꢇꢃꢂꢆꢇꢁꢎꢄꢇꢉꢃꢎꢙꢃꢖꢂꢏꢏꢂꢒꢙꢃ.  
During communication test  
Result of communication test  
RUN = Light off/Flash  
LAS  
RUN = Whether error occurred or not  
LAS = No meaning  
One LED rotates  
at a time(total  
rotation number  
256)  
TOKEN  
TOKEN = No meaning  
TRX = No meaning  
TRX  
FAULT  
FAULT = No meaning  
ꢕꢈꢁꢊꢋꢌꢃ ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢄꢇꢙꢄꢚꢃꢁꢂꢄꢎꢄꢇꢙꢃꢈꢆꢃꢒꢓꢊꢏꢇꢃꢏꢊꢌꢓꢄꢊꢋꢌꢃꢂꢖꢖꢃ%ꢜ*ꢔ1ꢃ+ꢃ136ꢃ+ꢃ178ꢀ9ꢃ+ꢃꢔꢜ#ꢃ+ꢃ%ꢜ*ꢔ1  
ꢔꢀꢕꢃ!:;ꢃꢄꢊꢍꢇꢙꢚꢃꢒꢊꢄꢓꢃ3*9ꢃꢔꢀꢕꢃꢂꢋꢗꢃ1ꢇꢙꢄꢃꢁꢇꢙꢈꢏꢄꢃꢊꢙꢃꢉꢊꢙꢆꢏꢎꢅꢇꢉꢃꢄꢓꢁꢂꢈꢌꢓꢃ3*9ꢃꢔꢀꢕꢃꢎꢋꢉꢃ ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋ  
ꢇꢁꢁꢂꢁꢃꢂ ꢈꢁꢁꢇꢉꢃꢉꢈꢁꢊꢋꢌꢃꢄꢇꢙꢄꢃꢊꢖꢃ3*9ꢃꢔꢀꢕꢃꢊꢙꢃꢄꢈꢁꢋꢇꢉꢃꢂꢋꢗ  
$ꢖꢃ ꢇꢁꢁꢂꢁꢃ  ꢈꢁꢙꢃ ꢎꢖꢄꢇꢁꢃ ꢄꢇꢙꢄꢊꢋꢌꢚꢃ ꢓꢇ ꢑꢃ ꢄꢓꢇꢃ ꢄꢇꢙꢄꢃ ꢂꢋꢉꢊꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃ ꢊꢙꢃ ꢂꢁꢁꢇ ꢄꢃ ꢂꢁꢃ ꢋꢂꢄꢗꢃ $ꢖꢃ ꢄꢓꢇꢃ ꢙꢎꢍꢇꢃ ꢇꢁꢁꢂꢁꢃ  ꢈꢁꢙ  
ꢂꢋꢄꢊꢋꢈꢂꢈꢙꢏꢅꢚꢃ ꢂꢋꢄꢎ ꢄꢃ#ꢇꢁ"ꢊ ꢇꢃꢙꢄꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢂꢖꢃꢂꢈꢁꢃ ꢂꢍꢆꢎꢋꢅꢗ  
7-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
8. Installation and testing operation  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢑ ꢒꢋꢍꢄꢂꢓꢓꢂꢄꢉꢌꢋꢇꢂꢋꢔꢇꢄꢅꢍꢄꢉꢋꢊꢇꢌꢃꢅꢆꢂꢄꢉꢌꢋ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ ꢇꢆꢈꢉꢄꢊꢇꢄꢋꢊꢆꢌꢅꢆꢈꢄꢍꢊꢉꢎꢌꢏꢇꢆꢈꢉꢄꢊꢉꢐꢊꢑꢄꢌꢆꢊꢒꢉꢓꢓꢔꢄꢈꢒꢇꢆꢈꢉꢄꢊꢓꢉꢋꢔ ꢌ  
/ꢜ#1ꢀ3+8ꢃ ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢓꢂꢈꢏꢉꢆꢆꢁꢂꢆꢁꢊꢎꢄꢇꢏꢅꢂꢈꢋꢄꢇꢉ ꢁꢉꢊꢋꢌ)ꢔ(()*ꢅꢆꢇꢚꢋꢉ  
ꢆꢁꢂꢉꢈ ꢄꢙꢃꢂꢖꢃ ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢍꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢃꢒꢓꢊ ꢓꢃ ꢎꢋꢃꢐꢇꢃꢍꢂꢈꢋꢄꢇꢉꢃꢎ ꢂꢁꢉꢊꢋꢌꢃꢄꢂꢃ()*ꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢃꢎꢁꢇꢃꢎꢙꢃꢖꢂꢏꢏꢂꢒꢙꢃ.  
Table 8.1 Mounting of communication module according to CPU type  
Max. mounting  
number  
Mounting location  
(slot)  
CPU type  
K1000S  
K300S  
Mountable device type  
Remark  
K7F-MUEA, K7F-FUEA, K7F-FUOA  
K7F-RBEA, K7F-RBOA  
K4F-FUEA  
4
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
Main base I/O  
CPU  
Remote I/O  
Remote I/O  
Main base I/O  
CPU  
K4F-RBEA  
K200S  
K3F-FUEA  
I/O  
FAM4.0  
G0L-FUEA  
16 bit extended slot  
16 bit extended slot  
Stand-alone type  
Stand-alone type  
Mounted in PC  
Mounted in PC  
Remote output  
Remote input  
FAM4.0  
G0L-MUEA  
-
-
G0L-SMQA  
G0L-SMIA  
Remote  
combined  
-
G0L-SMHA  
1
Stand-alone type  
8.1.1 Installation of Fnet master module  
ꢝ- $ꢋꢃꢄꢓꢇꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢙꢃꢂꢖꢃꢍꢎꢙꢄꢇꢁꢃꢍꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢚꢃꢄꢓꢇꢁꢇꢃꢎꢁꢇꢃꢇꢏꢇ ꢄꢁꢊ  ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢍꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢃꢂꢖꢃ8&%+%*ꢀꢜꢚꢃ8<%+%*ꢀꢜꢚ  
ꢎꢋꢉꢃ 85%+%*ꢀꢜꢚꢃ ꢂꢆꢄꢊ ꢎꢏꢃ ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃ ꢍꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢃ ꢂꢖꢃ 8&%+%*7ꢜꢚꢃ ꢎꢋꢉꢃ =>ꢔ+%*ꢀꢜꢃ ꢒꢓꢊ ꢓꢃ ꢊꢙꢃ ꢈꢙꢇꢉꢃ ꢊꢋ  
$,/+)(ꢗꢃ(ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢍꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢃ ꢎꢋꢃꢐꢇꢃꢍꢂꢈꢋꢄꢇꢉꢃꢈꢆꢃꢄꢂꢃ<ꢃꢊꢋꢃ8ꢝ>>>#ꢃ)ꢔ(ꢚꢃꢎꢋꢉꢃꢄꢓꢇꢙꢇꢃ ꢎꢋꢃꢐꢇꢃꢍꢂꢈꢋꢄꢇꢉ  
ꢂꢋꢏꢅꢃꢊꢋꢃꢍꢎꢊꢋꢃꢐꢎꢙꢇꢗ  
!- (ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢃ ꢎꢋꢂꢈꢋꢄꢇꢉ!ꢎꢊꢋꢎꢙꢇ85>>#ꢋꢉ8!>>#)ꢔ(2ꢀꢛꢄꢇꢋꢉꢇꢉ  
ꢐꢎꢙꢇꢃꢊꢙꢃꢋꢂꢄꢃꢎ"ꢎꢊꢏꢎꢐꢏꢇꢃꢖꢂꢁꢃꢄꢓꢊꢙꢃꢍꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇ-ꢗ  
5- =>ꢔ+%*ꢀꢜꢃꢊꢙꢃꢍꢂꢈꢋꢄꢇꢉꢃꢊꢋꢃꢂꢋꢇꢃꢂꢖꢃꢝ;ꢃꢐꢊꢄꢃꢇꢛꢄꢇꢋꢉꢇꢉꢃꢙꢏꢂꢄꢃꢂꢖꢃ ꢂꢍꢆꢎꢄꢊꢐꢏꢇꢃ$,/ꢃ)(ꢚꢃꢎꢋꢉꢃꢙꢇꢄꢄꢊꢋꢌꢃꢂꢖꢃꢆꢂꢁꢄꢃꢎꢋꢉ  
ꢍꢇꢍꢂꢁꢅꢃꢎꢉꢉꢁꢇꢙꢙꢃꢙꢓꢂꢈꢏꢉꢋ4ꢄꢃꢐꢇꢃꢉꢈꢆꢏꢊ ꢎꢄꢇꢉꢃꢒꢊꢄꢓꢃꢂꢄꢓꢇꢁꢃꢉꢇ"ꢊ ꢇ4ꢙ2#ꢇꢇꢃ5ꢗ!ꢗ5ꢃ=>ꢔ+%*ꢀꢜꢃꢙꢄꢁꢈ ꢄꢈꢁꢇ-ꢗ  
8-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
8. Installation and testing operation  
8.1.2 Installation of Fnet slave module  
$ꢋꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢙꢃꢂꢖꢃꢙꢏꢎ"ꢇꢃꢍꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢚꢃꢄꢓꢇꢁꢇꢃꢎꢁꢇꢃꢇꢏꢇ ꢄꢁꢊ  ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢍꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢃꢂꢖꢃ8&%+3,ꢀꢜꢃꢎꢋꢉꢃ8<%+3,ꢀꢜꢚꢃꢂꢆꢄꢊ ꢎꢏ  
ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢍꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢃꢂꢖꢃ8&%+3,7ꢜꢚꢃꢎꢋꢉꢃꢙꢄꢎꢋꢉꢎꢏꢂꢋꢇꢃꢁꢇꢍꢂꢄꢇ2=>ꢔ+#/?ꢜꢚꢃ=>ꢔ+#/$ꢜꢚꢃ=>ꢔ+#/'ꢜ-ꢃ$ 7  
ꢙꢄꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢂꢖꢃꢝ;ꢃꢆꢂꢊꢋꢄꢃꢂꢈꢄꢆꢈꢄꢚꢃꢊꢋꢆꢈꢄꢚꢃꢎꢋꢉꢃ ꢂꢍꢐꢊꢋꢇꢉꢗ  
%ꢊꢌꢗꢃ@ꢗꢝꢗ!ꢃꢙꢓꢂꢒꢙꢃꢇꢛꢎꢍꢆꢏꢇꢃꢂꢖꢃꢍꢂꢈꢋꢄꢊꢋꢌꢃꢎꢋꢉꢃꢇꢛꢄꢇꢋꢉꢊꢋꢌꢃꢂꢖꢃꢙꢏꢎ"ꢇꢃꢊꢋꢃ/8ꢃꢐꢎꢙꢇꢗ  
Main base  
Fnet network  
Extended base  
Extended base  
Fig. 8.1.2 How to mount and install  
1ꢎꢐꢏꢇꢃ@ꢗꢝꢗ!ꢃꢙꢓꢂꢒꢙꢃꢏꢊꢙꢄꢃꢂꢖꢃꢍꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢚꢃꢒꢓꢊ ꢓꢃ ꢎꢋꢃꢐꢇꢃꢈꢙꢇꢉꢃꢒꢊꢄꢓꢃ%#/ꢗ  
Table 8.1.2 Mountable device in FSM  
Available module name  
Product name  
Not available module name  
Product name  
Type name  
All types of I/O module  
D/A conversion module  
Interrupt input module  
Fnet module  
K!F-INTA  
K!l-FUEA/FUOA  
K!F-PIDA  
Temperature conversion module  
PID control module  
Analog timer  
High speed counter module  
A/D conversion module  
K!F-AT!A  
PC communication module  
K!L-CUEA  
#ꢇꢇꢃꢍꢂꢈꢋꢄꢊꢋꢌꢃꢍꢇꢄꢓꢂꢉꢃꢂꢖꢃꢄꢓꢇꢃꢍꢎꢋꢈꢎꢏꢃꢎ ꢂꢁꢉꢊꢋꢌꢃꢄꢂꢃ()*ꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢃꢖꢂꢁꢃꢍꢂꢈꢋꢄꢊꢋꢌꢃꢍꢇꢄꢓꢂꢉꢃꢂꢖꢃꢐꢎꢙꢇꢃꢍꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢗ  
8-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
8. Installation and testing operation  
8.1.3 Installation procedure of Fnet module  
ꢝ- $ꢋꢙꢄꢎꢏꢏꢃ ꢙꢄꢎꢋꢉꢎꢁꢉꢃ ꢂꢋꢖꢊꢌꢈꢁꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃ ꢄꢓꢎꢄꢃ ꢊꢙꢃ ꢋꢇꢇꢉꢇꢉꢃ ꢊꢋꢃ ꢙꢅꢙꢄꢇꢍꢃ ꢂꢋꢖꢊꢌꢈꢁꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢚꢃ ꢎꢋꢉꢃ ꢙꢇꢏꢇ ꢄꢃ ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋ  
ꢍꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢃꢁꢇꢏꢇ"ꢎꢋꢄꢃꢄꢂꢃꢄꢓꢇꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢃꢂꢖꢃꢉꢇ"ꢊ ꢇꢗ  
!- 1ꢓꢊꢙꢃ ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢍꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢃꢙꢓꢂꢈꢏꢉꢃꢐꢇꢃꢍꢂꢈꢋꢄꢇꢉꢃꢒꢓꢇꢋꢃꢆꢂꢒꢇꢁꢃꢊꢙꢃꢂꢖꢖꢗ  
5- ꢘꢓꢇꢋꢂꢈꢋꢄꢊꢋꢌꢓꢊꢙꢃ ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢚꢃ ꢓꢇ ꢓꢇꢄꢓꢇꢁꢃ ꢂꢋꢋꢇ ꢄꢂꢁꢎꢙꢇꢓꢎꢄꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢊꢏꢏ  
ꢍꢂꢈꢋꢄꢇꢉꢃꢓꢎꢙꢃꢖꢂꢁꢇꢊꢌꢋꢃꢍꢎꢄꢄꢇꢁꢙꢃꢂꢁꢃꢋꢂꢄꢚꢃꢎꢋꢉꢃ ꢓꢇ ꢑꢃꢒꢓꢇꢄꢓꢇꢁꢃ ꢂꢋꢋꢇ ꢄꢂꢁꢃꢆꢊꢋꢃꢂꢖꢃꢄꢓꢊꢙꢃꢍꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢃꢊꢙꢃꢋꢂꢁꢍꢎꢏꢗ  
<- ꢜꢏꢏꢃ ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢙꢃ ꢎꢋ4ꢄꢂꢈꢋꢄꢇꢉꢛꢄꢇꢋꢉꢇꢉꢎꢙꢇꢚꢓꢇꢅꢃ ꢎꢋꢂꢈꢋꢄꢇꢉꢋꢏꢅ()*  
ꢆꢂꢙꢊꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢂꢖꢃꢍꢎꢊꢋꢃꢐꢎꢙꢇꢗ  
:- (ꢂꢍꢐꢊꢋꢇꢉꢂꢈꢋꢄꢊꢋꢌ/ꢋꢇꢄꢃꢍꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢃꢎꢋꢉꢃ%ꢋꢇꢄꢃꢍꢎꢙꢄꢇꢁꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢙꢃꢆꢂꢙꢙꢊꢐꢏꢇꢃꢊꢋꢃꢉꢇ"ꢊ ꢇꢃꢂꢖꢃ8ꢝ>>>#ꢗꢃ,ꢈꢄ  
ꢍꢂꢈꢋꢄꢊꢋꢌꢃꢋꢈꢍꢐꢇꢁꢃꢂꢖꢃ ꢂꢍꢐꢊꢋꢇꢉꢃ ꢂꢋꢖꢊꢌꢈꢁꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢙꢓꢂꢈꢏꢉꢃꢐꢇꢃ<ꢃꢂꢁꢃꢏꢇꢙꢙꢗ  
;- ꢘꢓꢇꢋꢃꢍꢂꢈꢋꢄꢊꢋꢌꢃꢄꢓꢊꢙꢃꢍꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢚꢃꢊꢋꢙꢇꢁꢄꢃꢆꢁꢂAꢇ ꢄꢊꢋꢌꢃꢆꢎꢁꢄꢃꢂꢖꢃꢏꢂꢒꢇꢁꢃꢆꢎꢁꢄꢃꢊꢋꢄꢂꢃꢌꢁꢂꢂ"ꢇꢃꢂꢖꢃꢐꢎꢙꢇꢃꢐꢂꢎꢁꢉꢃꢇꢛꢎ ꢄꢏꢅꢃꢎꢋꢉ  
ꢆꢁꢇꢙꢙꢃꢊꢄꢃꢈꢋꢄꢊꢏꢃꢈꢆꢆꢇꢁꢃꢆꢎꢁꢄꢃꢊꢙꢃꢏꢂ ꢑꢇꢉꢃꢒꢊꢄꢓꢃꢏꢂ ꢑꢊꢋꢌꢃꢉꢇ"ꢊ ꢇꢃꢂꢖꢃꢐꢎꢙꢇꢃꢐꢂꢎꢁꢉꢚꢃꢐꢇꢖꢂꢁꢇꢃ ꢂꢋꢋꢇ ꢄꢊꢋꢌꢃ ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋ  
ꢎꢐꢏꢇꢗꢃ$ꢖꢃꢏꢂ ꢑꢊꢋꢌꢃꢉꢇ"ꢊ ꢇꢃꢊꢙꢃꢋꢂꢄꢃꢏꢂ ꢑꢇꢉꢃ ꢂꢍꢆꢏꢇꢄꢇꢏꢅꢚꢃꢇꢁꢁꢂꢁꢃꢂꢖꢃꢊꢋꢄꢇꢁꢖꢎ ꢇꢃꢒꢊꢄꢓꢃ()*ꢃꢍꢎꢅꢃꢐꢇꢃꢂ ꢈꢁꢁꢇꢉꢗ  
&- #ꢇꢄꢙꢄꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃ ꢋꢈꢍꢐꢇꢁꢋꢉꢆꢇꢁꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃ ꢍꢂꢉꢇꢙꢊꢋꢌꢒꢊꢄ ꢓꢇꢁꢂꢋꢄꢎꢁꢄꢖꢃ ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃ ꢍꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢗ  
1ꢓꢇꢁꢇꢃꢙꢓꢂꢈꢏꢉꢃꢐꢇꢃꢋꢂꢃꢉꢈꢆꢏꢊ ꢎꢄꢇꢉꢃꢙꢄꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢋꢈꢍꢐꢇꢁꢃꢊꢋꢃꢄꢓꢇꢃꢙꢎꢍꢇꢃꢋꢇꢄꢒꢂꢁꢑꢗ  
@- (ꢂꢋꢋꢇ ꢄꢃ ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃ ꢎꢐꢏꢇꢃꢎꢖꢄꢇꢁꢃꢍꢂꢈꢋꢄꢊꢋꢌꢃꢇꢏꢇ ꢄꢁꢊ ꢃꢍꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢚꢃꢎꢋꢉꢃꢊꢋꢙꢄꢎꢏꢏꢃꢄꢇꢁꢍꢊꢋꢎꢏꢃꢁꢇꢙꢊꢙꢄꢎꢋ ꢇꢃꢎꢄꢃ(79ꢝ  
ꢂꢁꢃ(79!ꢃꢊꢖꢃꢄꢓꢊꢙꢃꢍꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢃꢊꢙꢃꢄꢇꢁꢍꢊꢋꢎꢏꢃ2%ꢋꢇꢄ.ꢝꢝ>-ꢗ  
B- ꢀꢏꢇ ꢄꢁꢊ ꢃꢍꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢃ ꢎꢐꢏꢇꢃꢙꢓꢂꢈꢏꢉꢃꢐꢇꢃ ꢂꢋꢋꢇ ꢄꢇꢉꢃꢄꢊꢌꢓꢄꢏꢅꢃꢈꢙꢊꢋꢌꢃꢙ ꢁꢇꢒꢃꢂꢖꢃ ꢎꢐꢏꢇꢃ ꢂꢋꢋꢇ ꢄꢂꢁꢗꢃ$ꢖꢃꢍꢂꢈꢋꢄꢇꢉꢃꢙꢄꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋ  
ꢊꢙꢃꢋꢂꢄꢃꢄꢇꢁꢍꢊꢋꢎꢏꢚꢃꢐꢂꢄꢓꢃꢙꢊꢉꢇꢃꢂꢖꢃ ꢎꢐꢏꢇꢃ ꢎꢋꢃꢐꢇꢃ ꢂꢋꢋꢇ ꢄꢇꢉꢃꢎꢋꢅꢃꢂꢖꢃ(79ꢝꢃꢎꢋꢉꢃ(79!ꢗ  
ꢝ>- 1ꢈꢁꢋꢃ ꢄꢓꢇꢃ ꢆꢂꢒꢇꢁꢃ ꢂꢋꢃ ꢎꢖꢄꢇꢁꢃ ꢂꢋꢋꢇ ꢄꢊꢋꢌꢃ ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃ ꢎꢐꢏꢇꢚꢃ ꢓꢇ ꢑꢃ ꢒꢓꢇꢄꢓꢇꢁꢃ ꢄꢓꢊꢙꢃ ꢍꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢃ ꢂꢆꢇꢁꢎꢄꢇꢙ  
ꢋꢂꢁꢍꢎꢏꢏꢅꢃꢄꢓꢁꢂꢈꢌꢓꢃꢔꢀꢕꢃꢂꢆꢇꢁꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢙꢄꢎꢄꢈꢙꢗꢃ$ꢖꢃꢊꢄꢃꢊꢙꢃꢋꢂꢁꢍꢎꢏꢚꢃꢉꢂꢒꢋꢏꢂꢎꢉꢃ ꢂꢁꢁꢇꢙꢆꢂꢋꢉꢊꢋꢌꢃꢆꢁꢂꢌꢁꢎꢍꢃꢄꢂꢃ8=ꢔꢘ$9  
ꢎꢋꢉꢃꢇꢛꢇ ꢈꢄꢇꢃꢄꢓꢇꢃꢆꢁꢂꢌꢁꢎꢍꢗ  
ꢝꢝ- ꢜꢖꢄꢇꢁꢃꢍꢂꢈꢋꢄꢊꢋꢌꢃꢂꢆꢄꢊ ꢎꢏꢃ ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢍꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢚꢃꢊꢋꢙꢇꢁꢄꢃꢆꢁꢂAꢇ ꢄꢊꢋꢌꢃꢆꢎꢁꢄꢃꢂꢖꢃ ꢎꢐꢏꢇꢃ ꢂꢋꢋꢇ ꢄꢂꢁꢃꢊꢋꢄꢂꢃꢌꢁꢂꢂ"ꢇ  
ꢂꢖꢃ ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃ ꢍꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢃ ꢂꢋꢋꢇ ꢄꢂꢁꢃ ꢒꢓꢊꢏꢇꢃ ꢆꢈꢙꢓꢊꢋꢌꢃ ꢂꢋꢋꢇ ꢄꢂꢁꢃ ꢂꢖꢃ ꢂꢆꢄꢊ ꢎꢏꢃ ꢂꢋꢋꢇ ꢄꢂꢁꢃ ꢊꢋꢄꢂ  
ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢍꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢃ ꢂꢋꢋꢇ ꢄꢂꢁꢃꢎꢋꢉꢃꢄꢈꢁꢋꢊꢋꢌꢃꢊꢄꢃ ꢏꢂ ꢑꢒꢊꢙꢇꢃꢉꢊꢁꢇ ꢄꢊꢂꢋꢗ  
ꢝ!- (ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢍꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢃꢖꢂꢁꢃ)(ꢃ ꢎꢋꢃꢐꢇꢃꢍꢂꢈꢋꢄꢇꢉꢃꢊꢋꢃ$#ꢜꢃꢐꢈꢙꢚꢃꢎꢋꢉꢃꢙꢒꢊꢄ ꢓꢃꢂꢖꢃꢆꢂꢁꢄꢃꢎꢉꢉꢁꢇꢙꢙꢃꢎꢋꢉꢃꢍꢇꢍꢂꢁꢅ  
ꢎꢉꢉꢁꢇꢙꢙꢃ ꢊꢋꢃ ꢄꢓꢊꢙꢃ ꢍꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢃ ꢙꢓꢂꢈꢏꢉꢃ ꢐꢇꢃ ꢂꢋꢖꢊꢌꢈꢁꢇꢉꢃ  ꢂꢁꢉꢊꢋꢌꢃ ꢄꢂꢃ ꢍꢇꢍꢂꢁꢅꢃ ꢇꢋ"ꢊꢁꢂꢋꢍꢇꢋꢄꢃ ꢂꢖꢃ )(ꢃ ꢐꢇꢖꢂꢁꢇ  
ꢍꢂꢈꢋꢄꢊꢋꢌꢃꢊꢄꢗꢃ$ꢖꢃꢆꢂꢁꢄꢃꢎꢋꢉꢃꢍꢇꢍꢂꢁꢅꢃꢎꢁꢇꢃꢙꢇꢄꢃꢄꢂꢃ ꢈꢁꢁꢇꢋꢄꢏꢅꢃꢈꢙꢊꢋꢌꢃꢎꢁꢇꢎꢃꢊꢋꢃ)(ꢃꢍꢇꢍꢂꢁꢅꢃꢇꢋ"ꢊꢁꢂꢋꢍꢇꢋꢄꢚꢃꢎꢐꢋꢂꢁꢍꢎꢏ  
ꢂꢆꢇꢁꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢎꢅ ꢁꢁꢇꢉꢂꢂꢄꢊꢋꢌꢎꢅꢂꢄꢂꢙꢙꢊꢐꢏꢇ2#ꢇꢇ5ꢗ!ꢗ5=>ꢔ+%*ꢀꢜꢄꢁꢈ ꢄꢈꢁꢇ-ꢗ#ꢒꢊꢄ   
"ꢎꢏꢈꢇꢙꢃꢂꢖꢃꢆꢂꢁꢄꢃꢎꢋꢉꢃꢍꢇꢍꢂꢁꢅꢃꢙꢇꢄꢄꢊꢋꢌꢙꢃꢂꢖꢃꢄꢓꢊꢙꢃꢍꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢃꢎꢁꢇꢃꢊꢋꢃꢎꢆꢆꢇꢋꢉꢊꢛꢗ  
ꢝ5- 1ꢂꢃꢍꢂꢈꢋꢄꢃ ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢍꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢃꢖꢂꢁꢃ)(ꢚꢃꢊꢋꢙꢇꢁꢄꢃꢎꢃꢍꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢃꢊꢋꢄꢂꢃꢙꢏꢂꢄꢃꢎ ꢈꢁꢎꢄꢇꢏꢅꢃꢎꢋꢉꢃꢄꢊꢌꢓꢄꢇꢋꢃꢄꢓꢇꢃꢍꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇ  
ꢈꢆꢃꢒꢊꢄꢓꢃꢙ ꢁꢇꢒꢃꢂꢖꢃꢈꢆꢆꢇꢁꢃꢆꢎꢁꢄꢃꢋꢂꢄꢃꢄꢂꢃꢐꢇꢃꢙꢓꢎꢑꢇꢋꢚꢃꢐꢇꢖꢂꢁꢇꢃ ꢂꢋꢋꢇ ꢄꢊꢋꢌꢃ ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃ ꢎꢐꢏꢇꢗ  
8-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
8. Installation and testing operation  
8.1.4 Cautions on installation of Fnet module  
ꢝ- ꢜꢏꢏꢃꢂꢄꢓꢇꢁꢃꢙꢄꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢊꢋ ꢏꢈꢉꢊꢋꢌꢃꢄꢓꢊꢙꢃꢙꢄꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢙꢓꢂꢈꢏꢉꢃꢓꢎ"ꢇꢃꢉꢊꢖꢖꢇꢁꢇꢋꢄꢃꢙꢄꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢋꢈꢍꢐꢇꢁꢗꢃ$ꢖꢃꢉꢈꢆꢏꢊ ꢎꢄꢇꢉꢃꢋꢈꢍꢐꢇꢁꢃꢊꢙ  
ꢈꢙꢇꢉꢃꢊꢋꢃ ꢂꢋꢋꢇ ꢄꢊꢂꢋꢚꢃ ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢇꢁꢁꢂꢁꢃꢂ ꢈꢁꢙꢃꢎꢋꢉꢃꢋꢂꢁꢍꢎꢏꢃ ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢊꢙꢃꢋꢂꢄꢃꢆꢂꢙꢙꢊꢐꢏꢇꢗ  
!- $ꢖꢃ ꢍꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢙꢃ ꢂꢆꢇꢁꢎꢄꢇꢉꢃ ꢒꢊꢄꢓꢃ ꢋꢂꢁꢍꢎꢏꢃ ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢚꢃ ꢍꢂꢉꢇꢒꢊꢄ ꢓꢃ ꢙꢓꢂꢈꢏꢉꢇꢃ ꢊꢋ3ꢈꢋꢃ ꢍꢂꢉꢇꢗ$ꢖꢃ ꢍꢂꢉꢇ  
ꢙꢒꢊꢄ ꢓꢃꢂꢖꢃꢄꢓꢊꢙꢃꢍꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢃꢊꢙꢃꢙꢇꢄꢃꢄꢂꢃꢄꢇꢙꢄꢝꢃꢎꢋꢉꢃꢄꢈꢁꢋꢃꢄꢓꢇꢃꢆꢂꢒꢇꢁꢃꢂꢋꢃꢒꢓꢇꢋꢃꢂꢄꢓꢇꢁꢃꢙꢄꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢙꢃꢄꢓꢎꢄꢃꢎꢁꢇꢃ ꢂꢋꢋꢇ ꢄꢇꢉꢃꢊꢋ  
ꢋꢇꢄꢒꢂꢁꢑꢃ ꢎꢁꢇꢃ ꢎꢏꢁꢇꢎꢉꢅꢃ ꢊꢋꢃ ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢚꢃ ꢙꢇꢁꢊꢂꢈꢙꢃ ꢇꢁꢁꢂꢁꢃ ꢍꢎꢅꢃ ꢐꢇꢃ  ꢈꢁꢁꢇꢉꢃ ꢊꢋꢃ ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃ ꢂꢖꢃ ꢂꢄꢓꢇꢁ  
ꢙꢄꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢙꢗ  
5- %ꢂꢁꢃ ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃ ꢎꢐꢏꢇꢚꢃ ꢎꢐꢏꢇꢖꢃꢙꢆꢇ ꢊꢖꢊꢇꢉꢃꢙꢆꢇ ꢊꢖꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢙꢓꢂꢈꢏꢉꢃꢐꢇꢃꢈꢙꢇꢉꢗꢃ*ꢙꢊꢋꢌꢃꢋꢂꢄꢃꢙꢆꢇ ꢊꢖꢊꢇꢉꢃ ꢎꢐꢏꢇ  
ꢍꢎꢅꢃ ꢎꢈꢙꢇꢃꢙꢇꢁꢊꢂꢈꢙꢃ ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢇꢁꢁꢂꢁꢗ  
<- (ꢓꢇ ꢑꢃꢒꢓꢇꢄꢓꢇꢁꢃ ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃ ꢎꢐꢏꢇꢃꢓꢎꢙꢃꢉꢊꢙ ꢂꢋꢋꢇ ꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢂꢁꢃꢙꢓꢂꢁꢄꢚꢃꢐꢇꢖꢂꢁꢇꢃꢊꢋꢙꢄꢎꢏꢏꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢗ  
:- 1ꢊꢌꢓꢄꢇꢋꢃ ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃ ꢎꢐꢏꢇꢃ ꢂꢋꢋꢇ ꢄꢂꢁꢃꢄꢂꢃꢖꢊꢛꢃꢄꢓꢇꢃ ꢎꢐꢏꢇꢃ ꢂꢋꢋꢇ ꢄꢊꢂꢋꢗꢃ$ꢖꢃ ꢎꢐꢏꢇꢃ ꢂꢋꢋꢇ ꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢊꢙꢃꢋꢂꢄꢃꢆꢇꢁꢖꢇ ꢄꢚ  
ꢙꢇꢁꢊꢂꢈꢙꢃꢇꢁꢁꢂꢁꢃ ꢎꢋꢃꢐꢇꢃꢂ ꢈꢁꢁꢇꢉꢗ  
;- $ꢖꢃ ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃ ꢎꢐꢏꢇꢃ ꢊꢙꢃ ꢄꢒꢊꢙꢄꢇꢉꢃ ꢎꢙꢃ ꢄꢓꢇꢃ ꢖꢂꢏꢏꢂꢒꢊꢋꢌꢃ ꢖꢊꢌꢈꢁꢇꢃ ꢂꢁꢃ ꢋꢂꢄꢃ ꢂꢋꢋꢇ ꢄꢇꢉꢃ ꢒꢇꢏꢏꢚꢃ ꢆꢁꢂꢐꢏꢇꢍꢃ ꢎꢋꢃ ꢐꢇ  
ꢈꢁꢁꢇꢉꢃꢊꢋꢃ ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢗ  
&- ,ꢁꢎꢋ ꢓꢃꢂꢖꢃ ꢎꢐꢏꢇꢃꢊꢙꢃꢋꢂꢄꢃꢎꢏꢏꢂꢒꢇꢉꢗ  
@- (ꢂꢋꢋꢇ ꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢂꢖꢃꢋꢇꢄꢒꢂꢁꢑꢃꢄꢓꢁꢂꢈꢌꢓꢃ ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃ ꢎꢐꢏꢇꢃꢙꢓꢂꢈꢏꢉꢃꢋꢂꢄꢃꢐꢇꢃꢎꢃ ꢏꢂꢙꢇꢉꢃ ꢊꢁ ꢈꢊꢄꢗ  
8-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
8. Installation and testing operation  
B- (ꢓꢂꢂꢙꢇꢃꢂꢋꢇꢃꢖꢁꢂꢍꢃꢐꢂꢄꢓꢃꢄꢇꢁꢍꢊꢋꢎꢏꢙꢃꢊꢋꢃꢋꢇꢄꢒꢂꢁꢑꢃꢙꢅꢙꢄꢇꢍꢚꢃ ꢂꢋꢋꢇ ꢄꢃꢊꢄꢙꢃꢄꢇꢁꢍꢊꢋꢎꢏꢃ ꢂꢋꢋꢇ ꢄꢂꢁꢃꢒꢊꢄꢓꢃ%=ꢃꢂꢖꢃ)ꢔ(ꢃꢂꢁ  
ꢊꢋꢙꢄꢎꢏꢏꢇꢉꢃꢉꢇ"ꢊ ꢇꢃꢎꢙꢃꢄꢓꢇꢃꢖꢂꢏꢏꢂꢒꢊꢋꢌꢗ  
FG  
Remark  
If communication status is bad when connection is made as above, this is caused by serious noise from FG.  
Therefore, user should eliminate its cause or not connect to FG.  
ꢝ>- $ꢖꢃ ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃ ꢎꢐꢏꢇꢃꢊꢙꢃ ꢂꢋꢋꢇ ꢄꢇꢉꢃꢒꢊꢄꢓꢃꢏꢂꢋꢌꢃꢉꢊꢙꢄꢎꢋ ꢇꢚꢃꢒꢊꢁꢊꢋꢌꢃꢙꢓꢂꢈꢏꢉꢃꢐꢇꢃꢖꢎꢁꢃꢎꢒꢎꢅꢃꢖꢁꢂꢍꢃꢆꢂꢒꢇꢁꢃꢏꢊꢋꢇꢃꢂꢁ  
ꢊꢋꢉꢈ ꢄꢊ"ꢇꢃꢋꢂꢊꢙꢇꢗ  
ꢝꢝ- #ꢓꢊꢇꢏꢉꢃ ꢏꢊꢋꢇꢃ ꢂꢖꢃ ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃ ꢎꢐꢏꢇ2ꢄꢒꢊꢙꢄꢇꢉꢃ ꢆꢎꢊꢁ-ꢃ ꢙꢓꢂꢈꢏꢉꢃ ꢐꢇꢃ ꢂꢋꢋꢇ ꢄꢇꢉꢃ ꢖꢊꢁꢍꢏꢅꢃ ꢒꢊꢄꢓꢃ ꢂꢋꢋꢇ ꢄꢂꢁꢃ ꢐꢂꢉꢅ  
ꢊꢋꢙꢊꢉꢇꢃꢂꢖꢃꢄꢓꢇꢃBꢃꢆꢊꢋꢃꢍꢇꢄꢎꢏꢃ ꢎꢙꢇꢃꢖꢂꢁꢃ ꢂꢋꢋꢇ ꢄꢊꢂꢋ2#ꢇꢇꢃ<ꢗ<ꢗꢝꢃꢀꢏꢇ ꢄꢁꢊ 2ꢄꢒꢊꢙꢄꢇꢉꢃꢆꢎꢊꢁ-ꢃ ꢎꢐꢏꢇꢃꢒꢊꢁꢊꢋꢌ-ꢗ  
ꢝ!- 7ꢆꢄꢊ ꢎꢏꢃ ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃ ꢎꢐꢏꢇꢙꢃ ꢂꢋꢙꢊꢙꢄꢙ16ꢋꢉ36ꢊꢋꢇꢗ(ꢂꢋꢋꢇ ꢓꢇꢍ1ꢛ 3ꢛꢃ ꢂꢋꢋꢇ ꢄꢂꢁ  
ꢂꢆꢄꢊ ꢎꢏꢃ ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢓꢇꢂꢏꢏꢂꢒꢊꢋꢌꢊꢌꢈꢁꢇꢗ$ꢂꢏꢎꢁꢊꢄꢅ1ꢛ 3ꢛꢙꢃ ꢓꢎꢋꢌꢇꢉ ꢄꢓꢇꢁꢚ  
ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢊꢙꢃꢊꢍꢆꢂꢙꢙꢊꢐꢏꢇꢚꢃꢙꢂꢃꢆꢂꢏꢎꢁꢊꢄꢅꢃꢙꢓꢂꢈꢏꢉꢃꢋꢂꢄꢃꢐꢇꢃ ꢓꢎꢋꢌꢇꢉ2#ꢇꢇꢃ<ꢗ5ꢗ5ꢃ7ꢆꢄꢊ ꢎꢏꢃ ꢎꢐꢏꢇꢃ ꢂꢋꢋꢇ ꢄꢊꢂꢋ-ꢗ  
Optical cable  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢂꢁ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢂꢁ  
ꢝ5- %ꢂꢁꢃꢋꢂꢄꢃꢈꢙꢊꢋꢌꢃ ꢂꢋꢋꢇ ꢄꢂꢁꢃꢂꢖꢃꢂꢆꢄꢊ ꢎꢏꢃ ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢍꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢚꢃ ꢂ"ꢇꢁꢃꢙꢓꢂꢈꢏꢉꢃꢐꢇꢃꢈꢙꢇꢉꢃꢂꢋꢃ ꢂꢋꢋꢇ ꢄꢂꢁꢃꢆꢎꢁꢄꢃꢄꢂ  
ꢆꢁꢇ"ꢇꢋꢄꢃꢖꢂꢁꢇꢊꢌꢋꢃꢍꢎꢄꢄꢇꢁꢙꢃꢖꢁꢂꢍꢃ ꢂꢍꢊꢋꢌꢃꢊꢋꢗ  
ꢝ<- $ꢖꢃꢔꢀꢕꢃꢂꢆꢇꢁꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢊꢙꢃꢎꢐꢋꢂꢁꢍꢎꢏꢚꢃꢙꢇꢇꢃC ꢓꢎꢆꢗꢃBꢃ1ꢁꢂꢈꢐꢏꢇꢙꢓꢂꢂꢄꢊꢋꢌ4ꢃꢂꢖꢃꢄꢓꢊꢙꢃꢍꢎꢋꢈꢎꢏꢃꢄꢂꢃ ꢓꢇ ꢑꢃꢄꢓꢇꢃ ꢎꢈꢙꢇꢃꢂꢖꢃꢄꢓꢇ  
ꢇꢁꢁꢂꢁꢗꢃ$ꢖꢃꢄꢓꢇꢃꢇꢁꢁꢂꢁꢃꢂ ꢈꢁꢙꢃ ꢂꢋꢄꢊꢋꢈꢂꢈꢙꢏꢅꢃꢎꢖꢄꢇꢁꢃꢍꢎꢋꢎꢌꢇꢍꢇꢋꢄꢚꢃ ꢂꢋꢄꢎ ꢄꢃ#ꢇꢁ"ꢊ ꢇꢃꢙꢄꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢗ  
8-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
8. Installation and testing operation  
8.1.5 Preparations during testing operation of Fnet module  
1ꢓꢊꢙꢃꢇꢛꢆꢏꢎꢊꢋꢙꢃ ꢂꢋꢄꢇꢋꢄꢙꢃꢄꢂꢃꢐꢇꢃ ꢓꢇ ꢑꢇꢉꢃꢐꢇꢖꢂꢁꢇꢃꢄꢇꢙꢄꢊꢋꢌꢃꢂꢆꢇꢁꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢂꢖꢃ%ꢋꢇꢄꢃ ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢍꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢗ  
ꢀꢁ ꢂꢃꢄꢄꢅꢆꢇ ꢈꢉꢇꢃꢆꢊꢄꢃꢋꢅꢌꢍꢊꢉꢃꢊꢎꢍꢊꢄꢃꢅꢆꢉꢍꢋꢊꢇꢆꢊꢏꢐꢂ  
Items to be checked  
Contents  
– Does using voltage of power module comply with specifications of power module?  
– Is battery of CPU module connected?  
Mounting check of  
Base module  
– Is mounting of all base modules perfect?  
" See product manual according to each PLC type.  
Connection status of – Is connection status of communication cable perfect?  
Communication cable – Is connection type of each cable open loop?  
Module mounting  
– Is mounting status of communication module which is mounted in basic base perfect?  
– Is the status of mode switch On-line(switch value is 0)?  
– Is station No. switch correctly set?  
Switch checking  
– Is master station No. switch correctly set? (for slave module)  
– Is output option switch correctly set when communication is cut off? (for slave module)  
ꢑꢁ ꢂꢃꢄꢄꢅꢆꢇ ꢈꢉꢇꢃꢆꢊꢄꢃꢋꢅꢌꢍꢊꢉꢃꢊꢎꢍꢊꢄꢃꢅꢆꢉꢍꢋꢊꢇꢆꢊꢏꢂ  
Items to be checked  
Contents  
– Is PC appropriate IBM-PC compatible?  
– Has PC sufficient environment to install FAM4.0/KGLWIN?  
– Has PC space and empty slot to mount this module?  
– Can memory map of PC reserve empty space to use this module?  
" See user’s manual of FAM4.0/ KGLWIN and Appendix of this manual.  
Standard check  
– Reserve empty space of 32K byte in memory map of PC, select this area for the  
memory switch of this module, set port address.  
Module mounting and  
FAM4.0/KGLWIN installation  
– Mount and fix this module into the slot to be inserted.  
– Are memory switch and port switch correctly set?  
– Is mode switch set to On-line(switch value is 0) status?  
– Is station number switch correctly set?  
Switch recheck  
8-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
8. Installation and testing operation  
8.1.6 Testing operation procedure of Fnet module  
1ꢓꢊꢙꢃꢙꢓꢂꢒꢙꢃꢄꢓꢇꢃꢙꢇDꢈꢇꢋ ꢇꢃꢖꢁꢂꢍꢃ ꢂꢍꢆꢏꢇꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢂꢖꢃ)ꢔ(ꢃꢊꢋꢙꢄꢎꢏꢏꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢄꢂꢃꢄꢓꢇꢃꢄꢇꢙꢄꢊꢋꢌꢃꢂꢆꢇꢁꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢗ  
ꢀꢁ ꢂꢃꢄꢄꢅꢆꢇ ꢈꢉꢇꢃꢆꢊꢄꢃꢋꢅꢌꢍꢊꢉꢃꢊꢎꢍꢊꢄꢃꢅꢆꢉꢍꢋꢊꢇꢆꢊꢏꢐꢂ  
Starting  
Power on :  
(1) Check input power.  
(2) Check the connection of communication cable.  
(3) Power on.  
(4) Check power LED light of power module.  
(5) Check LED status of CPU module  
" If abnormal, see Troubleshooting of manual according to each PLC type.  
(6) Check whether LED status of communication module is normal or not.  
" If abnormal, see Chap. 9 Troubleshooting of this manual.  
Programming :  
Programming is prepared in KGLWIN, and it is written into CPU module.  
(Properly use flags that are related to emergency action for communication cut-off during communication with  
other station and monitoring of other station)  
Sequence check :  
Checks operation of communication module according to program.  
Program correction :  
Corrects if there is any error of sequence program.  
Program preservation :  
(1) Stores program into floppy disk or hard disk.  
(2) Prints circuit drawing and list with printer.  
(3) Writes program to memory module, if necessary.  
End  
8-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
8. Installation and testing operation  
ꢑꢁ ꢂꢃꢄꢄꢅꢆꢇ ꢈꢉꢇꢃꢆꢊꢄꢃꢋꢅꢌꢍꢊꢉꢃꢊꢎꢍꢊꢄꢃꢅꢆꢉꢍꢋꢊꢇꢆꢊꢏꢂ  
Starting  
Power :  
(1) Check input power.  
(2) Check the connection of communication cable(when cable is connected).  
(3) Power on.  
(4) Check booting status of PC.  
" If abnormal, see Chap. 9 Troubleshooting of user’s manual in FAM4.0/KGLWIN.  
(5) Check whether LED status of communication module is normal or not.  
" If abnormal, see Chap. 9 Troubleshooting of this manual.  
(6) Check whether this module is initialized or not by executing FAM4.0/KGLWIN.  
" See user’s manual of FAM 4.0/KGLWIN.  
(7) Check LED status of this module.  
" See ‘Appendix LED status’ of this manual.  
If the operation is abnormal, see chap. 9 Troubleshooting.  
(8) Preparation and execution of program to be executed.  
" See user’s manual of FAM4.0/KGLWIN.  
If the operation is abnormal, see chap. 9 Troubleshooting of this manual.  
End  
(1) Stop all execution of FAM4.0/KGLWIN, and finish.  
(2) Check LED of this module.  
8-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
8. Installation and testing operation  
8.2 Installation and testing operation of Fnet option unit  
8.2.1 Active coupler of Fnet  
ꢀꢁ ꢒꢃꢅꢆꢉꢇꢆꢓꢊꢈꢆꢋꢊꢇꢆꢔꢉꢈꢌꢌꢈꢉꢇꢃꢆ  
 ꢄꢊ"ꢇꢃ ꢂꢈꢆꢏꢇꢁꢃꢍꢇꢎꢋꢙꢃꢄꢓꢇꢃꢎꢙꢙꢇꢍꢐꢏꢅꢃꢂꢖꢃ=>ꢔ+%ꢜ)ꢜ2)ꢂꢒꢇꢁ- ꢃ=>ꢔ+%ꢜ,ꢜ2,ꢎꢙꢇ- ꢃ=>ꢔ+%ꢜ(ꢜ2/ꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇ-ꢚ  
ꢎꢋꢉꢃꢄꢓꢊꢙꢃꢊꢙꢃꢈꢙꢇꢉꢃꢄꢂꢃꢉꢊꢙꢆꢎꢁꢄꢃꢎꢋꢉꢃ ꢂꢋꢋꢇ ꢄꢃꢂꢆꢄꢊ ꢎꢏꢃꢙꢊꢌꢋꢎꢏꢃꢄꢂꢃꢍꢎꢋꢅꢃꢆꢏꢎ ꢇꢙꢗ  
%ꢊꢌꢗꢃ@ꢗ!ꢗꢝꢃꢙꢓꢂꢒꢙꢃꢇꢛꢎꢍꢆꢏꢇꢃꢂꢖꢃꢎ ꢄꢊ"ꢇꢃ ꢂꢈꢆꢏꢇꢁꢃ ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢍꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇ  
ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢁꢂꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢁꢂꢀ ꢀ ꢁꢂꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢁꢂꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢁꢂꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢁꢂꢀ ꢀ ꢁꢂꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢁꢂ  
ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢃꢂꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢃꢂꢀ ꢀ ꢃꢂꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢃꢂꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢃꢂꢀ ꢀ ꢃꢂꢀ ꢀ ꢀ ꢃꢂꢀ ꢀ ꢃꢂ  
ꢃꢂ  
Optical module 1  
ꢁꢂ  
ꢃꢂ  
Optical module 2  
ꢁꢂ  
Fig. 8.2.1 Example of active coupler mounting  
2ꢝ- )ꢁꢇꢆꢎꢁꢇꢃꢙꢄꢎꢋꢉꢎꢁꢉꢃ ꢂꢋꢖꢊꢌꢈꢁꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢄꢓꢎꢄꢃꢊꢙꢃꢋꢇꢇꢉꢇꢉꢃꢊꢋꢃꢙꢅꢙꢄꢇꢍꢃ ꢂꢋꢖꢊꢌꢈꢁꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢚꢃꢎꢋꢉꢃꢙꢇꢏꢇ ꢄꢃ ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋ  
ꢍꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢃꢄꢓꢎꢄꢃꢊꢙꢃꢁꢇꢏꢇ"ꢎꢋꢄꢃꢄꢂꢃꢄꢓꢇꢃꢉꢇ"ꢊ ꢇꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢗ  
2!- 1ꢓꢊꢙꢃ ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢍꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢃꢙꢓꢂꢈꢏꢉꢃꢐꢇꢃꢍꢂꢈꢋꢄꢇꢉꢃꢒꢓꢇꢋꢃꢆꢂꢒꢇꢁꢃꢊꢙꢃꢂꢖꢖꢗ  
25- ꢘꢓꢇꢋꢃꢍꢂꢈꢋꢄꢊꢋꢌꢃꢄꢓꢊꢙꢃ ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢍꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢚꢃ ꢓꢇ ꢑꢃꢒꢓꢇꢄꢓꢇꢁꢃ ꢂꢋꢋꢇ ꢄꢂꢁꢃꢂꢖꢃꢐꢎꢙꢇꢃꢄꢓꢎꢄꢃꢍꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢃꢒꢊꢏꢏ  
ꢐꢇꢃꢍꢂꢈꢋꢄꢇꢉꢃꢓꢎꢙꢃꢖꢂꢁꢇꢊꢌꢋꢃꢍꢎꢄꢄꢇꢁꢙꢃꢂꢁꢃꢋꢂꢄꢚꢃꢎꢋꢉꢃ ꢓꢇ ꢑꢃꢒꢓꢇꢄꢓꢇꢁꢃ ꢂꢋꢋꢇ ꢄꢂꢁꢃꢆꢊꢋꢃꢂꢖꢃꢄꢓꢊꢙꢃꢍꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢃꢊꢙꢃꢐꢁꢂꢑꢇꢋ  
ꢂꢁꢃꢋꢂꢄꢗ  
2<- ꢘꢓꢇꢋꢃꢍꢂꢈꢋꢄꢊꢋꢌꢃꢄꢓꢊꢙꢃꢍꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢚꢃꢆꢈꢙꢓꢃꢎ ꢄꢊ"ꢇꢃ ꢂꢈꢆꢏꢇꢁꢃꢍꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢃꢊꢋꢄꢂꢃꢌꢁꢂꢂ"ꢇꢃꢂꢖꢃꢈꢆꢆꢇꢁꢃꢎꢋꢉꢃꢏꢂꢒꢇꢁꢃꢐꢂꢉꢅꢃꢊꢋ  
 ꢄꢊ"ꢇꢃ ꢂꢈꢆꢏꢇꢁꢃꢐꢇꢖꢂꢁꢇꢃ ꢂꢋꢋꢇ ꢄꢊꢋꢌꢃ ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃ ꢎꢐꢏꢇꢗꢃ)ꢈꢙꢓꢃꢊꢄꢃꢓꢎꢁꢉꢃꢄꢂꢃꢐꢇꢃ ꢂꢍꢆꢏꢇꢄꢇꢏꢅꢃꢊꢋꢙꢇꢁꢄꢇꢉꢃꢊꢋ  
ꢐꢎꢙꢇꢃꢐꢂꢎꢁꢉꢗ  
2:- (ꢂꢋꢋꢇ ꢄꢃ ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃ ꢎꢐꢏꢇꢃꢎꢖꢄꢇꢁꢃꢍꢂꢈꢋꢄꢊꢋꢌꢃꢄꢓꢊꢙꢃꢍꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢗ  
2;- /ꢂꢈꢋꢄꢃ ꢉꢈꢍꢍꢅꢃ ꢍꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇ2=>ꢔ+%ꢜꢕꢜ-ꢃ ꢄꢂꢃ ꢆꢁꢂꢄꢇ ꢄꢃ ꢈꢋꢈꢙꢇꢉꢃ ꢙꢏꢂꢄꢃ ꢖꢁꢂꢍꢃ ꢖꢂꢁꢇꢊꢌꢋꢃ ꢍꢎꢄꢄꢇꢁꢙꢃ ꢏꢊꢑꢇꢃ ꢉꢈꢙꢄꢃ ꢂꢁ  
ꢂꢄꢓꢇꢁꢙꢗ  
8-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
8. Installation and testing operation  
8.2.2 E/O converter(Electric/optical signal converter)  
1ꢓꢊꢙꢃꢍꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇ2=>ꢔ+%7ꢀꢜ-ꢃ ꢂꢋ"ꢇꢁꢄꢙꢃꢇꢏꢇ ꢄꢁꢊ ꢃꢎꢋꢉꢃꢂꢆꢄꢊ ꢎꢏꢃꢙꢊꢌꢋꢎꢏꢃꢂꢖꢃ%ꢋꢇꢄꢃꢇꢎ ꢓꢃꢂꢄꢓꢇꢁꢚꢃꢎꢋꢉꢃꢄꢓꢊꢙꢃ ꢎꢋꢃꢐꢇꢃ ꢂꢋꢖꢊꢌꢈꢁꢇꢉ  
ꢎꢙꢃꢖꢂꢏꢏꢂꢒꢙꢃ.  
Twisted pair cable  
Optical cable  
Optical cable  
                 
=7ꢔ+%7ꢀꢜ  
=7ꢔ+%7ꢀꢜ  
=7ꢔ+%7ꢀꢜ  
[Whenoptical cable is usedtoconnect betweenFnet modulesof many stations]  
Optical cable  
                 
Active coupler  
Optical cable  
=7ꢔ+%7ꢀꢜ  
=7ꢔ+%7ꢀꢜ  
=7ꢔ+%7ꢀꢜ  
[When optical cable is used to connect between Fnet modules of many stations using active coupler]  
ꢝ- )ꢁꢇꢆꢎꢁꢇꢃ ꢙꢄꢎꢋꢉꢎꢁꢉꢃ ꢂꢋꢖꢊꢌꢈꢁꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃ ꢄꢓꢎꢄꢃ ꢊꢙꢃ ꢋꢇꢇꢉꢇꢉꢃ ꢊꢋꢃ ꢙꢅꢙꢄꢇꢍꢃ ꢂꢋꢖꢊꢌꢈꢁꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢚꢃ ꢎꢋꢉꢃ ꢙꢇꢏꢇ ꢄꢃ ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋ  
ꢍꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢃꢄꢓꢎꢄꢃꢊꢙꢃꢁꢇꢏꢇ"ꢎꢋꢄꢃꢄꢂꢃꢄꢓꢇꢃꢉꢇ"ꢊ ꢇꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢗ  
!- 1ꢓꢊꢙꢃ ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢍꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢃꢙꢓꢂꢈꢏꢉꢃꢐꢇꢃꢍꢂꢈꢋꢄꢇꢉꢃꢒꢓꢇꢋꢃꢆꢂꢒꢇꢁꢃꢊꢙꢃꢂꢖꢖꢗ  
5- (ꢂꢋꢋꢇ ꢄꢃ ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃ ꢎꢐꢏꢇꢃꢎꢖꢄꢇꢁꢃꢍꢂꢈꢋꢄꢊꢋꢌꢃꢄꢓꢊꢙꢃꢍꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢗ  
<- (ꢂꢍꢆꢏꢇꢄꢇꢏꢅꢃ ꢂꢋꢋꢇ ꢄꢃꢄꢓꢇꢃ ꢂꢋꢋꢇ ꢄꢂꢁꢃꢂꢖꢃꢂꢆꢄꢊ ꢎꢏꢃ ꢎꢐꢏꢇꢃꢐꢅꢃꢎ ꢈꢁꢎꢄꢇꢏꢅꢃꢊꢋꢙꢇꢁꢄꢊꢋꢌꢃꢊꢋꢃ1ꢛ 3ꢛꢗ  
8-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
8. Installation and testing operation  
8.2.3 Repeater(Electric signal restructure)  
3ꢇꢆꢇꢎꢄꢇꢁ2=>ꢔ+%3ꢀꢜ-ꢃꢊꢙꢃꢈꢙꢇꢉꢃꢄꢂꢃꢁꢇꢙꢄꢁꢈ ꢄꢃꢄꢓꢇꢃꢇꢏꢇ ꢄꢁꢊ ꢃꢙꢊꢌꢋꢎꢏꢃꢂꢖꢃ%ꢋꢇꢄꢗꢃ$ꢋꢙꢄꢎꢏꢏꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢍꢇꢄꢓꢂꢉꢃꢊꢙꢃꢎꢙꢃꢖꢂꢏꢏꢂꢒꢙꢃ.  
Terminal resistance  
Terminal resistance  
Twist pair cable  
                 
=7ꢔ+%3ꢀꢜ  
[When the signal between Fnet modules is restruct(to make the  
signal level ‘High’)  
ꢝ- )ꢁꢇꢆꢎꢁꢇꢃ ꢙꢄꢎꢋꢉꢎꢁꢉꢃ ꢂꢋꢖꢊꢌꢈꢁꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃ ꢄꢓꢎꢄꢃ ꢊꢙꢃ ꢋꢇꢇꢉꢇꢉꢃ ꢊꢋꢃ ꢙꢅꢙꢄꢇꢍꢃ ꢂꢋꢖꢊꢌꢈꢁꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢚꢃ ꢎꢋꢉꢃ ꢙꢇꢏꢇ ꢄꢃ ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋ  
ꢍꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢃꢄꢓꢎꢄꢃꢊꢙꢃꢁꢇꢏꢇ"ꢎꢋꢄꢃꢄꢂꢃꢄꢓꢇꢃꢉꢇ"ꢊ ꢇꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢗ  
!- 1ꢓꢊꢙꢃ ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢍꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢃꢙꢓꢂꢈꢏꢉꢃꢐꢇꢃꢍꢂꢈꢋꢄꢇꢉꢃꢒꢓꢇꢋꢃꢆꢂꢒꢇꢁꢃꢊꢙꢃꢂꢖꢖꢗ  
5- 1ꢂꢃ ꢂꢋꢋꢇ ꢄꢃ ꢄꢓꢇꢃ ꢎꢐꢏꢇꢃ ꢂꢖꢃ ꢇꢏꢇ ꢄꢁꢊ  ꢍꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢚꢃ ꢄꢊꢌꢓꢄꢇꢋꢃ ꢄꢓꢇꢃ  ꢁꢇꢒꢃ ꢂꢖꢃ ꢎꢐꢏꢇꢃ ꢂꢋꢋꢇ ꢄꢂꢁꢃ ꢄꢂꢃ ꢂꢋꢖꢊꢁꢍꢃ ꢄꢓꢇ  
ꢂꢋꢋꢇ ꢄꢊꢂꢋꢗꢃ1ꢇꢁꢍꢊꢋꢎꢏꢃꢁꢇꢙꢊꢙꢄꢎꢋ ꢇꢃꢊꢙꢃꢐꢈꢊꢏꢄꢃꢊꢋꢃꢄꢓꢇꢃꢁꢇꢆꢇꢎꢄꢇꢁꢗ  
8-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
8. Installation and testing operation  
8.3 Repair and check  
)ꢇꢁꢖꢂꢁꢍꢃꢁꢂꢈꢄꢊꢋꢇꢃ ꢓꢇ ꢑꢃꢎꢋꢉꢃꢁꢇꢌꢈꢏꢎꢁꢃ ꢓꢇ ꢑꢃꢄꢂꢃꢍꢎꢊꢋꢄꢎꢊꢋꢃꢄꢓꢇꢃꢐꢇꢙꢄꢃꢙꢄꢎꢄꢈꢙꢃꢂꢖꢃꢄꢓꢊꢙꢃ ꢂꢍꢍꢈꢋꢊ ꢎꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢍꢂꢉꢈꢏꢇꢗ  
8.3.1 Daily check  
ꢀꢁ ꢒꢈꢔꢉꢍꢕꢊꢃꢖꢊꢗꢆꢍꢉ  
$ꢄꢇꢍꢙꢃꢂꢖꢃꢁꢂꢈꢄꢊꢋꢇꢃ ꢓꢇ ꢑꢃꢎꢁꢇꢃꢎꢙꢃꢖꢂꢏꢏꢂꢒꢊꢋꢌꢃꢄꢎꢐꢏꢇꢃ.  
Table 8.3.1(A) Items of routine check  
Items to be checked  
Contents  
Criteria of decision  
Shall not be any release.  
Action to take  
Release of  
cable  
Cable connection status  
Tighten the cable.  
Release of  
screw  
Shall not be any release.  
Tighten screw of  
module.  
Module connection status  
RUN  
Flash (Lights-out means interface cut-off with  
CPU).  
Flicker check  
See Appendix.  
LED of only one module among entire module of  
LAS  
Light on Check network should be lighted (Lights of two or more See Appendix.  
mean abnormal configuration of network).  
LED  
indication  
Light off means abnormal (Duplicated station or  
cable error).  
TOKEN  
TX/RX  
FAULT  
Flicker check  
Flicker check  
Light off check  
See Appendix.  
See Appendix.  
See Appendix.  
Light off means abnormal (Hardware error of  
module).  
Regular flash means system error, and  
intermittence flash means communication error.  
ꢑꢁ ꢘꢌꢈꢙꢍꢊꢃꢖꢊꢗꢆꢍꢉ  
$ꢄꢇꢍꢙꢃꢂꢖꢃꢁꢂꢈꢄꢊꢋꢇꢃ ꢓꢇ ꢑꢃꢎꢁꢇꢃꢎꢙꢃꢖꢂꢏꢏꢂꢒꢊꢋꢌꢃꢄꢎꢐꢏꢇꢃ.  
Table 8.3.1(B) Items of routine check  
Items to be checked  
Contents  
Criteria of decision  
Shall not be any release.  
Action to take  
Cable connection status  
Release of cable  
Tighten the cable.  
Release of  
terminal screw  
Tighten screw of  
terminal.  
Shall not be any release.  
Connection status of  
terminal block  
Gap between  
compression  
terminals  
Shall be relevant gap.  
Check power if light off.  
Correct.  
RUN  
Light on check  
See Appendix.  
See Appendix.  
Light off means abnormal operation  
(Duplicated station or cable error).  
TOKEN  
Flicker check  
Light off means abnormal operation  
(Duplicated station or cable error).  
TX/RX  
LED  
indication  
Flicker check  
Light off check  
Light off check  
See Appendix.  
See Appendix.  
See Appendix.  
Intermittent flash means communication error  
(Cable connection error, or terminal resistance  
connection error).  
FAULT  
Regular flash means system error (Error code  
is displayed in LED).  
SYS FAULT  
8-12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
8. Installation and testing operation  
ꢚꢁ ꢂꢃꢄꢄꢅꢆꢇ ꢈꢉꢇꢃꢆꢊꢄꢃꢋꢅꢌꢍꢊꢃꢖꢊꢒꢆꢍꢉ  
$ꢄꢇꢍꢙꢃꢂꢖꢃꢁꢂꢈꢄꢊꢋꢇꢃ ꢓꢇ ꢑꢃꢎꢁꢇꢃꢎꢙꢃꢖꢂꢏꢏꢂꢒꢊꢋꢌꢃꢄꢎꢐꢏꢇꢃ.  
Table 8.3.1(C) Items of routine check  
Items to be checked  
Contents  
Criteria of decision  
Shall not be any release.  
Action to take  
Cable connection  
status  
Tighten the  
cable.  
Release of cable  
Release of terminal  
screw  
Tighten screw of  
terminal.  
Shall not be any release.  
Connection status of  
terminal block  
Gap between  
compression terminals  
Shall be relevant gap.  
Correct.  
RUN  
TX  
Light on check  
Light on (Lights-out means abnormal).  
Light on (Lights-out means abnormal).  
See Appendix.  
See Appendix.  
Light on check in RUN  
status  
LED  
RX  
Light on check in RUN  
status  
Light on (Lights-out means abnormal).  
See Appendix.  
indication  
Light on (Light off means abnormal) Lights  
when cable is connected with other station.  
IN-RING  
FAULT  
Light on/light off check  
Light off check  
See Appendix.  
See Appendix.  
Light off (Light on or flash error).  
8.3.2 Regular check  
(ꢓꢇ ꢑꢃꢖꢂꢏꢏꢂꢒꢊꢋꢌꢃꢊꢄꢇꢍꢙꢃꢂꢋ ꢇꢃꢂꢁꢃꢄꢒꢊ ꢇꢃꢆꢇꢁꢃꢙꢊꢛꢃꢍꢂꢋꢄꢓꢙꢚꢃꢎꢋꢉꢃꢆꢇꢁꢖꢂꢁꢍꢃꢁꢇꢏꢇ"ꢎꢋꢄꢃꢎ ꢄꢊꢂꢋꢃꢄꢂꢃꢄꢎꢑꢇꢗ  
Table 8.3.2 Items of regular check  
Items to be checked  
How to check  
Check using  
thermometer and  
hydrometer.  
Criteria of decision  
0~55ꢁ  
Action to take  
Ambient  
Arrangement by general  
specification (If it is used in a  
class, environment of class is  
used as standard).  
temperature  
Ambient  
environment  
Ambient humidity  
5~95%RH  
Shall not be any  
corrosive gas.  
Ambient pollution  
Check corrosive gas.  
Shake communication  
module.  
Shall not be any  
release or shaking.  
Release, shaking  
Tighten the screw.  
Remove  
Module status  
Attachment of dust  
and foreign matter  
Shall not be any  
attachment.  
Visual inspection.  
Release of terminal  
screw  
Shall not be any  
release.  
Tighten using driver.  
Tighten.  
Gap between  
compression  
terminals  
Shall be relevant  
gap.  
Connection  
status  
Visual inspection.  
Visual inspection.  
Correct.  
Fix the connector  
Tighten the screw.  
Release of  
connector  
Shall not be any  
release.  
AC 85~132V  
AC 170~264V  
Check voltage between  
terminal.  
Power voltage check  
Change supplied power.  
8-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9. Troubleshooting  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ  
ꢈꢆꢉꢊꢋꢌꢅꢍꢁꢉꢉꢄꢎꢏꢐ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢁꢆꢇ ꢈꢉꢄꢈꢊꢇꢋꢆꢂꢌꢃꢄꢆꢋꢋꢄꢍꢎꢄꢈꢉꢉꢍꢉꢄꢅꢍꢌ ꢈꢌ ꢃꢄꢏꢁꢂꢅꢁꢄꢐꢆꢑꢄꢍꢅꢅꢒꢉꢃꢄꢓꢒꢉꢂꢌꢔꢄꢃꢑꢃ ꢈꢐꢄꢐꢆꢌꢆꢔꢈꢐꢈꢌ ꢕꢄꢅꢆꢒꢃꢈꢄꢓꢈ ꢈꢅ ꢂꢍꢌꢕꢄꢆꢌꢓꢄꢁꢍꢏ  
ꢍꢄ ꢆꢖꢈꢄ ꢆꢅ ꢂꢍꢌꢗꢄ ꢘꢎꢄ ꢈꢉꢉꢍꢉꢄ ꢍꢅꢅꢒꢉꢉꢈꢓꢄ ꢂꢌꢄ ꢅꢍꢐꢐꢒꢌꢂꢅꢆ ꢂꢍꢌꢄ ꢐꢍꢓꢒꢋꢈꢕꢄ ꢈꢉꢉꢍꢉꢄ ꢅꢍꢌ ꢈꢌ ꢃꢄ ꢆꢉꢈꢄ ꢓꢂꢃꢇꢋꢆꢑꢈꢓꢄ ꢁꢉꢍꢒꢔꢁꢄ ꢙꢚꢛꢄ ꢍꢎ  
ꢅꢍꢐꢐꢒꢌꢂꢅꢆ ꢂꢍꢌꢍꢓꢒꢋꢈꢗ  ꢂꢃꢄ ꢂꢐꢈꢕꢃꢈꢉꢆꢌꢈꢆꢓꢉꢉꢍꢉꢌꢓꢂꢅꢆ ꢂꢍꢌꢝꢚꢊꢗ !!"#$%ꢅꢅꢍꢉꢓꢂꢌꢔꢄ ꢇꢇꢉꢍꢇꢉꢂꢆ ꢚꢛ  
  ꢒꢃꢄꢎꢉꢍꢐꢄꢜꢇꢇꢈꢌꢓꢂꢊꢕꢄꢆꢌꢓꢄꢇꢈꢉꢎꢍꢉꢐꢄ ꢉꢍꢒ&ꢋꢈꢃꢁꢍꢍ ꢂꢌꢔꢄꢆꢅꢅꢍꢉꢓꢂꢌꢔꢄ ꢍꢄꢈꢉꢉꢍꢉꢄꢅꢍꢓꢈꢝꢚꢊꢗꢄꢚ##'#(%ꢄꢎꢉꢍꢐꢄꢈꢉꢉꢍꢉꢄꢂꢌꢓꢂꢅꢆ ꢂꢍꢌꢄꢂꢌꢄ ꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢅꢁꢆꢇ ꢈꢉꢗ  
9.1 Abnormal operations  
Table 9.1(A) H/W related error of communication module  
Error indication  
(See LED contents of Appendix)  
Error code  
Error contents  
FMM_06 ~ FMM_10  
FMM_24 ~ FMM_27  
Hardware self diagnosis error among LED  
indication of each module.  
E00-01  
FSM_05 ~ FSM_10  
FSM_32  
MCM_06 ~ MCM_09  
FMM_11 ~ FMM_13  
Interface diagnosis error with PLC among LED  
indication of each module.  
E00-02  
E00-03  
E00-04  
MCM_11  
FOU_41, FOU_42, FOU_43, FOU_44  
FOU_51, FOU_52, FOU_61, FOU_62  
Power and hardware error of FOU group  
occurred.  
Initialization of I/O and special module in slave  
group.  
FSM_08 ~ FSM_10  
Table 9.1(B) Abnormal communication status of communication module  
Error code  
Error indication  
FMM_16 ~ FMM_21  
FSM_13 ~ FSM_16  
FSM_31 ~ FSM_33  
Error contents  
Communication error in master and slave group of Fnet  
(Communication is not made well).  
E01-01  
Communication error in communication module group  
of Mnet (Communication is not made well).  
E01-02  
E01-03  
MCM_12 ~ MCM_14  
FOU_41, FOU_42, FOU_43  
FOU_51, FOU_61  
Communication error in FOU group of Fnet  
(Communication is not made well).  
Table 9.1(C) Abnormal interface operation of PLC of communication  
Error code  
E02-01  
Error indication  
FMM_22, FMM_23  
MCM_11  
Error contents  
Interface with PLC in master and communication  
module group is not made well.  
E02-02  
FSM_08 ~ FSM_10  
Interface error with I/O module in slave group of Fnet.  
9-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9. Troubleshooting  
Table 9.1(D) Abnormal operation of ꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉ function  
Error indication Error contents  
Error code  
This error happens when ꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃ ꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉ parameter is  
not set well or not set at all, or it is broken, after setting  
link-enable of on-line.  
High speed link parameter error in error  
status dialog box.  
E03-01  
High speed link communication is not  
performed.  
When communication is not made well even though ꢀꢁꢂꢀ  
ꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉ is normal after setting link-enable.  
E03-02  
E03-03  
ꢀꢁꢂꢀ  
Contacts of _HSxRLNK and _HSxTRX are When _HSxRLNK is not set to ‘On’ even though  
not set to ‘On’ during ꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉ.  
ꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉ parameter is normal after setting link-enable.  
After setting link-enable and _HSxRLNK of ꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃ ꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇ  
ꢁꢈꢉ is set to ‘On’, when HSxLTRBL is set to ‘On’ by the  
problem of PLC and communication in normal status.  
Contacts of _HSxTRBL, etc. are set to On  
during ꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉ.  
E03-04  
Table 9.1(E) Abnormal operation of communication command service function  
Error code  
Error indication  
Error contents  
When service is performed by Fnet, ERR  
ERR of communication command is set to ‘On’, or  
E04-01  
contact of communication command is set NDR/ERR of communication command doesn’t become  
to ‘On’ and the value of status is not ‘0’.  
‘1’.  
When service is performed by Mnet, ERR  
ERR of communication command is set to ‘On’, or  
E04-02  
contact of communication command is set NDR/ERR of communication command doesn’t become  
to ‘On’ and the value of status is not ‘0’. ‘1’.  
Table 9.1(F) Abnormal operation of GMWIN communication service function  
Error indication Error contents  
Message of [No response] occurs during RS-232C cable is not connected between GMWIN and  
remote connection request. PLC or the power of PLC is off.  
When other error message occurred during Service is not performed well because request is not  
remote connection request. relevant.  
Error code  
E05-01  
E05-02  
9-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9. Troubleshooting  
9.2 Troubleshooting by each error code  
9.2.1 Error code E00-01 : Hardware error  
E00-03 : Hardware error of option module  
Hardware error of self diagnosis  
No  
Is authorized  
Check power/voltage.  
power normal?  
Yes  
Does  
installation  
No  
Complement installation  
environment.  
environment fit to  
specification?  
Yes  
Restart the power.  
No  
Yes  
Does it  
perform normal  
operation?  
Does the same  
error occur?  
No  
Yes  
It is a hardware error of  
this module. Contact  
Service station.  
Perform troubleshooting  
for appropriate error.  
End  
9-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9. Troubleshooting  
9.2.2 Error code E00-02 : Interface error  
Interface error  
No  
Check power/voltage.  
Is authorized power normal?  
Yes  
Change the condition of ambient  
environment so as to be in the  
range of general specification.  
Does  
No  
installation environment fit to  
specification?  
Yes  
No  
Is communication module  
exactly mounted in main base?  
Exactly mount communication  
module into main base.  
Yes  
Yes  
Has the connector pin of  
communication module  
any error?  
Correct connector pin.  
No  
This is the hardware error of  
communication module or CPU. Contact  
A/S center.  
End  
9-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9. Troubleshooting  
9.2.3 Error code E00-04 : I/O initialization error of FSM(Fieldbus Slave Module)  
I/O module initialization error  
No  
Check power/voltage.  
Is authorized power normal?  
Yes  
Change the condition of ambient  
environment so as to be in the  
range of general specification.  
No  
Does installation environment fit  
to specification?  
Yes  
No  
Are communication module  
and I/O module exactly  
mounted in base?  
Exactly mount communication  
module and I/O module into base.  
Yes  
No  
Is base connection cable  
connected well?  
Securely connect the cable.  
Yes  
Yes  
Has the connector pin of  
communication module  
error?  
Correct connector pin.  
No  
Is there a  
module that can’t be  
mounted in remote I/O station among  
special modules  
Yes  
Remove the module that can’t be  
mounted in remote I/O station.  
mounted?  
No  
This is the hardware error of communication  
module or I/O module. Contact Service  
station.  
End  
9-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9. Troubleshooting  
9.2.4 Error code E01-01 : Communication failure in Fnet  
E01-02 : Communication failure in Mnet  
E01-03 : Communication failure in FOU group  
Network check  
Are there  
duplicated station numbers in  
entire network?  
Yes  
Yes  
Change the station number so  
as not to be duplicated.  
No  
Reduce the cable length  
within specified range. Use  
repeater if cable length is  
longer than specified range.  
Does cable length exceed  
specification range?  
No  
Check numbers used and  
connection method of EOC,  
repeater, and active coupler.  
Is using  
No  
method of EOC,  
repeater, and active  
coupler correct?  
Are  
Yes  
Yes  
Tx/Rx connectors  
connected to right  
position?  
A
No  
No  
Is it electric  
communication module?  
No  
Connect TX cable to other’s  
RX, and connect RX cable to  
other’s TX.  
Yes  
Is  
terminal resistance  
connected at both terminal  
of network?  
Connect terminal resistance  
at both terminal of network.  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
Are network cables  
combined?  
Use single type of specified  
cable.  
No  
Check the entire network so  
as not to be a closed circuit.  
Is the entire network a  
closed circuit?  
A
No  
This is the hardware error of  
communication module.  
Contact Service station.  
End  
9-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9. Troubleshooting  
9.2.5 Error code E02-01 : PLC interface error during operation  
Interface error during operation  
Is the  
No  
Is the  
type of CPU error  
I/O and interface error of  
special  
No  
A
type of CPU error interface  
error of communication  
module?  
module?  
Yes  
Yes  
Securely mount error module.  
Is  
No  
communication  
module securely mounted  
in base?  
Securely mount  
communication module.  
Yes  
No  
Is authorized  
power normal?  
Check power/voltage.  
Yes  
Change the conditions of  
ambient environment so as to  
be complied with general  
specifications.  
Is  
Yes  
installation environment  
out of the specification  
of this product?  
No  
A
This is the hardware error of  
communication module or  
CPU. Contact A/S center.  
Perform troubleshooting for CPU.  
End  
9-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9. Troubleshooting  
9.2.6 Error code E02-02 : Slave mounting and writing interface error during  
operation  
I/O interface error  
No  
Is authorized power  
Check power/voltage.  
normal?  
Yes  
Change the condition of ambient  
environment so as to be complied  
with general specification range.  
Does installation  
environment fit to  
specification?  
No  
No  
Yes  
Are  
communication  
module and I/O module exactly  
mounted in  
Exactly mount communication  
module and I/O module into base.  
base?  
Yes  
No  
Is base connection cable  
connected well?  
Securely connect the cable.  
Yes  
Has  
Yes  
the connector pin of  
communication module  
any error?  
Correct connector pin.  
No  
This is the hardware error of  
communication module or I/O  
module. Contact A/S center.  
End  
9-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9. Troubleshooting  
9.2.7 Error code E03-01 : High speed link parameter error  
Parameter error of ꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉ  
Repair the battery and  
download program and  
parameter.  
No  
Is the backup battery of  
CPU normal?  
Yes  
Are  
network type, slot,  
and self station number of the  
link setting identical with  
appropriate  
Correct the link setting according  
to network type, station number,  
and slot number of appropriate  
slot.  
No  
slot?  
Yes  
Correct the setting of station  
number by referring to function  
description of ꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉ in  
6.2.  
Is setting  
method of station number for  
each registration item  
correct?  
No  
Yes  
Are  
there duplicated  
blocks numbers among registration  
items for the same  
station.  
Yes  
Correct duplicated blocks for  
the same station.  
No  
Reduce transmission items by  
referring to the description of ꢀꢁꢂꢀ  
ꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉ function.  
Is the number of  
transmission items among  
registration items 32 or  
more?  
Yes  
No  
Adjust the range of Tx/Rx area by  
referring to CPU type and base  
parameter.  
Is Tx/Rx  
area relevant among  
registration  
No  
items?  
Yes  
Download parameter again.  
Set link enable setting to ‘On’.  
End  
9-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9. Troubleshooting  
9.2.8 Error code E03-02 : High speed link not run  
High speed link is not operating.  
No  
Set appropriate link-enable to  
‘On’.  
Is link-enable set to ‘On’?  
Yes  
Are  
network type, slot,  
and self station number of the  
link setting identical with  
appropriate  
Correct the link setting  
No  
according to network type,  
station number, and slot  
number of appropriate slot.  
slot?  
Yes  
Correct the setting of station  
number by referring to function  
description of ꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉ in  
6.2.  
Is setting  
method of station number  
for each registration item  
correct?  
No  
Yes  
Adjust the range of Tx/Rx area  
by referring to CPU type and  
base parameter.  
Is TR area  
relevant among registration  
items?  
No  
Yes  
Check and correct it according  
to the flow of error code E01-  
01.  
No  
Is network  
configuration perfect?  
Yes  
Is there any  
error of other station  
among registration  
items?  
Yes  
Remove the error of other  
station.  
No  
Download parameter again.  
Set link enable setting to ‘On’.  
End  
9-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9. Troubleshooting  
9.2.9 Error code E03-03 : Run link contact of high speed link not ON  
Run link of ꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉ is not operating.  
Perform troubleshooting  
according to error code E03-02 for  
each station.  
Is ꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉ  
of each station operating  
well?  
No  
Yes  
Set appropriate link-enable to ‘On’  
for link-enable setting of each  
station.  
No  
Is link-enable of each  
station set to ‘On’?  
Yes  
No  
Change the mode of each station  
to Run mode.  
Is CPU operation mode of  
each station set to Run  
mode?  
Yes  
Correct station number setting by  
referring to the function  
description of ꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉ in  
6.2.  
Is station  
number setting of each  
registration item  
correct?  
No  
Yes  
Check and correct it according  
to the flow of error code E01-  
01.  
No  
Is network configuration  
perfect?  
Yes  
Is there  
any error of other station  
among registration  
items?  
Yes  
Remove the error of other  
station.  
No  
Download parameter again.  
Set link enable setting to ‘On’.  
End  
9-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9. Troubleshooting  
9.2.10 Error code E03-04 : Trouble contact of high speed link ON  
Link trouble contact On  
Is there  
Yes  
Turn the power on again after  
performing necessary action.  
any station that the power  
is off?  
No  
Set appropriate link-enable to  
‘On’ for link-enable setting of  
each station.  
No  
No  
Is link-enable of each  
station set to ‘On’?  
Yes  
Is CPU  
operation mode of each  
station set to Run  
mode?  
Change the mode of each  
station to Run mode.  
Yes  
Check and correct it according  
to the flow of error code E01-  
01.  
No  
Is network configuration  
perfect?  
Yes  
Is there  
any error of accurance  
station among entire other  
station?  
Yes  
Remove the error of other station.  
No  
Check detailed items using the  
information monitor of ꢀꢁꢂꢀ  
ꢄꢅꢆꢆꢇꢃ ꢁꢈꢉ.  
Download parameter, and set  
link enable setting to ‘On’.  
End  
9-12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9. Troubleshooting  
9.2.11 Error code E04-01 : Execution error of Fnet communication command  
E04-02 : Execution error of Mnet communication command  
Communication command error  
of Fnet  
Are  
Correct them by referring to  
communication command and  
technical data.  
there any errors of  
communication command  
and link?  
Yes  
No  
Is the  
Yes  
value of status during  
operation 34, 50, 113,  
and 116?  
Correct the type and format of  
data to be performed.  
No  
Yes  
Is the value of status  
during operation 33?  
Correct the data type.  
No  
Check whether the desired  
communication module is  
mounted in the slot position  
that is inputted in slot number  
items, and correct it.  
Yes  
Is the value of status  
during operation 40?  
No  
Yes  
This is an internal error of  
CPU. Contact Service station.  
Is the value of status  
during operation 1?  
No  
Is the  
station number that  
is inputted in station number  
connected in  
Check whether the station  
number inputted is connected  
to network.  
No  
network?  
Yes  
Check and correct it according  
to the flow of error code E01-  
01.  
Is there any problem in  
network configuration?  
Yes  
Stop the CPU mode and run it  
again.  
End  
9-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9. Troubleshooting  
9.2.12 Error code E05-01 : Time out error in KGLWIN communication  
KGLWIN communication error  
Yes  
Check the  
disconnection and  
connection of cable.  
Is there any problem in the  
connection of RS-232C  
cable?  
No  
Set again the port to be  
used for KGLWIN  
communication.  
No  
Is communication port  
correctly set?  
Yes  
Are  
the network type,  
slot, and station number  
correct during link  
setting?  
Correct the station  
number or appropriate  
slot number.  
No  
Yes  
Is the module of  
appropriate slot set  
according to the  
network type?  
Correct network type or  
slot number of  
appropriate slot.  
No  
Yes  
Check and correct it  
according to the flow of  
error code E01-01.  
Is there any problem  
in network  
Yes  
configuration?  
No  
Contact Service station.  
End  
9-14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9. Troubleshooting  
9.2.13Error code E05-02 : Internal error of Fnet KGLWIN communication  
Internal communication error of KGLWIN  
Is there  
any problem in the connection  
of RS-232C cable?  
Check the  
disconnection and  
connection of cable.  
Yes  
No  
No  
Set again the port to be  
used for KGLWIN  
communication.  
Is communication port  
set correctly?  
Yes  
Yes  
Remove the CPU error  
by referring to the user’s  
manual of CPU.  
Is there any serious  
error in CPU?  
No  
Finish the KGLWIN after  
disconnecting, and connect  
it again.  
End  
9-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix  
ꢀꢁꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆ  
A1 LED Specifications  
A1.1 LED specifications of Fnet master module  
ꢀꢁ ꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢅ ꢇꢈꢉꢇꢊꢋꢋꢌꢄꢉꢍꢇꢎ  
      ꢁꢂꢃꢄꢃꢅꢆꢇ ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢃꢅꢈꢇ ꢀꢁꢉꢃꢄꢃꢅꢆꢇ   
     ꢀꢋꢌꢍꢄꢃꢅꢆꢇ  
ꢁꢊꢃꢄꢃꢅꢆꢇ  
RUN  
RUN  
LAS  
LAS  
TOKEN  
TX/RX  
FAULT  
TOKEN  
TX/RX  
FAULT  
ꢏꢁ ꢐꢑꢒꢇꢄꢃꢍꢄꢓꢊꢅꢄ ꢃꢇꢆꢋꢉꢓꢔ  
ꢎꢏꢐ ꢑꢅꢒꢀꢓꢀꢔꢕꢖꢗꢘꢙꢚꢛꢜꢀꢚꢝꢙꢚꢀ ꢍ!ꢀ! ꢅꢀ"#ꢖ$%ꢛꢀꢙꢕꢖꢀꢗꢕꢚꢛ&'ꢙꢘꢛꢀꢗꢜꢀ(&#ꢘꢛꢛꢖꢗꢕ)ꢀꢙꢘꢚꢗ*ꢛ%+,  
-ꢀꢈꢕꢀꢓꢀ ꢍ!ꢀꢙꢕꢖꢀꢗꢕꢚꢛ&'ꢙꢘꢛꢀꢕ#&"ꢙ%  
-ꢀꢈ''ꢀꢓꢀꢔꢕꢚꢛ&'ꢙꢘꢛꢀꢙ.ꢕ#&"ꢙ% ꢀ#&ꢀꢗꢕꢚꢛ&'ꢙꢘꢛꢀꢜꢚ#((ꢛꢖ  
/ꢝꢛꢕꢀꢕ#&"ꢙ% ꢀꢗꢚꢀꢜꢛꢛ"ꢜꢀꢚ#ꢀ.ꢛꢀ0ꢈꢕ0 ꢀ.$ꢚ ꢀ.ꢛꢘꢙ$ꢜꢛꢀꢚꢝꢛꢀ'%ꢙꢜꢝꢀꢘ+ꢘ%ꢛꢀꢘꢝꢙꢕ)ꢛꢜꢀꢙꢘꢘ#&ꢖꢗꢕ)ꢀꢚ#ꢀ ꢍ!ꢀꢜꢘꢙꢕ ꢀꢗꢚꢀ"ꢙ+  
ꢜꢛꢛ"#.0ꢈ''0ꢀ ꢗꢕ*ꢗꢜ$ꢙ%ꢚꢀ .ꢛꢘ#"ꢛꢜꢀ 0ꢈꢕ0ꢕꢚꢛ&*ꢙ%ꢜꢀ #&.+#ꢕꢘꢛ'#&ꢀ ꢏ12ꢛꢘ,ꢀ 3ꢝꢛꢕ ꢍ!ꢀ ꢅꢜꢛ&  
 &#)&ꢙ"ꢀ4ꢘꢙꢕꢀꢗꢜꢀ%#ꢕ)ꢎ2ꢌꢌ"ꢜꢀ#&ꢀ"#&ꢛꢐ ꢀ#&ꢀꢘ#""$ꢕꢗꢘꢙꢚꢗ#ꢕꢀ"#ꢖ$%ꢛꢀ#'ꢀ2ꢀ#&ꢀ"#&ꢛꢀꢝꢙꢜꢀ.ꢛꢛꢕꢀ"#$ꢕꢚꢛꢖꢀ#ꢕ  
 ꢍ!ꢀꢜ#ꢀꢚꢝꢙꢚꢀ"ꢙꢕ+ꢀꢖꢙꢚꢙꢀ"ꢙ+ꢀ.ꢛꢀꢛ5ꢘꢝꢙꢕ)ꢛꢖ,ꢀ6ꢝꢗꢜꢀꢗꢜꢀꢕ#ꢚꢀꢙ.ꢕ#&"ꢙ%ꢀ#(ꢛ&ꢙꢚꢗ#ꢕꢀ#'ꢀꢘ#""$ꢕꢗꢘꢙꢚꢗ#ꢕꢀ"#ꢖ$%ꢛ  
.$ꢚꢀ.ꢛꢘꢙ$ꢜꢛꢀꢖꢙꢚꢙꢀ(&#ꢘꢛꢜꢜꢗꢕ)ꢀꢜ(ꢛꢛꢖꢀꢝꢙꢜꢀ.ꢛꢘ#"ꢛꢀ%ꢙꢚꢛꢀꢖ$ꢛꢀꢚ#ꢀ"ꢙꢕ+ꢀꢘ#""$ꢕꢗꢘꢙꢚꢗ#ꢕꢀ7$ꢙꢕꢚꢗꢚ+,  
ꢎ2ꢐ ꢍꢇ4ꢀꢓꢀ6ꢝꢛꢀꢍꢆ8ꢀ#'ꢀꢚꢝꢛꢀꢜꢚꢙꢚꢗ#ꢕꢀꢚꢝꢙꢚꢀꢙꢜꢜꢗ)ꢕꢀꢚ#9ꢛꢕꢜꢀꢚ#ꢀꢛꢙꢘꢝꢀꢜꢚꢙꢚꢗ#ꢕꢀ.ꢛꢘ#"ꢛꢜꢀꢈꢕꢀꢗꢕꢀ#&ꢖꢛ&ꢀꢚ#ꢀ(ꢛ&'#&"  
ꢖꢙꢚꢙꢀ 65:ꢑ5ꢀ 3ꢗꢚꢝꢀ ꢘ#""$ꢕꢗꢘꢙꢚꢗ#ꢕꢀ "#ꢖ$%ꢛꢀ ꢘ#ꢕꢕꢛꢘꢚꢛꢖ,ꢀ ꢇ"#ꢕ)ꢀ "ꢙꢕ+ꢀ ꢘ#""$ꢕꢗꢘꢙꢚꢗ#ꢕ  
ꢜꢚꢙꢚꢗ#ꢕꢜ ꢀꢚꢝꢛꢀꢘ#""$ꢕꢗꢘꢙꢚꢗ#ꢕꢀ"#ꢖ$%ꢛꢀꢚꢝꢙꢚꢀꢗꢜꢀ'ꢗ&ꢜꢚ%+ꢀ(#3ꢛ&ꢛꢖꢀ#ꢕꢀꢝꢙꢜꢀꢍꢇ4 ꢀꢙꢕꢖꢀꢙ"#ꢕ)ꢀꢙ%%  
ꢜꢚꢙꢚꢗ#ꢕꢜꢀꢘ#ꢕꢕꢛꢘꢚꢛꢖꢀ*ꢗꢙꢀꢜꢗꢕ)%ꢛꢀꢕꢛꢚ3#&9 ꢀꢍꢇ4ꢀꢍꢆ8ꢀ#'ꢀ#ꢕ%+ꢀ#ꢕꢛꢀꢜꢚꢙꢚꢗ#ꢕꢀ.ꢛꢘ#"ꢛꢜꢀꢈꢕ,  
-ꢀꢈꢕꢀꢓꢀ;ꢛꢗꢕ)ꢀꢗꢕꢀ(ꢛ&'#&"ꢗꢕ)ꢀ'$ꢕꢘꢚꢗ#ꢕꢀ3ꢗꢚꢝꢀꢍꢗꢕ9ꢀꢇꢘꢚꢗ*ꢛꢀ4ꢘꢝꢛꢖ$%ꢛ&ꢎꢍꢇ4ꢐ,  
-ꢀꢈ''ꢀꢓꢀ;ꢛꢗꢕ)ꢀꢗꢕꢀ(ꢛ&'#&"ꢗꢕ)ꢀ'$ꢕꢘꢚꢗ#ꢕꢀ3ꢗꢚꢝꢀꢍꢗꢕ9ꢀ<ꢙꢜꢚꢛ&ꢎꢍ<ꢐ,  
ꢎꢊꢐ 6ꢈꢁꢆꢒꢀꢓꢀꢔꢕꢖꢗꢘꢙꢚꢛꢜꢀꢚꢝꢙꢚꢀ"#ꢖ$%ꢛꢀꢗꢜꢀꢜꢛꢕꢖꢗꢕ)ꢀꢚ&ꢙꢕꢜ"ꢗꢜꢜꢗ#ꢕꢀꢖꢙꢚꢙꢀ.+ꢀꢙꢜꢜꢗ)ꢕꢗꢕ)ꢀꢘꢗ&ꢘ$%ꢙꢚꢗ#ꢕꢀꢚ#9ꢛꢕꢀ'&#"  
ꢍꢇ4,ꢀ ꢔ'ꢀ ꢕꢛꢚ3#&9ꢀ ꢝꢙꢜꢀ "ꢙꢕ+ꢀ ꢜꢚꢙꢚꢗ#ꢕꢜꢀ ꢘ#ꢕꢕꢛꢘꢚꢛꢖ  ꢙꢕꢖꢀ ꢛꢙꢘꢝꢀ ꢜꢚꢙꢚꢗ#ꢕꢀ ꢝꢙꢜꢀ "ꢙꢕ+ꢀ ꢖꢙꢚꢙ  ꢍꢆ8  
'%ꢙꢜꢝꢛꢜꢀꢙꢚꢀ%ꢙꢚꢛꢀꢜ(ꢛꢛꢖ,  
-ꢀꢈꢕꢀꢓꢀ!$&&ꢛꢕꢚ%+ꢀ(#ꢜꢜꢛꢜꢜꢛꢜꢀꢘꢗ&ꢘ$%ꢙꢚꢗ#ꢕꢀꢚ#9ꢛꢕ,  
-ꢀꢈ''ꢀꢓꢀ8#ꢛꢜꢀꢕ#ꢚꢀ(#ꢜꢜꢛꢜꢜꢀꢚ#9ꢛꢕ,  
A-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix  
ꢎꢉꢐ 6=:ꢑ=ꢀꢓꢀꢔꢕꢖꢗꢘꢙꢚꢛꢜꢀꢚꢝꢙꢚꢀꢜꢛ%'ꢀꢜꢚꢙꢚꢗ#ꢕꢀꢗꢜꢀ&ꢛꢘꢛꢗ*ꢗꢕ)ꢀꢖꢙꢚꢙꢀ'&#"ꢀ#ꢚꢝꢛ&ꢀꢜꢚꢙꢚꢗ#ꢕꢀ#&ꢀꢜꢛꢕꢖꢗꢕ)ꢀꢜꢛ%'ꢀꢖꢙꢚꢙ,  
-ꢀꢈꢕꢀꢓꢀꢔꢕꢖꢗꢘꢙꢚꢛꢜꢀꢚꢝꢙꢚꢀꢗꢚꢀꢗꢜꢀꢜꢛꢕꢖꢗꢕ)ꢀ#&ꢀ&ꢛꢘꢛꢗ*ꢗꢕ),  
-ꢀꢈ''ꢀꢓꢀꢔꢕꢖꢗꢘꢙꢚꢛꢜꢀꢚꢝꢙꢚꢀꢚꢝꢛ&ꢛꢀꢗꢜꢀꢕ#ꢀ65:ꢑ5ꢀ'&ꢙ"ꢛ,  
ꢎ>ꢐ ꢃꢇꢅꢍ66ꢝꢗꢜꢆ8ꢕꢖꢗꢘꢙꢚꢗꢕ)ꢀ 3ꢝꢛꢚꢝꢛ&&&#&#ꢘꢘ$&&ꢛꢖ#""$ꢕꢗꢘꢙꢚꢗ#ꢕꢀ "#ꢖ$%ꢛ  3ꢝꢗꢘꢝ  
.ꢛꢘ#"ꢛꢜꢀ0ꢈ''0ꢀꢖ$&ꢗꢕ)ꢀꢕ#&"ꢙ%ꢀ#(ꢛ&ꢙꢚꢗ#ꢕ ꢀꢙꢕꢖꢀ  '%ꢙꢜꢝꢛꢜꢀꢙꢚꢀꢏꢀꢜꢛꢘ,ꢀꢗꢕꢚꢛ&*ꢙ%ꢀ3ꢝꢛꢕꢀꢛ&&#&ꢀꢚꢝꢙꢚ  
ꢕ#&"ꢙ%ꢀ#(ꢛ&ꢙꢚꢗ#ꢕꢀꢗꢜꢀꢗ"(#ꢜꢜꢗ.%ꢛꢀ#ꢘꢘ$&ꢜ,ꢀ6ꢝꢛꢀꢚ+(ꢛꢀ#'ꢀꢛ&&#&ꢀꢗꢜꢀꢗꢕꢖꢗꢘꢙꢚꢛꢖꢀꢚꢝ&#$)ꢝꢀ>ꢀꢍꢆ8ꢜꢀ#'  
ꢍꢆ8ꢌꢎꢑꢅꢒꢐ1ꢍꢆ8ꢉꢎꢃꢇꢅꢍ6ꢐ,  
ꢔ'ꢀꢗꢚꢀ'%ꢙꢜꢝꢛꢜꢀꢙꢚꢀꢗꢕꢚꢛ&*ꢙ%ꢜ ꢀꢗꢚꢀ"ꢛꢙꢕꢜꢀꢚꢝꢙꢚꢀꢚꢝꢛ&ꢛꢀꢗꢜꢀꢙꢀꢛ&&#&ꢀꢗꢕꢀꢘ#""$ꢕꢗꢘꢙꢚꢗ#ꢕꢀ"#ꢖ$%ꢛ ꢀꢘ#""$ꢕꢗꢘꢙꢚꢗ#ꢕꢀꢘꢙ.%ꢛ  
ꢚꢛ&"ꢗꢕꢙ%ꢀ&ꢛꢜꢗꢜꢚꢙꢕꢘꢛ ꢀꢘ#ꢕꢕꢛꢘꢚꢗ#ꢕꢀꢜꢚꢙꢚ$ꢜ ꢀꢖ$(%ꢗꢘꢙꢚꢛꢖꢀꢜꢚꢙꢚꢗ#ꢕ ꢀꢙꢕꢖꢀꢚꢝꢛꢀ#ꢚꢝꢛ&,ꢀ6ꢝ$ꢜ ꢀꢘꢝꢛꢘ9ꢀꢚꢝꢛꢀ'#%%#3ꢗꢕ)ꢜꢀꢓ  
 ꢔꢜꢀꢚꢛ&"ꢗꢕꢙ%ꢀ&ꢛꢜꢗꢜꢚꢙꢕꢘꢛꢀꢘ#&&ꢛꢘꢚ%+ꢀꢘ#ꢕꢕꢛꢘꢚꢛꢖ?  
 ꢔꢜꢀꢘꢙ.%ꢛꢀꢜꢛꢘ$&ꢛ%+ꢀꢘ#ꢕꢕꢛꢘꢚꢛꢖ?  
 ꢔꢜꢀꢘ#""$ꢕꢗꢘꢙꢚꢗ#ꢕꢀꢘꢙ.%ꢛꢀꢜꢝꢗꢛ%ꢖꢀ%ꢗꢕꢛꢀꢘ#ꢕꢕꢛꢘꢚꢛꢖꢀ3ꢗꢚꢝꢀꢘ#ꢕꢕꢛꢘꢚ#&?ꢎ"$ꢜꢚꢀ.ꢛꢀꢘ#ꢕꢕꢛꢘꢚꢛꢖꢐ  
 8#ꢀꢘꢙ.%ꢛꢀꢙꢕꢖꢀꢚꢛ&"ꢗꢕꢙ%ꢀ&ꢛꢜꢗꢜꢚꢙꢕꢘꢛꢀ'ꢗꢚꢀꢚ#ꢀꢚꢝꢛꢀꢜ(ꢛꢘꢗ'ꢗꢘꢙꢚꢗ#ꢕꢜ?  
 ꢔꢜꢀꢚ#ꢚꢙ%ꢀ%ꢛꢕ)ꢚꢝꢀ#'ꢀꢘꢙ.%ꢛꢀꢂ>ꢌ"ꢀ#&ꢀ%ꢛꢜꢜ?  
 ꢔꢜꢕ0ꢚꢀꢚꢝꢛ&ꢛꢀꢙꢕ+ꢀꢖ$(%ꢗꢘꢙꢚꢛꢖꢀꢜꢚꢙꢚꢗ#ꢕ?  
6ꢙ.%ꢛꢀꢇ,ꢏ,ꢏꢀꢖꢛꢜꢘ&ꢗ.ꢛꢜꢀꢍꢆ8ꢀꢗꢕꢖꢗꢘꢙꢚꢗ#ꢕꢀꢘ#ꢕꢚꢛꢕꢚꢜꢀ#'ꢀꢃꢕꢛꢚꢀ"ꢙꢜꢚꢛ&ꢀ"#ꢖ$%ꢛ,  
A-2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix  
Table A.1.1 LED indication contents of Fnet master group  
Error type LED status Error contents  
Segment  
Being in self diagnosis of internal memory 1 in this  
module  
FMM_00  
Being in self diagnosis of internal memory 2 in this  
module  
FMM_01  
During power on  
FMM_02  
FMM_03  
FMM_04  
FMM_05  
FMM_06  
FMM_07  
FMM_08  
FMM_09  
FMM_10  
FMM_11  
FMM_12  
FMM_13  
FMM_14  
FMM_15  
FMM_16  
FMM_17  
FMM_18  
FMM_19  
FMM_20  
FMM_21  
FMM_22  
FMM_23  
FMM_24  
FMM_25  
FMM_26  
FMM_27  
Being in self diagnosis of communication  
Being in diagnosis of CPU and interface  
Module is not LAS.  
Normal  
communication  
Module is LAS.  
Error in self diagnosis of internal memory 1  
Error in self diagnosis of internal memory 2  
Error in self diagnosis of communication  
Error in diagnosis of interface chip  
Error in diagnosis of interface RAM  
Error 1 in diagnosis of CPU and interface  
Error 2 in diagnosis of CPU and interface  
Error 3 in diagnosis of CPU and interface  
Hardware error  
System operation  
error  
System error during operation  
Error in configuration of network  
Repeated station No., abnormal terminal resistance  
Cable cut off/Short  
Abnormal  
communication  
Specified length of cable is not proper or hardware  
error of this module  
Error in configuration of network  
Interface error(stopped) for LAS  
Interface error(stopped) for not LAS  
Interface error  
Not restorable  
error  
Hardware error of communication module  
 ꢍꢆ8ꢀ(#ꢜꢗꢚꢗ#ꢕꢀ'#%%#3ꢜꢀꢚꢝꢛꢀꢜꢛ7$ꢛꢕꢘꢛꢀ#'ꢀꢜꢗ)ꢕꢙ%ꢀꢑꢅꢒ ꢀꢍꢇ4 ꢀ6ꢈꢁꢆꢒ ꢀ6=:ꢑ= ꢀꢙꢕꢖꢀꢃꢇꢅꢍ6ꢀ'&#"ꢀ%ꢛ'ꢚꢀꢜꢗꢖꢛ,  
ꢍꢗ)ꢝꢚꢀ#ꢕ  
ꢍꢗ)ꢝꢚꢀ#''  
ꢃ%ꢙꢜꢝꢀꢙꢚꢀꢏꢀꢜꢛꢘ,ꢀꢗꢕꢚꢛ&*ꢙ%  
ꢔ&&ꢛ)$%ꢙ&ꢀꢕ#ꢕꢄꢗꢕꢚꢛ&*ꢙ%ꢀ'%ꢙꢜꢝꢀ#&ꢀꢈ''  
ꢔ&&ꢛ)$%ꢙ&ꢀꢕ#ꢕꢄꢗꢕꢚꢛ&*ꢙ%ꢀ'%ꢙꢜꢝ  
A-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix  
A1.2 LED specifications of slave module  
ꢀꢁ ꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢅ ꢇꢈꢉꢇꢊꢋꢋꢌꢄꢉꢍꢇꢎꢇꢕꢖꢗꢘꢙꢚꢑꢛꢜꢇꢕꢖꢗꢘꢙꢚꢝꢛꢜꢇꢕ ꢗꢘꢙꢚꢑꢛ  
ꢏꢁ ꢐꢑꢒꢇꢋ ꢆꢄꢅꢄ   
 ꢍꢆ8ꢀꢌ  
 ꢍꢆ8ꢀꢏ  
 ꢍꢆ8ꢀ2  
 ꢍꢆ8ꢀꢊ  
 ꢍꢆ8ꢀꢉ  
 ꢑꢅꢒ  
 6ꢈꢁꢆꢒ  
 6=:ꢑ=  
 ꢃꢇꢅꢍ6  
 4@4  
   ꢃꢇꢅꢍ6  
!ꢁ ꢐꢑꢒꢇꢄꢃꢍꢄꢓꢊꢅꢄ ꢃꢇꢆꢋꢉꢓꢔ  
ꢎꢏꢐ ꢑꢅꢒꢎꢍꢆ8ꢀꢌꢐꢀꢓꢀꢔꢕꢖꢗꢘꢙꢚꢛꢜꢀꢑꢅꢒꢀꢜꢚꢙꢚ$ꢜ ꢀꢙꢕꢖꢀ"ꢛꢙꢕꢜꢀꢚꢝꢙꢚꢀꢔ:ꢈꢀꢗꢕꢜ(ꢛꢘꢚꢗ#ꢕꢀꢙꢕꢖꢀꢔ:ꢈꢀ&ꢛ'&ꢛꢜꢝꢀ#(ꢛ&ꢙꢚꢗ#ꢕꢀꢗꢜ  
ꢕ#&"ꢙ%%+ꢀ.ꢛꢗꢕ)ꢀ#(ꢛ&ꢙꢚꢛꢖ,ꢀ6ꢝꢗꢜꢀ.ꢛꢘ#"ꢛꢜꢀ#''ꢀ3ꢝꢛꢕꢀ(#3ꢛ&ꢀꢛ&&#&ꢀ#'ꢀꢛ5ꢚꢛꢕꢜꢗ#ꢕꢀ.ꢙꢜꢛ ꢀ#&ꢀꢛ&&#&  
#ꢘꢘ$&&ꢛꢕꢘꢛꢀꢖ$&ꢗꢕ)ꢀꢜ(ꢛꢘꢗꢙ%ꢀ"#ꢖ$%ꢛꢀꢙꢘꢘꢛꢜꢜꢀ#&ꢀꢔ:ꢈꢀ&ꢛ'&ꢛꢜꢝ,  
-ꢀꢈꢕꢀꢓꢀꢔꢕꢖꢗꢘꢙꢚꢛꢜꢀ.ꢛꢗꢕ)ꢀꢗꢕꢀꢕ#&"ꢙ%ꢀ#(ꢛ&ꢙꢚꢗ#ꢕꢀ#'ꢀꢜ%ꢙ*ꢛ,  
-ꢀꢈ''ꢀꢓꢀꢇ.ꢕ#&"ꢙ%ꢀ#(ꢛ&ꢙꢚꢗ#ꢕꢀ#'ꢀꢜ%ꢙ*ꢛ,  
ꢎ2ꢐ 6ꢈꢁꢆꢒꢎꢍꢆ8ꢀ ꢏꢐꢀ ꢓꢀ ꢔꢕꢖꢗꢘꢙꢚꢛꢜꢀ ꢚꢝꢙꢚꢀ "#ꢖ$%ꢛꢀ ꢗꢜꢀ ꢜꢛꢕꢖꢗꢕ)ꢀ ꢚ&ꢙꢕꢜ"ꢗꢜꢜꢗ#ꢕꢀ ꢜꢛ%'ꢀ ꢖꢙꢚꢙꢀ .+ꢀ ꢙꢜꢜꢗ)ꢕꢗꢕ)  
ꢘꢗ&ꢘ$%ꢙꢚꢗ#ꢕꢀꢚ#9ꢛꢕꢀ'&#"ꢀꢍꢇ4,ꢀ6ꢝꢗꢜꢀ'%ꢙꢜꢝꢛꢜꢀꢖ$&ꢗꢕ)ꢀꢕ#&"ꢙ%ꢀ#(ꢛ&ꢙꢚꢗ#ꢕ,ꢀꢔ'ꢀꢕꢛꢚ3#&9ꢀꢝꢙꢜꢀ"ꢙꢕ+  
ꢜꢚꢙꢚꢗ#ꢕꢜꢀꢘ#ꢕꢕꢛꢘꢚꢛꢖ ꢀꢙꢕꢖꢀꢛꢙꢘꢝꢀꢜꢚꢙꢚꢗ#ꢕꢀꢝꢙꢜꢀ"ꢙꢕ+ꢀꢖꢙꢚꢙ ꢀꢍꢆ8ꢀ'%ꢙꢜꢝꢛꢜꢀꢙꢚꢀꢜ%#3ꢀꢜ(ꢛꢛꢖ,  
-ꢀꢈꢕꢀꢓꢀ!$&&ꢛꢕꢚ%+ꢀ(#ꢜꢜꢛꢜꢜꢛꢜꢀꢘꢗ&ꢘ$%ꢙꢚꢗ#ꢕꢀꢚ#9ꢛꢕ,  
-ꢀꢈ''ꢀꢓꢀ8#ꢛꢜꢀꢕ#ꢚꢀ(#ꢜꢜꢛꢜꢜꢀꢚ#9ꢛꢕ,  
ꢎꢊꢐ 6=:ꢑ=ꢎꢍꢆ8ꢀ2ꢐꢀꢓꢀꢔꢕꢖꢗꢘꢙꢚꢛꢜꢀꢚꢝꢙꢚꢀꢜꢛ%'ꢀꢜꢚꢙꢚꢗ#ꢕꢀꢗꢜꢀ&ꢛꢘꢛꢗ*ꢗꢕ)ꢀꢖꢙꢚꢙꢀ'&#"ꢀ#ꢚꢝꢛ&ꢀꢜꢚꢙꢚꢗ#ꢕꢀ#&ꢀꢜꢛꢕꢖꢗꢕ)ꢛ%'  
ꢖꢙꢚꢙ,  
-ꢀꢈꢕꢀꢓꢀꢔꢕꢖꢗꢘꢙꢚꢛꢜꢀꢚꢝꢙꢚꢀꢗꢚꢀꢗꢜꢀꢜꢛꢕꢖꢗꢕ)ꢀ#&ꢀ&ꢛꢘꢛꢗ*ꢗꢕ),  
-ꢀꢈ''ꢀꢓꢀꢔꢕꢖꢗꢘꢙꢚꢛꢜꢀꢚꢝꢙꢚꢀꢚꢝꢛ&ꢛꢀꢗꢜꢀꢕ#ꢀ65:ꢑ5ꢀ'&ꢙ"ꢛ,  
A-4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix  
ꢎꢉꢐ ꢃꢇꢅꢍ6ꢎꢍꢆ8ꢀꢊꢐ  
-ꢀꢃ%ꢙꢜꢝꢀꢓꢀꢃ%ꢙꢜꢝꢛꢜꢀ3ꢝꢛꢕꢀꢘ#""$ꢕꢗꢘꢙꢚꢗ#ꢕꢀꢛ&&#&:ꢜꢛ&*ꢗꢘꢛꢀꢛ&&#&ꢀ#ꢘꢘ$&ꢀꢗꢕꢀ%ꢗꢕ9ꢀ"#ꢖ$%ꢛ,  
-ꢀꢈ''ꢀꢓꢀꢔꢕꢖꢗꢘꢙꢚꢛꢜꢀ.ꢛꢗꢕ)ꢀꢗꢕꢀꢕ#&"ꢙ%ꢀ#(ꢛ&ꢙꢚꢗ#ꢕ,  
 ꢔ'ꢀ ꢗꢚꢀ '%ꢙꢜꢝꢛꢜꢀ ꢙꢚꢀ ꢗꢕꢚꢛ&*ꢙ%ꢜ  ꢗꢚꢀ "ꢛꢙꢕꢜꢀ ꢚꢝꢙꢚꢀ ꢚꢝꢛ&ꢛꢀ ꢗꢜꢀ ꢙꢕꢀ ꢛ&&#&ꢀ ꢗꢕꢀ ꢘ#""$ꢕꢗꢘꢙꢚꢗ#ꢕꢀ ꢘꢙ.%ꢛ,ꢀ 6ꢝ$ꢜ  ꢘꢝꢛꢘ9ꢀ ꢚꢝꢛ  
'#%%#3ꢗꢕ)ꢜꢀꢓ  
 ꢔꢜꢀꢚꢛ&"ꢗꢕꢙ%ꢀ&ꢛꢜꢗꢜꢚꢙꢕꢘꢛꢀꢘ#&&ꢛꢘꢚ%+ꢀꢘ#ꢕꢕꢛꢘꢚꢛꢖ?  
 ꢔꢜꢀꢘꢙ.%ꢛꢀꢜꢛꢘ$&ꢛ%+ꢀꢘ#ꢕꢕꢛꢘꢚꢛꢖ?  
 ꢔꢜꢀꢘ#""$ꢕꢗꢘꢙꢚꢗ#ꢕꢀꢘꢙ.%ꢛꢀꢜꢝꢗꢛ%ꢖꢀ%ꢗꢕꢛꢀꢘ#ꢕꢕꢛꢘꢚꢛꢖꢀ3ꢗꢚꢝꢀꢘ#ꢕꢕꢛꢘꢚ#&ꢀ.#ꢖ+?ꢎ"$ꢜꢚꢀ.ꢛꢀꢘ#ꢕꢕꢛꢘꢚꢛꢖꢐ  
 8#ꢀꢘꢙ.%ꢛꢀꢙꢕꢖꢀꢚꢛ&"ꢗꢕꢙ%ꢀ&ꢛꢜꢗꢜꢚꢙꢕꢘꢛꢀ'ꢗꢚꢀꢚ#ꢀꢚꢝꢛꢀꢜ(ꢛꢘꢗ'ꢗꢘꢙꢚꢗ#ꢕꢜ?  
 ꢔꢜꢀꢚ#ꢚꢙ%ꢀ%ꢛꢕ)ꢚꢝꢀ#'ꢀꢘꢙ.%ꢛꢀꢂ>ꢌ"ꢀ#&ꢀ%ꢛꢜꢜ?  
 ꢔꢜꢕ0ꢚꢀꢚꢝꢛ&ꢛꢀꢙꢕ+ꢀꢖ$(%ꢗꢘꢙꢚꢛꢖꢀꢜꢚꢙꢚꢗ#ꢕ?  
ꢎ>ꢐ 4@4ꢀ ꢃꢇꢅꢍ6ꢎꢍꢆ8ꢀ ꢉꢐꢀ ꢓꢀ 6ꢝꢗꢜꢀ ꢗꢜꢀ ꢙꢀ ꢍꢆ8ꢀ ꢗꢕꢖꢗꢘꢙꢚꢗꢕ)ꢀ ꢛ&&#&ꢀ #ꢘꢘ$&&ꢛꢕꢘꢛꢀ #&ꢀ ꢕ#ꢚꢀ ꢗꢕꢀ ꢘ#""$ꢕꢗꢘꢙꢚꢗ#ꢕ  
"#ꢖ$%ꢛ ꢀ3ꢝꢗꢘꢝꢀ.ꢛꢘ#"ꢛꢜꢀ0ꢈ''0ꢀꢖ$&ꢗꢕ)ꢀꢕ#&"ꢙ%ꢀ#(ꢛ&ꢙꢚꢗ#ꢕꢀꢙꢕꢖꢀ'%ꢙꢜꢝꢛꢜꢀꢙꢚꢀꢏꢀꢜꢛꢘ,ꢀꢗꢕꢚꢛ&*ꢙ%ꢀ3ꢝꢛꢕꢀꢛ&&#&  
ꢚꢝꢙꢚ#&"ꢙ%#(ꢛ&ꢙꢚꢗ#ꢕ"(#ꢜꢜꢗ.%ꢛ#ꢘꢘ$&ꢜ,6ꢝꢛ+(ꢛ#'&&#&ꢕꢖꢗꢘꢙꢚꢛꢖꢝ&#$)ꢝ>ꢆ8ꢜ#'  
ꢍꢆ8ꢌ1ꢍꢆ8ꢉ,  
A-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix  
Table A.1.2 LED indication specifications of slave group  
LED status Error contents  
Segment  
FSM_00  
FSM_01  
FSM_02  
Error type  
Being in self diagnosis of internal memory 1 in this module  
Being in self diagnosis of internal memory 2 in this module  
Being in self diagnosis of communication  
During power  
on  
Being in self diagnosis of special module interface RAM  
memory  
FSM_03  
FSM_04  
Normal  
communication  
When module communication is normal.  
FSM_05  
FSM_06  
FSM_07  
FSM_08  
FSM_09  
FSM_10  
FSM_11  
FSM_12  
FSM_13  
FSM_14  
FSM_15  
FSM_16  
FSM_17  
FSM_18  
FSM_19  
FSM_20  
Error in self diagnosis of internal memory 1  
Error in self diagnosis of internal memory 2  
Error in self diagnosis of communication  
Error in writing/reading special module  
Error in writing/reading I/O module  
Hardware error  
Error in mounting module, Fuse problem  
System  
operation error  
System error during operation  
Cable cut off, short  
Specified length of cable is not proper  
Hardware error of this module  
Error in configuration of network  
Abnormal  
communication  
Not restorable  
error  
Hardware error of communication module  
 ꢍꢆ8ꢀ(#ꢜꢗꢚꢗ#ꢕꢀ'#%%#3ꢜꢀꢚꢝꢛꢀꢜꢛ7$ꢛꢕꢘꢛꢀ#'ꢀꢜꢗ)ꢕꢙ%ꢀꢑꢅꢒ ꢀ6ꢈꢁꢆꢒ ꢀ6=:ꢑ= ꢀꢃꢇꢅꢍ6 ꢀꢙꢕꢖꢀ4@4ꢀꢃꢇꢅꢍ6ꢀ'&#"  
%ꢛ'ꢚꢀꢜꢗꢖꢛ,  
ꢍꢗ)ꢝꢚꢀ#ꢕ  
ꢍꢗ)ꢝꢚꢀ#''  
ꢃ%ꢙꢜꢝꢀꢙꢚꢀꢏꢀꢜꢛꢘ,ꢀꢗꢕꢚꢛ&*ꢙ%  
ꢔ&&ꢛ)$%ꢙ&ꢀꢕ#ꢕꢄꢗꢕꢚꢛ&*ꢙ%ꢀ'%ꢙꢜꢝꢀ#&ꢀꢈ''  
ꢔ&&ꢛ)$%ꢙ&ꢀꢕ#ꢕꢄꢗꢕꢚꢛ&*ꢙ%ꢀ'%ꢙꢜꢝ  
A-6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix  
A1.3 LED specifications of stand-alone type remote module(G0L-  
SMQA/SMIA/SMHA)  
LED status  
Segment  
Error type  
Error contents  
Being in normal communication  
Bad communication status  
PWR/ONTX/ERR  
Being in normal  
communication  
FSM_30  
FSM_31  
FSM_32  
Abnormal  
communication  
Self diagnosis error of communication or system error  
during operation  
System error  
No  
FSM_33  
FSM_34  
Not communicates with other station of network  
Power off status  
communication  
Power off  
A1.4 LED specifications of repeater module(G0L-FREA)  
LED status  
Segment  
Error type  
Error contents  
PWR/TRTA/TRXB  
Being in normal  
communication  
FOU_40  
Being in normal communication  
FOU_41  
FOU_42  
Unstable status in side A communication  
Unstable status in side B communication  
Abnormal  
communication  
No  
FOU_43  
FOU_44  
Not communicates with other station of network  
Power off status  
communication  
Power off  
A1.5 LED specifications of electric, optical signal switching module(G0L-FOEA)  
LED status  
Segment  
Error type  
Error contents  
PWR/TRX  
Being in normal  
communication  
FOU_50  
Being in normal communication  
Abnormal  
communication  
FOU_51  
FOU_52  
Network not communicates  
Power off status  
Power off  
A1.6 LED specifications of active coupler module(optical signal distributor)  
LED status  
Segment  
Error type  
Error contents  
PWR/TRX  
Being in normal  
communication  
FOU_60  
Being in normal communication  
Abnormal  
communication  
FOU_61  
FOU_62  
Network not communicates  
Power off status  
Power off  
ꢍꢗ)ꢝꢚꢀ#ꢕ  
ꢃ%ꢙꢜꢝꢀꢙꢚꢀꢏꢀꢜꢛꢘ,ꢀꢗꢕꢚꢛ&*ꢙ%  
ꢍꢗ)ꢝꢚꢀ#''  
ꢔ&&ꢛ)$%ꢙ&ꢀꢕ#ꢕꢄꢗꢕꢚꢛ&*ꢙ%ꢀ'%ꢙꢜꢝꢀ#&ꢀꢈ''  
ꢔ&&ꢛ)$%ꢙ&ꢀꢕ#ꢕꢄꢗꢕꢚꢛ&*ꢙ%ꢀ'%ꢙꢜꢝ  
A-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix  
A2 Communication module setting in the Fnet PC  
ꢀꢁ ꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢅ ꢇꢈꢉꢇꢊꢋꢋꢌꢄꢉꢍꢇꢎꢇ"#ꢐꢘꢗꢂꢑꢛ$"#ꢐꢘ%ꢂꢑꢛ  
ꢏꢁ &ꢊ'ꢍ(ꢊ'ꢉꢇ ꢆꢉꢅꢅꢄꢃ)ꢇ ꢎꢇ ꢃ#&ꢀ  !ꢀ ꢘ#""$ꢕꢗꢘꢙꢚꢗ#ꢕꢀ "#ꢖ$%ꢛ  ꢃꢕꢛꢚꢀ "#ꢖ$%ꢛꢎꢋꢌꢍꢄꢃꢅꢆꢇꢐꢀ $ꢜꢛꢜꢀ ꢊ29.+ꢚꢛꢜ,  
6ꢝꢛ&ꢛ'#&ꢛ ꢀ$ꢜꢛ&ꢀ"$ꢜꢚꢀꢜꢛꢚꢀꢚ#ꢀꢔ:ꢈꢀꢙꢖꢖ&ꢛꢜꢜꢀꢙꢕꢖꢀ"ꢛ"#&+ꢀ.ꢙꢜꢛꢀꢙꢖꢖ&ꢛꢜꢜꢀꢗꢕꢀ#&ꢖꢛ&ꢀꢚꢝꢙꢚꢀ"ꢛ"#&+ꢀꢙ&ꢛꢙꢀ"ꢙ+ꢀꢕ#ꢚ  
#*ꢛ&%ꢙ(ꢀ3ꢗꢚꢝꢀ#ꢚꢝꢛ&ꢀ"#ꢖ$%ꢛꢜꢀ"#$ꢕꢚꢛꢖꢀ#ꢕꢀ !,  
 ꢔ:ꢈꢀꢙꢖꢖ&ꢛꢜꢜꢎ(#&ꢚꢐꢀꢜꢗAꢛꢀꢗꢜꢀꢊ2ꢀ.+ꢚꢛꢜ ꢀꢙꢕꢖꢀ"ꢛ"#&+ꢀꢜꢗAꢛꢀꢗꢜꢀꢏBꢀ9.+ꢚꢛꢜ,  
Table A2.1 Port/memory address map  
Switch  
value  
Fnet module(G0L-FUEA)  
Mnet module(G0L-MUEA)  
Remark  
I/O Address  
Memory Base  
I/O Address  
Memory Base  
(HEX)  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
3EO  
3CO  
3AO  
380  
360  
340*  
320  
300  
2EO  
2CO  
2AO  
280  
260  
240  
220  
200  
FC00  
F800  
F400  
F000  
EC00  
E800  
E400  
E000  
DC00  
D800  
D400  
D000  
CC00  
C800*  
C400  
C000  
3E0  
3C0  
3A0  
380  
360  
340*  
320  
300  
2E0  
2C0  
2A0  
280  
260  
240  
220  
200  
FC00  
F800  
F400  
F000  
EC00  
E800  
E400  
E000  
DC00  
D800  
D400  
D000  
CC00  
C800*  
C400  
C000  
*When factory default, I/O  
address is set to No.5(340),  
and memory base is set to  
No.D(C800).  
Remark  
1. When I/O address and memory address overlap with an area used in other driver, PC will down. So set  
it in order not to overlap.  
2. It is recommended that memory address is used within C800-DBFF address.  
3. To use computer memory not as extended or expanded area but as this module's area, set to  
DEVICE=C:\WINDOWS\EMM386.EXE NOEMS X=C800-DBFF(when setting address to No.D, C800) in  
CONFIG.SYS.  
A-8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix  
A3  
STATUS code value and description for Communication instructions  
A3.1 Error received from communication module  
Error No.  
Description  
(Decimal)  
0
OK(Success : No error)  
Physical layer error of link side(Tx/Rx impossible)  
1
– Cause of self error and other station's power off, other station No. writing error, and failure, etc.  
There is no identifier of function block to be received in communication channel.  
– Value not used in our company.  
3
4
5
Data type mismatch  
Reset received from other station  
– Value not used in our company.  
Communication command of other station not ready  
– Value not used in our company.  
6
Device state of remote station in wrong state  
– Value not used in our company.  
7
8
9
Access denied to remote object  
Communication commands of other station unable to process due to receiver overrun  
– Value not used in our company.  
Time out for response waiting  
10  
11  
12  
– When response has not been received from other station within a given time.  
Structure error  
Abort(Local/Remote)  
– Disconnected by serious error  
Reject(Local/Remote)  
13  
15  
34  
– Type unfitted to MMS, error caused by noise.  
High speed communication and connection service error  
Address error  
– Error of structure and range specified in specifications of communication module  
Response error  
35  
– When response not received as required or other station's CPU error  
Object access unsupported  
113  
187  
– Out of VMD specific and symbolic address or exceeded max. value of data length  
Received via another error code than specified code(Other company's communication code value)  
– Receiving another error code value than specified.  
A-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix  
A3.2 STATUS values indicated in CPU  
ꢀꢁ ꢑ'' 'ꢇꢋ' ꢓꢉꢆꢆꢉꢍꢇ(ꢄꢅ*ꢄꢃꢇꢓ ++,ꢃꢄꢓꢊꢅꢄ ꢃꢇꢓ ++ꢊꢃꢍꢆ  
Error No.  
Description  
(Decimal)  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
When position of computer communication module is wrongly specified.  
Initialization error of communication module mounted in SLOT_NO  
Input parameter setting error  
Variable length error  
Wrong response receiving from other station  
When no response received from computer communication module  
(Out of waiting time - Time out)  
21  
ꢏꢁ -ꢅꢊꢅ,ꢆꢇꢉ'' 'ꢇ'ꢉꢌꢊꢅꢉꢍꢇꢅ ꢇ'ꢉ+ ꢅꢉ.ꢗ-%ꢁꢇFunction block  
Error NO.  
(Decimal)  
128  
Description  
FSM power error  
129  
BASE(Rack) No. error  
130  
Slot No. error  
131  
Module information error  
Data range error(Invalid range)  
Data type mismatch  
132  
133  
134  
IP module is not ready  
135  
Read / Write error of IP module  
Access failure(BUS access error)  
Another error than specified code  
136  
137  
A-10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix  
A4  
Outward dimension  
A4.1 For mounting K1000S  
ꢀꢁ ꢗꢃꢉꢅꢇ,ꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢅ ꢇꢈꢉꢇꢊꢋꢋꢌꢄꢉꢍ  
ꢕꢖꢗꢘꢗꢂꢑꢛꢜꢇꢕꢖꢗꢘꢗꢂꢝꢛꢜꢇꢕꢖꢗꢘꢙꢚꢑꢛꢜꢇꢕꢖꢗꢘꢙꢚꢝꢛ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢃꢄꢅ  
ꢆꢇ ꢈꢂ  
ꢆꢉꢊꢀꢉ  
ꢋꢄꢁꢃꢆ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢌꢇꢍꢈ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢃꢇ  
ꢁꢈꢇꢉꢈ  
ꢊꢁꢈꢇꢉꢈꢊ  
ꢈꢉ  
ꢎꢇꢂꢐ  
ꢎꢇꢂꢏ  
ꢊꢊꢌ  
ꢊꢁꢉꢋꢈ  
ꢁꢈ  
ꢅꢕꢗꢚꢀꢓꢀ""  
A-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix  
A4.2 For mounting K300S  
ꢀꢁ ꢗꢃꢉꢅ  
ꢕ ꢗꢘꢗꢂꢑꢛꢜꢇꢕ ꢗꢘꢙꢚꢑꢛ  
ꢇ ꢈꢉꢊꢋꢌꢍ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢃꢄꢅ  
ꢆꢇ ꢈꢂ  
ꢆꢉꢊꢀꢉ  
ꢋꢄꢁꢃꢆ  
ꢋ ꢀ  
ꢌꢇꢍꢈ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢃꢇ  
ꢁꢈꢇꢉꢈ  
ꢊꢁꢈꢇꢉꢈꢊ  
ꢀꢆꢅ  
ꢎꢇꢂꢐ  
ꢎꢇꢂꢏ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢆꢅ  
ꢀꢃꢀꢄꢅ  
ꢅꢕꢗꢚꢀꢓꢀ""  
A-12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix  
A4.3 For mounting K200S  
1)  
Fnet  
K3F-FUEA  
RUN  
LAS  
TOKEN  
TX/RX  
FAULT  
G6L-FUEA  
MODE  
0:ON-LINE  
1:TEST1  
2:TEST2  
ꢏꢏꢌ  
CON1  
CON2  
ꢊD  
ꢊ>  
Cꢌ  
A-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix  
A4.4  
For mounting on PC(computer)  
ꢀꢁ "#ꢐꢘꢗꢂꢑꢛ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢅꢕꢗꢚꢀꢓꢀ""  
A-14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix  
A4.5  
Fnet option module  
ꢀꢁ ꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢅ ꢇꢈꢉꢇꢊꢋꢋꢌꢄꢉꢍ  
 4ꢚꢙꢕꢖꢄꢙ%#ꢕꢛꢀ&ꢛ"#ꢚꢛꢀꢎꢋꢌꢍꢄ4<Eꢇ:ꢋꢌꢍꢄ4<ꢔꢇ:ꢋꢌꢍꢄ4<Fꢇꢐ  
 ꢑꢛ(ꢛꢙꢚꢛ&ꢎꢋꢌꢍꢄꢃꢑꢆꢇꢐ  
 ꢈ(ꢚꢗꢘꢙ% ꢀꢛ%ꢛꢘꢚ&ꢗꢘꢀꢜꢗ)ꢕꢙ%ꢀꢜ3ꢗꢚꢘꢝꢗꢕ)ꢀ"#ꢖ$%ꢛꢎꢋꢌꢍꢄꢃꢈꢆꢇꢐ  
              ꢇꢘꢚꢗ*ꢛꢀꢘ#$(%ꢛ&ꢎ3ꢗꢚꢝꢀꢋꢌꢍꢄꢃꢇ ꢇ:ꢋꢌꢍꢄꢃꢇ;ꢇ:ꢋꢌꢍꢄꢃꢇ!ꢇꢀꢙꢜꢜꢛ".%ꢛꢖꢐ  
A-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  

Lennox International Inc Indoor Fireplace MPB3328CNE B User Manual
LevelOne Network Card WPS 1133 User Manual
LG Electronics Microwave Oven LMVM2055SB User Manual
LightSpeed Technologies Stereo Amplifier 820iR User Manual
Link electronic Network Router 860 XL325AV User Manual
Lowrance electronic Radar Detector LRA 1000 User Manual
Makita Impact Driver 6934FDWDE User Manual
Marley Engineered Products Electric Heater PH4AB User Manual
Maytag Cooktop W10268401A User Manual
Memorex TV DVD Combo MVD2009CB User Manual